NEET

1000 BIOLOGY
PREVIOUS-YEAR
QUESTIONS CHAPTERWISE-TOPICWISE
EXPLAINED
 S.No Chapter / Unit Questions Option A Option B Options C Options D Correct Explanations
Details Answers
1 Zoology The infectious Trophozoites Sporozoites Female Male B Plasmodium
UNIT 3: Biology stage of gametocytes gametocytes enters the
and Human Plasmodium that human body as
Welfare enters the sporozoites
3.1 Health and human body is (infectious form)
Disease; through the bite
of infected
female
Anopheles
mosquito.
2 Identify the Salmonella typhi Plasmodium Streptococcus Salmonella typhi A Typhoid is
correct pair / Widal test vivax / UTI test pneumoniae / / Anthrone test caused by
representing the Widal test bacteria
causative agent Salmonella
of typhoid fever typhi,
and the transmitted
confirmatory test through fecal
for typhoid. oral route. It
results in high
fever, abdominal
pain and
frequent stools
and is confirmed
by Widal test.
3 In which disease Elephantiasis Ascariasis Ringworm Amoebiasis A Elephantiasis is
does mosquito disease caused by the
transmitted parasitic filarial
pathogen cause worm,
chronic Wuchereria
inflammation of bancrofti which
lymphatic is transmitted
vessels? from an infected
person to a
healthy person
via the bite of
mosquito
(especially
Culex). It is
characterised by
gross
enlargement of
 the skin and
underlying
connective
tissues caused
by lymphatic
obstruction of
lymph vessels
by these worms
which prevent
drainage of
lymph from the
surrounding
tissues. The
parts commonly
affected are
legs, feet, thighs
but scrotum,
breasts and
vulva may also
be involved
4 Which of the Cholera and Typhoid and Tetanus and Herpes and A Cholera is
following sets of tetanus smallpox mumps influenza caused by
diseases is bacterium Vibrio
caused by cholerae,
bacteria? tetanus is
caused by
bacterium
Clostridium
tetani, typhoid is
caused by
bacterium
Salmonella
typhi, small pox
is caused by
Variola virus,
mumps is
caused by
Paramyxo virus,
Herpes is
caused by
Herpes simplex
virus and
influenza is
caused by
Orthomyxovirus.
5 Which of the Babesiosis Blastomycosis Syphilis Influenza A Babesiosis is a
following malaria-like
diseases is parasitic
caused by a disease caused
protozoan? by infection with
Babesia, a
parasitic
protozoan.
Babesiosis has
been recognised
as a disease of
cattle and other
domestic
animals, until
human forms of
babesiosis had
been
discovered.
Babesia
parasites
reproduce in red
blood cells of
mammals and
cause
haemolytic
anaemia, quite
similar to
malaria. The
parasite is
transmitted by
ticks.
6 The active form food in intestine blood only erythrocytes, mucosa and C Entamoeba
of Entamoeba mucosa and submucosa of histolytica is the
histolytica feeds submucosa of colon only. causative
upon colon organism of
amoebic
dysentery or
amoebiasis in
man. It is a
microscopic
endoparasite of
man. It is
commonly found
in the upper part
of the large
 intestine (colon)
and is very often
lodged in the
liver, lungs,
brain and testes.
In its life cycle, it
occurs in three
distinct forms (i)
trophozoite or
magna form, (ii)
precystic or
minuta form,
and (iii) cystic
form.
Trophozoite is
the most active,
motile and
feeding form
which is
pathogenic to
man. It lives in
the mucosa and
submucosa
layers of the
colon and feeds
on these layers
and erythrocytes
7 Infection of Tse-tse fly mosquito bite drinking water eating C Man acquires
Ascaris usually containing eggs imperfectly infection of
occurs by of Ascaris cooked pork. Ascaris by
directly
ingesting
Ascaris eggs,
containing the
infective second
stage larva, with
contaminated
food or water.
Life cycle of
Ascaris is
monogenetic.
There is no
vector or
intermediate
host
8 Identify the site Muscles of the Blood vessels of Skin between Lymphatic D Elephantiasis is
where legs the thigh region the fingers vessels of the caused by the
Wuchereria lower limbs parasitic filarial
bancrofti is worm,
normally found Wuchereria
in human body. bancrofti which
is transmitted
from an infected
person to a
healthy person
via the bite of
mosquito
(especially
Culex). It is
characterised by
gross
enlargement of
the skin and
underlying
connective
tissues caused
by lymphatic
obstruction of
lymph vessels
by these worms
which prevent
drainage of
lymph from the
surrounding
tissues. The
parts commonly
affected are
legs, feet, thighs
but scrotum,
breasts and
vulva may also
be involved.
9 Motile zygote of gut of female salivary glands human RBCs human liver. A Plasmodium, a
Plasmodium Anopheles of Anopheles tiny protozoan
occurs in parasite causes
malaria in
humans, and is
transmitted
through the bite
of infected
female
Anopheles
mosquito. When
female
Anopheles
sucks the blood
of infected
human it takes
up gametocytes
(sexual stages
of parasite) with
blood meal. T
he gametocytes
come out of the
RBCs into the
lumen (cavity) of
the stomach of
the mosquito. In
the stomach, the
male
gametocyte
divides and
forms 6 to 8
long, motile,
whip-like
microgametes
(male gametes).
The female
gametocyte
does not divide
but undergoes a
process of
maturation to
become the
macrogamete
(female
gamete). A
microgamete
penetrates a
macrogamete
and fertilisation
(syngamy) takes
place, resulting
in the formation
of a zygote. The
 zygote
elongates and
becomes worm
like motile
organism called
ookinete.
Ookinete further
changes into
sporozoites
(mature infective
stage of
Plasmodium
10 Widal test is malaria diabetes mellitus HIV/AIDS typhoid fever. D Typhoid is
carried out to caused by
test bacteria
Salmonella
typhi,
transmitted
through fecal
oral route. It
results in high
fever, abdominal
pain and
frequent stools
and is confirmed
by Widal test.
11 Common cold pneumonia is a pneumonia can pneumonia is pneumonia D Common cold or
differs from communicable be prevented by caused by a pathogen infects rhinitis is one of
pneumonia in disease whereas a live attenuated virus while the alveoli whereas the most
that the common bacterial vaccine common cold is the common infectious
cold is a whereas the caused by the cold affects diseases
nutritional common cold bacterium nose and caused by
deficiency has no effective Haemophilus respiratory Rhino viruses. It
disease vaccine influenzae passage but not affects nose and
the lungs. respiratory
passage but not
lungs. It spreads
by droplet
infection or
contaminated
objects.
Pneumonia,
caused by
bacteria
Streptococcus
 pneumoniae
and
Haemophilus
influenzae is a
serious disease
of lungs, in
which fluid
collects in the
alveoli and
bronchioles. The
disease spreads
by sputum of the
patient
12 Where will you Saliva of Red blood Spleen of Salivary glands A Sporozoites
look for the infected female corpuscles of infected humans of freshy represent the
sporozoites of Anopheles human suffering moulted female infective forms
the malarial mosquito from malaria Anopheles of malarial
parasite? mosquito parasite. A
healthy person
acquires
infection, when
a female
Anopheles
mosquito,
containing
sporozoites,
bites the person
for sucking his
blood. The
mosquito
punctures the
host’s skin by its
proboscis and f
irst introduces
some saliva into
the blood
stream. Along
with saliva,
thousands of
sporozoites are
inoculated in the
host also
13 Ringworm in bacteria fungi nematodes viruses B Ringworm
humans is (tinea) is a
caused by fungal infection
 of the skin, the
scalp, or the
nails. Ringworm
is caused by the
dermatophyte
fungi-species of
Microsporum,
Trichophyton
and
Epidermophyton
and also affects
animals, a
source of
infection for
humans. It can
be spread by
direct contact or
via infected
materials. The
lesions of
ringworm may
form partial or
complete rings
and may cause
intense itching.
The disease is
treated with
antifungal
agents taken by
mouth or
applied locally.
14 Widal test is malaria pneumonia tuberculosis typhoid D Typhoid is
used for the caused by
diagnosis of bacteria
Salmonella
typhi,
transmitted
through fecal
oral route. It
results in high
fever, abdominal
pain and
frequent stools
and is confirmed
by Widal test
15 A person the sporozoites the trophozoites the parasite the C Plasmodium is a
suffering from a released from reach maximum after its rapid microgametocyt tiny protozoan
disease caused RBCs are being growth and give multiplication es and which is
by Plasmodium, rapidly killed and out certain inside RBCs megagametocyt responsible for
experiences broken down toxins ruptures them, es are being malaria in the
recurring chill inside spleen releasing the destroyed by the human. In
and fever at the stage to enter WBCs. malaria the
time when fresh RBCs patient
experiences
high fever which
periodically rises
and also
experiences
recurring chills
with fever. Such
symptoms are
seen because
when the RBCs
carrying
Plasmodium
(one of the
stage in the life
cycle of the
parasite)
ruptures it
releases a toxic
substance
called
haemozoin
which is chiefly
responsible for
the chill and
high fever
recurring every
three to four
days.
16 Which of the Common cold, Dysentery, Typhoid, Ringworm, AIDS A Common cold is
following is a AIDS common cold tuberculosis a viral disease.
pair of viral It is caused by
diseases? Rhino viruses. It
causes fever
and pain all over
the body and
affects the nose,
throat and air
 passages. AIDS
(Acquired
immuno
deficiency
syndrome) is a
disorder of cell
mediated
immune system
of the body. It is
caused by HIV
(Human
Immunodeficenc
y Virus). HIV is
a retrovirus that
attacks helper
T-cells
17 Which one of Glossina Culex pipiens - Aedes aegypti - Anopheles D All the options
the following is palpalis - Filariasis Dengue fever culicifacies - given are
not correctly Sleeping Leishmaniasis diseases with
matched? sickness their associated
vector which
transmit the
respective
diseases.
Leishmaniasis,
also called kala
azar is caused
by Leishmania
donovani. It is
spread by sand
fly
(Phlebotomus)
and
characterised by
enlarged spleen
and liver with
high fever
18 Salmonella is typhoid polio T.B. tetanus A Typhoid is
related with caused by
Salmonella
typhi. The
organisms of the
disease are
present in the
stool. They may
 be present in
urine. They can,
therefore, be
carried by water
and
contaminated
food. Their
spread through
water can give
rise to severe
epidemics. Polio
is caused by
Enterovirus. TB
is caused by
Mycobacterium
tuberculosis.
Tetanus is
caused by
Clostridium
tetani
19 Which is the Hepatitis-B AIDS Amoebiasis Malaria A Hepatitis B
most infectious (serum
disease? hepatitis) occurs
at any age and
mode of
transmission is
through contact
or blood.
Infection is
severe, often
fatal and is
accompanied by
loss of appetite,
nausea, whitish
stool (due to
lack of bile) and
jaundice.
0.0002% of
hepatitis B
infected blood
contact is
enough to
transmit
hepatitis B.
20 Which is Syphilis - AIDS - Bacillus Gonorrhoea - Typhoid - A Syphilis is
showing Treponema conjugalis Leishmania Mycobacterium caused by a
accurate pallidum donovani leprae spirochete
pairing? (spiral
bacterium)
Treponema
pallidum. AIDS
is a viral disease
caused by
Human Immuno
deficiency Virus.
Gonorrhoea is a
sexual disease
and its
causative
organism is
Neisseria
gonorrhoeae.
Typhoid is
caused by
bacillus bacteria
Salmonella
typhi.
21 Saline solution Na+ prevents NaCl function as NaCl produces NaCl is A Cholera is an
is given to water loss from regulatory energy antibacterial. acute infection
patients of body material of the small
cholera because intestine by the
bacterium Vibrio
cholerae, which
causes severe
vomiting and
diarrhoea
(known as
ricewater stools)
leading to
dehydration.
The disease is
contracted from
food or drinking
water
contaminated by
faeces from a
patient. The
resulting
dehydration and
 the imbalance in
the
concentration of
body fluids can
cause death
within 24 hours.
Since, a large
quantity of fluid
and salts are
rapidly lost
through stools
and vomit,
therefore, the
most important
treatment is to
replace the lost
fluid and salts
equally rapidly.
Rapid
replacement of
fluid and
elecrolytes is
needed by oral
rehydration-
therapy. The
electrolytes
consists of Na+
ions that
prevents water
loss from the
body
22 Diphtheria is nematodes bacteria virus none of these. B Diphtheria is
caused by caused by
Corynebacteriu
m diphtheriae
(bacteria)
usually affecting
children upto f
ive years of age.
It may start as
sore throat,
chills with mild
fever,
sometimes
vomiting and
 headache. The
most important
preventive
measure-
against this
disease is that
all babies
should be
immunised
within the first
six weeks of
birth using DPT
vaccine.
23 Which of the Small pox Poliomyelitis Plague Kala-azar A Small pox is an
following acute highly
diseases is now communicable
considered disease. It is
completely caused by virus
eradicated from named Variola
India? virus. Now it is
eradicated from
world including
India. It is highly
infectious
disease starting
with high fever,
chill, backache
and headache,
followed by
appearance of
rash on the third
day of illness
24 Which of the Nausea and loss Ulcerated skin, Red and Nausea and B The symptoms
following of hair nausea and loss ulcerated skin anaemia of red sickness
symptoms of hair are ulcerated
indicate red skin, nausea
sickness? and loss of hair.
25 Which of the Rabies, mumps Cholera, Typhoid, tetanus AIDS, syphilis A Mumps is an
following pair of tuberculosis infectious
diseases is disease causing
caused by fever, difficulty
virus? in opening the
mouth and
painful swelling
of the parotid
glands which lie
just below the
lobe of the ears.
It is caused by a
Paramyxovirus,
which comes
out in the saliva
of the infected
person. Rabies
(Hydrophobia) is
caused by a
virus named as
rabies virus. It is
introduced in the
body by the bite
of rabid (mad)
dogs usually.
Fear of water is
the most
important
characteristic
symptom of this
disease. Other
symptoms are
saliva from the
mouth, severe
headache, high
fever,
alternating
periods, of
excitement and
depression,
inability to
swallow even
fluids due to
choked throat.
The virus
destroys the
brain and spinal
cord. Rabies is
100% fatal.
Cholera and
tuberculosis are
bacterial
diseases
 caused by Vibrio
cholerae and
Mycobacterium
tuberculosis
respectively.
Typhoid and
tetanus are
bacterial
diseases
caused by
Salmonella typhi
and Clostridium
tetani
respectively.
AIDS is caused
by HIV (human
immunodeficien
cy virus).
Syphillis is
caused by
spirochaete
Treponema
pallidum
26 Which of the Trichinella Salmonella Yersinia pestis Leishmania C Plague is an
following causes spiralis typhimurium donovani acute epidemic
plague? disease of rats
and other wild
rodents caused
by the bacterium
Yersinia pestis,
which is
transmitted to
humans by rat
fleas.
Headache,
fever,
weakness,
aching limbs,
and delirium
develop and are
followed by
acute painful
swellings of the
lymph nodes.
Bleeding under
 the skin,
producing black
patches, can
lead to ulcers,
which may
prove fatal.
Treatment with
tetracycline,
streptomycin
and
chloramphenicol
is effective.
27 Schizont stage erythrocytes liver cells erythrocytes and erythrocytes, C Schizont stage
of Plasmodium liver cells liver cells and of Plasmodium
occurs in human spleen cells. occurs in human
erythrocytes and
liver cells.
Within the
human blood
the sporozoites,
circulates about
half an hour and
enters into the
liver cell. The
kupffer cells of
the liver clear
the sporozoites
from the blood
stream and kill
many of the
organisms. A
fraction of
sporozoites
escape
destruction,
however and
penetrate the
hepatocytes
where they take
up the
residence. Here
they multiply by
schizogony.
28 If all ponds and Leishmania Trypanosoma Ascaris Plasmodium D Plasmodium is
puddles are digenetic, i.e., it
 destroyed, the completes its life
organism likely cycle in two
to be destroyed hosts, asexual
is cycle in man
and sexual cycle
in Anopheles
mosquito. The
breeding places
of this mosquito
is ponds,
marshes,
swampy areas,
etc. So, if all the
ponds and
puddles are
destroyed,
Anopheles will
not be able to
survive leading
to destruction of
its parasite,
Plasmodium
29 The part of life sexual cycle pre-erythrocytic exoerythrocytic post-erythrocytic A Plasmodium has
cycle of malarial schizogony schizogony schizogony. two hosts. (i)
parasite Female
Plasmodium Anopheles
vivax, that is mosquito : Here
passed in the sexual
female phase of the
Anopheles is malarial parasite
occurs and it is
considered the
definitive host of
malarial
parasite. (ii)
Human beings :
Here the
asexual phase
of malarial
parasite occurs.
It is considered
as the
intermediate
host. Options
(b), (c) and (d)
 are the stages
of the asexual
phase of
Plasmodium.
30 African sleeping Plasmodium Trypanosoma Trypanosoma Entamoeba C Trypanosoma
sickness is due vivax transmitted lewsii gambiense gingivalis spread gambiense is
to by tse-tse fly transmitted by transmitted by by housefly. the parasitic
bed bug Glossina zooflagellate
palpalis which causes
one of the
deadliest
ailments in
human beings
called sleeping
sickness or
trypanosomiasis
. The disease is
common in
humid and
subhumid zones
of the African
continent. The
disease is
transmitted by
shade loving
tse-tse fly
(Glossina
palpalis) which
acts as the
vehicle that
carries the
culprit protozoan
parasite.
31 Malignant tertian Plasmodium P. vivax P. ovale P. malariae A Plasmodium
malarial falciparum falciparum is the
parasite, greatest killer of
belongs to class human beings
over most parts
of Africa and
else where in
tropics. It
causes
malignant (or
pernicious or
cerebral or
 tropical) tertian
malaria. This
malaria is most
harmful.
Plasmodium
vivax causes
benign tertian
malaria.
Plasmodium
malariae causes
quartan malaria.
Plasmodium
ovale is the
rarest of the four
species which
infect man and it
causes mild
tertian malaria.
32 Who discovered Ronald Ross Mendel Laveran Stephens C Laveran
Plasmodium in discovered that
RBC of human malaria is
beings? caused by
protozoan
parasite
(Plasmodium) in
1880. He
discovered
Plasmodium
and got nobel
prize in 1907.
Sir Ronald Ross
in 1897, a
doctor in Indian
Army,
established that
malarial parasite
is transmitted by
the bite of a
female
Anopheles
mosquito and in
1902, he got
Nobel prize for
this discovery.
33 The infective merozoite sporozoite trophozoite minuta form. B The infective
stage of malarial stage of
parasite, Plasmodium is a
Plasmodium that minute organism
enters human called
body is sporozoite.
When the
mosquito bites
man,
sporozoites
present in the
salivary gland of
female
Anopheles
mosquito are
injected into the
blood of the
man. These
sporozoites are
spindle-shaped
or sickleshaped
uninucleate
organisms
capable of
wrigging (worm-
like)
movements.
Each sporozoite
consists of
elastic pellicle,
cytoplasm and
nucleus.
34 A bite of tse-tse Leishmania Trypanosoma Entamoeba Entamoeba B Symptoms of
fly may pass to donovani gambiense histolytica histolytica malaria first
humans appear several
days after the
infection of the
malaria parasite
in man. This
interval of time
or the incubation
period is utilized
by the parasites
to increase their
progeny. To
establish
malarial
symptoms, it is
necessary that a
large number of
organisms must
continue
erythrocytic
cycle at a time.
A healthy
person acquires
infection when a
female
Anopheles
mosquito,
containing
infective stages
of parasite
(sporozoites) in
its salivary
glands, bites
him for sucking
his blood. Once
within the
human blood,
the sporozoites
get into liver to
invade the
hepatic cells.
Here they
multiply
asexually by
schizogony.
Liver
schizogony has
two phases, pre-
erythrocytic and
exo-erythrocytic.
Pre-erythrocytic
phase : After
penetrating a
hepatic cell
each sporozoite
becomes a
cryptozoite. It
grows for a
number of days
and becomes a
spherical and
non-pigmented
schizont. It
divides by
schizogony
(multiple fission)
and forms a
large number of
uninucleate
cells, the
cryptomerozoite
s. During pre-
erythrocytic
schizogony,
blood remains
sterile and its
inoculation does
not produce
infection. Exo-
erythrocyic
phase :
Cryptomerozoite
s enter fresh
liver cells to
become
metacryptozoite
s. They undergo
schizogony
similar to the
previous one
producing
enormous
number of
metacryptomero
zoites.
Metacryptomero
zoites, after
escaping into
blood stream,
invade the
erythrocytes or
red blood
 corpuscles. This
starts the
erythrocytic
schizogony.
With erythrocytic
schizogony, the
symptoms of
malaria starts
appearing.
35 Zoology From his CH4, H2, NH3 CH3, H2, NH4 CH4, H2, NH3 CH3, H2, NH3 A In 1953, S.L.
experiments, and water vapor and water vapor and water vapor and water vapor Miller, an
S.L. Miller at 800°C at 800°C at 600°C at 600°C American
produced amino scientist created
acids by mixing similar
the following in a conditions in a
closed flask. laboratory scale.
He created
electric
discharge in a
closed flask
containing CH4,
H2, NH3 and
water vapour at
800°C and
observed
formation of
amino acids.
36 UNIT 2: Which of the I, II, III, IV I, III, II, IV II, III, I, IV II, III, IV, I C
Genetics and following is the
Evolution correct
sequence of
events in the
origin of life?I.
Formation of
protobiontsII.
Synthesis of
organic
monomersIII.
Synthesis of
organic
polymersIV.
Formation of
DNA-based
genetic systems
37 2.3 Evolution: Following are Both (A) and (B) Both (A) and (B) (A) is correct but (B) is correct but A
Origin of life; the two are correct. are false (B) is false. (A) is false.
Biological statements
evolution and regarding the
evidences for origin of life.(A)
biological The earliest
evolution from organisms that
Paleontology, appeared on the
comparative earth were non-
anatomy, green and
embryology presumably
and molecular anaerobes.(B)
evidence); The first
Darwin’s autotrophic
contribution, organisms were
Modern the
Synthetic chemoautotroph
theory of s that never
Evolution; released
Mechanism of oxygen. Of the
evolutionVariat above
ion (Mutation statements
and which one of the
Recombination following options
) and Natural is correct ?
Selection with
examples,
types of natural
selection; Gene
flow and
genetic drift;
Hardy-
Weinberg’s
principle;
Adaptive
Radiation;
Human
evolution.
38 Which one of They were They could They were able They could C The condition
the following is partially isolated maintain an to reproduce. separate for origin of life,
incorrect about from the internal combinations of partial isolation,
the surroundings. environment molecules from has been
characteristics the attained within
of protobionts surroundings. aggregates of
(coacervates artificially
 and formed prebiotic
microspheres) molecules.
as envisaged in These
the abiogenic aggregates are
origin of life? called
protobionts
which can
separate
combinations of
molecules from
the
surroundings.
They maintain
an internal
environment but
are unable to
reproduce. Two
important
protobionts are
coacervates and
microspheres.
39 The concept of interaction of effect of solar possible origin crystallisation of C Chemical
chemical water, air and radiation on of life by chemicals. evolution has
evolution is clay under chemicals combination of two meanings
based on intense heat chemicals under and uses. T he
suitable first refers to the
environmental theories of
conditions evolution of the
chemical
elements in the
universe
through
nucleosynthesis.
The second use
of chemical
evolution or
chemosynthesis
is as a
hypothesis to
explain how life
might possibly
have developed
or evolved from
non-life.
40 Which of the Alanine Glycine Aspartic acid Glutamic acid D Stanley Miller in
following amino 1953, who was
acids was not then a graduate
found to be student of
synthesised in Harold Urey at
Miller’s the University of
experiment? Chicago,
circulated four
gases -
methane,
ammonia,
hydrogen and
water vapour in
an air tight
apparatus and
passed
electrical
discharges from
electrodes. He
passed the
mixture through
a condenser. He
circulated the
gases
continuously in
this way for one
week and then
analysed the
chemical
composition of
the liquid inside
the apparatus.
He found a large
number of
simple organic
compounds
including some
amino acid such
as alanine,
glycine and
aspartic acid.
Glutamic acid
was not found
41 Which one of Larvae could Microbes did not Microbes Meat was not D Microbes were
the following appear in appear in stored appeared from spoiled, when killed by heating
 experiments decaying meat. unsterilised heated and kept the meat and
suggests that organic matter. organic matter. sealed in a the sealed
simplest living vessel. vessel formed a
organisms could closed system
not have wherein the new
originated microbes could
spontaneously not come in
from non-living contact with the
matter? nutrient medium
and hence no
spoilage of
meat.
42 According to Methane Oxygen Hydrogen Water vapour B The first
Oparin, which scientific
one of the explanation of
following was origin of life was
not present in put forward by a
the primitive Russian
atmosphere of Scientist, A.I.
the earth? Oparin in 1923.
J.B.S. Haldane
(1928),
England-born
Indian Scientist,
also made
similar
observations
regarding the
origin of life.
According to
them primitive
atmosphere was
reducing
atmosphere
because
hydrogen atoms
(most numerous
and most
reactive)
combined with
all available
oxygen atoms to
form water and
leaving no free
oxygen.
43 There is no life O2 Water Light Temperature B Water is the
on moon due to most essential
the absence of material to
survive. One
can thrive
without O2
(anaerobic
bacteria) and
light and in a
wide range of
temperature but
one cannot live
without water
which is the
most important
component of
the body (about
90% of plasma
consists of
water) and life
was originated
from abiogenetic
materials in
water.
44 1st life on earth cyanobacteria chemoheterotro autotrophs photoautotrophs B The first living
was phs beings were
prokaryotic, like
bacteria. They
were single-
celled. Nucleic
acid core
consisted of
naked DNA.
These living
beings were
present in the
environment of
soupy sea
having abundant
organic
molecules.
Nutritionally they
were
chemoheterotro
phs. T hey
 absorbed the
organic
materials from
outside both for
body building
and liberation of
energy.
Respiration was
anaerobic since
free oxygen was
absent in the
environment.
45 The correct NH3, nucleic protein, NH3, protein, NH3, water, D Hydrogen atoms
sequence for the acid, protein and carbohydrate, carbohydrate nucleic acid and were most
manufacture of carbohydrate water and and nucleic acid protein. numerous and
molecules/organ nucleic acid most reactive in
ic compounds primitive
on the primitive atmosphere.
earth is First hydrogen
atoms combined
with all oxygen
atoms to form
water and
leaving no free
oxygen.
Hydrogen atoms
also combined
with nitrogen,
forming
ammonia (NH3).
So water and
ammonia were
probably the first
compound
molecules of
primitive earth.
Later methane,
water and NH3
join to form
amino acids
which gets
converted into
proteins while
hydrogen bases,
sugars and
 phosphates
combine to form
nucleic acids.
46 Which was NH3 H2 O2 CH4 C The primitive
absent in the atmosphere was
atmosphere at reducing
the time of origin atmosphere,
of life? i.e., without free
oxygen.
47 Which one of Overproduction, Variations, Overproduction, Variations, C The gist (in
the following variations, constancy of constancy of natural brief) of Darwin -
sequences was constancy of population size, population size, selection, Wallace theory
proposed by population size, overproduction, variations, overproduction, is as follows. (i)
Darwin and natural selection natural selection natural selection constancy of Individuals
Wallace for population size within species
organic show
evolution ? considerable but
continuous
variation in the
form and
physiology. (ii)
This variation
arises in a
random fashion
and is heritable.
(iii) The potential
for increase
within
population of
animals and
plants is
considerable.
(iv) Since
resources are
limited, so
individuals in a
population
struggle for their
own existence.
(v) Only some
survive and
leave offspring
with the same
trait - through
this natural
 selection of the f
ittest species
become
represented by
individuals
which are better
adapted.
48 Darwin’s theory Useful organs Size of organs Development of There should be D According to
of pangenesis becomes strong increase with organs is due to some physical theory of
shows similarity and developed aging. will power basis of pangenesis,
with theory of while useless inheritance. Darwin thought
inheritance of organs become that every
acquired extinct. somatic cell of
characters then the body
what shall be produces a tiny
correct particle called
according to it? gemmule or
pangene which
contains both
the parental and
acquired
characters. All
gemmules or
pangenes of the
body cells
collect in the
gametes and
are passed on
to the zygote
where they
guide the growth
of different parts
of the embryo.
49 Which of the only (1) (1) and (3) (2), (3) and (4) only (4) C Herbicide
following refer to resistant weeds,
correct drug resistant
example(s) of eukaryotes and
organisms which man-created
have evolved breeds of
due to changes domesticated
in environment animals like
brought about dogs are
by examples of
anthropogenic evolution by
action? (1) anthropogenic
 Darwin’s action. Darwin’s
Finches of Finches of
Galapagos Galapagos
islands. (2) islands are
Herbicide example of
resistant weeds. natural
(3) Drug selection,
resistant adaptive
eukaryotes. (4) radiation and
Man-created Founder’s
breeds of effect.
domesticated
animals like
dogs.
50 Embryological Karl Ernst von Alfred Wallace Alfred Wallace Oparin. A Embryological
support for Baer support for
evolution was evolution was
disapproved by disapproved by
Karl Ernst von
Baer. He noted
that embryos
never pass
through the
adult stages of
other animals.
51 Flippers of adaptive convergent industrial natural B Analogous
penguins and radiation evolution melanism selection. structures are
dolphins are result of
examples of convergent
evolution, i.e.,
different
structures
evolving for the
same function
and hence
having similarity.
For example,
the eye of the
octopus and of
mammals, the
flippers of
penguins and
dolphins.
52 The similarity of homology analogy convergent adaptive A Homologous
bone structure in evolution radiation. organs are
 the forelimbs of those organs
many which have the
vertebrates is an same
example of fundamental
structure but are
different in
functions. Wings
of birds and
forelimbs of
horse show
homology
because
skeletal parts of
their forelimbs
are similar in
structure and
arrangement but
have different
functions.
53 Among the Among the Heart of bat, Brain of bat, Eye of octopus, D Eye of octopus,
following sets of following sets of man and man and bat and man bat and man are
examples for examples for cheetah cheetah examples of
divergent divergent analogous
evolution, select evolution, select organs showing
the incorrect the incorrect convergent
option. option. evolution.
54 Which of the Hindlimb of Flipper of whale Dorsal fin of a Wing of a moth B Homologous
following rabbit shark organs have
structures is same
homologous to fundamental
the wing of a structure but
bird? different
functions. The
wing of a bird
and flipper of a
whale are
structurally
forelimbs, which
consist of
humerus, radio-
ulna, carpals,
metacarpals and
digits but they
perform different
functions. The
 wings of birds
help them to fly
while flipper
helps the whale
to swim.
55 The wings of a phylogenetic homologous homologous analogous D Analogous
bird and the structures and structures and structures and structures and organs are the
wings of an represent represent represent represent organs which
insect are divergent convergent divergent convergent have similar
evolution evolution evolution evolution function but are
different in their
structural details
and origin. The
analogous
structures are
the result of
convergent
evolution. The
wings of an
insect are
analogous to
wings of a bird
because the
basic structure
of the wings of
the insects is
different from
the wings of
bird. However,
their function is
similar.
56 Industrial mutation Neo- Neo-Darwinism natural D Natural
melanism is an Lamarckism selection. selection is the
example of most widely
accepted theory
concerning the
principal causal
mechanism of
evolutionary
change
profounded by
Charles Darwin
and Alfred
Russel Wallace.
It results from
 the differential
reproduction
(some members
of a population
produce
abundant
offspring, some
only a few and
still others
none), one
phenotype as
compared with
other
phenotypes in
the same
population. This
determines the
relative share of
different
genotypes
which
individuals
possess and
propagate in a
population.
Industrial
melanism
supports
evolution by
natural
selection. It is
an adaptation
where the moths
living in the
industrial areas
developed
melanin
pigments to
match their
bodies to the
tree trunks.
57 Forelimbs of cat, analogous adaptive homologous convergent C The organs
lizard used in organs radiation organs evolution which have the
walking; same
forelimbs of fundamental
whale used in structure but are
swimming and different in
forelimbs of bats functions are
used in flying called
are an example homologous
of organs. These
organs follow
the same basic
plan of
organisation
during their
development.
But in the adult
condition, these
organs are
modified to
perform different
functions as an
adaptation to
different
environments.
The forelimbs of
cat, lizard,
whale and bat
have the same
basic structural
plan. In each
case the
forelimb
consists of
humerus, radio-
ulna, carpals,
metacarpals and
digits. The
skeletal parts of
the forelimbs of
all these
vertebrates are
similar in
structure and
arrangement.
But the
forelimbs of
these animals
have different
 shapes and
functions. In
lizard they are
used for
walking, in cat
for running, in
whale for
swimming and
in bat for flying.
58 Which one of Wings of bat and Gills of prawn Thorns of Flippers of B The organs
the following are wings of pigeon and lungs of Bougainvillea dolphin and legs which have
analogous man and tendrils of of horse similar functions
structures ? Cucurbita but are different
in their structural
details and
origin are called
analogous
organs. The
wings of bat are
analogous to
wings of pigeon.
It is due to the
fact that the
basic structure
of the wings of
the mammal is
different from
the wings of
bird. However,
their function is
similar.
Similarly, gills of
prawn and lungs
of man, both are
respiratory
organs yet they
have very
different basic
structure.
59 The process by non-random adaptive natural selection convergent D Convergent
which organisms evolution radiation evolution. evolution is the
with different development of
evolutionary superficially
history evolve similar
similar structures in
 phenotypic unrelated
adaptations in organisms,
response to a usually because
common the organisms
environmental live in the same
challenge, is kind of
called environment.
Examples are
the wings of
insects and
birds and the
streamlined
bodies of
whales and fish.
One can say
that it is the
similar habitat
that has resulted
in selection of
similar adaptive
features in
different groups
of organisms but
toward the same
function. An
example of
convergent
evolution is the
similar nature of
the flight/ wings
of insects, birds,
pteridosaurs
and bats. All
four serve the
same function
and are similar
in structure, but
each evolved
independently.
Some species of
the lens of eyes
also evolved
independently in
various animals.
60 The eye of analogous analogous homologous homologous A
 octopus and eye organs that have organs that have organs that have organs that have
of cat show evolved due to evolved due to evolved due to evolved due to
different convergent divergent convergent divergent
patterns of evolution evolution evolution evolution.
structure, yet
they perform
similar function.
This is an
example of
61 Peripatus is a mollusca and annelida and coelenterata and ctenophora and B Peripatus
connecting link echinodermata arthropoda porifera platyhelminthes. belongs to
between Phylum
Onychophora. It
shows
characters of
annelids as well
as arthropods.
Owing to its
resemblance
with two
different phyla,
Peripatus is
often referred to
as connecting
link between
them. This
shows an
important
morphological
and anatomical
evidence of
evolution.
62 In the case of appearance of protective inheritance of natural selection D During post
peppered moth the darker mimicry darker colour whereby the industrialisation
(Biston coloured character darker forms period, the tree
betularia) the individuals due acquired due to were selected. trunk became
black-coloured to very poor the darker dark due to
form became sunlight environment industrial smoke
dominant over and soots.
the light- White winged
coloured form in moths did not
England during survive due to
industrial predators and
revolution. This dark winged
is an example of moths survived
 because they
were less easily
seen by them
against a dark
background. T
hus industrial
melanism
supports
evolution by
natural selection
that favours the
establishment of
one particular
advantageous
mutation within
a population.
63 Thorn of vestigial organs retrogressive analogous homologous D The organs
Bougainvillea evolution organs organs. which have the
and tendril of same
Cucurbita are fundamental
examples of structure but are
different in
function are
called
homologous
organs. Thorn of
Bougainvillea
and tendril of
Cucurbita both
arises in the
axillary position,
but have
different
functions.
64 Which one of Nephridia of Wings of Thorn of Nictitating A Nephridia are
the following earthworm and honeybee and Bougainvillea membrane and excretory
pairs of items Malpighian wings of crow - and tendrils of blind spot in organs of
correctly tubules of homologous Cucurbita - human eye - earthworm
belongs to the cockroach - organs analogous vestigial organs which consist of
category of excretory organs organs a simple or
organs branched tube
mentioned formed by the
against it? ingrowth of
ectoderm with
cilia at the inner
 end. Excretory
products diffuse
into the
nephridium and
are wafted to
the exterior by
ciliary action.
Malpighian
tubules are the
organs that are
involved in the
excretion of
nitrogenous
wastes in
cockroach. It
open into the
intestine;
selectively
extract from the
blood uric acid,
which together
with water and
salts – is
deposited into
the hindgut and
excreted in the
faeces.
65 Which one of There is no All plant and Ontogeny Stem cells are C Haeckel (1810)
the following evidence of the animal cells are repeats specialised proposed that
statements is existence of gills totipotent phylogeny cells. developing
correct ? during animal embryo
embryogenesis passes through
of mammals. stages
resembling adult
forms of its
ancestors. Ernst
Haeckel (1868,
1874)
formulated
biogenetic law
or recapitulation
theory which
states that
ontogeny
(developmental
 history of an
individual)
repeats
phylogeny
(development
history of races).
66 When two microevolution co-evolution convergent divergent C Convergent
species of evolution ( evolution. evolution is the
different development of
genealogy come superficially
to resemble similar
each other as a structures in
result of unrelated
adaptation, the organisms,
phenomenon is usually because
termed the organisms
live in the same
kind of
environment.
Examples are
the wings of
insects and
birds and the
streamlined
bodies of
whales and fish.
One can say
that it is the
similar habitat
that has resulted
in selection of
similar adaptive
features in
different groups
of organisms but
towards the
same function.
An example of
convergent
evolution is the
similar nature of
the f light/wings
of insects, birds,
pteridosaurs
and bats. All
 four serve the
same function
and are similar
in structure, but
each evolved
independently.
Some species of
the lens of eyes
also evolved
independently in
various animals.
67 An important homologous and homologous and analogous and homologous B Homologous
evidence in analogous vestigial organs vestigial organs organs only organ and
favour of organic organs vestigial organs
evolution is the provide an
occurrence of important
evidence in
favour of
organic
evolution
(process by
which changes
in the genetic
composition of
populations of
organisms occur
in response to
environmental
changes). For
example, human
appendix is a
developmental
derivative and
evolutionary
vestige of the
end of the much
larger
herbivorous
caecum found in
our primate
ancestors. T hey
both are
structurally
homologous and
have different
functions. In
most
vertebrates, the
caecum is a
large, complex
gastrointestinal
organ, enriched
in mucosal
lymphatic tissue
and specialised
for digestion of
plants. T he
caecum varies
in size among
species, but in
general the size
of the caecum is
proportional to
the amount of
plant matter in a
given
organism’s diet.
It is largest in
obligate
herbivores,
animals whose
diets consist
entirely of plant
matter.
However, even
though humans
are herbivorous,
the small human
caecum does
not house
cellulose-
digesting
bacteria and lost
an essential
function of
cellulose
digestion.This
shows the close
evolutionary
relationships
 between
homologous and
vestigial organs.
68 Which one of Peripatus King crab Sphenodon Archaeopteryx D Living fossil is a
the following is term for any
not a living fossil living species of
? organism which
closely
resembles
species
otherwise only
known from
fossils and has
no close living
relatives. T hese
species have all
survived major
extinction
events and
generally retain
low taxonomic
diversities.
Some examples
of living fossils
in animals are –
coelacanth,
coral (polyp),
crocodylia
(crocodiles,
gavials and
alligators),
horseshoe crab
(Limulus
polyphemus),
monotremes
(Platypus and
Echidna), snout-
nosed frog
(Nasikabatrachu
s sahyadrensis).
Archaeopteryx
is the earliest
and most
primitive known
bird. It lived in
 the Jurassic
Period around
150-155 million
years ago. It has
feathers and
wings but it also
had teeth and a
skeleton similar
to a small
carnivorous
dinosaur,
therefore, it had
both bird and
theropod
dinosaur
features.
Archaeopteryx
is a powerful
piece of
evidence that
shows that birds
have evolved
from dinosaurs.
69 Which of the Radio-carbon Potassium- Electron-spin Uranium-lead C Electron spin
following is the method argon method resonance method resonance
relatively most method (ESR) measures
accurate method the number of
for dating of charges
fossils? occupying deep
traps in the
crystal bandgap.
By measuring
the change in
absorption of
microwave
energy within a
continuously
varying strong
magnetic field,
this method
detects the
number of
“unpaired spins”
of electronic
charges trapped
 at various
defects in the
mineral lattice.
70 Convergent rat and dog bacterium and starfish and dogfish and D Convergent
evolution is protozoan cuttle fish whale. evolution is the
illustrated by formation of
similar traits by
unrelated
groups of
organisms.
Dogfish and
whale are the
interesting
examples of
convergent
evolution in
animals as both
of them have
more or less
similar body
organisation.
71 Industrial drug resistance darkening of protective defensive C Industrial
melanism is an skin due to resemblance adaptation of melanism is an
example of smoke from with the skin against adaptation
industries surroundings ultraviolet where the moths
radiations. living in the
industrial areas
developed
melanin
pigments to
match their body
to the
sootcovered
surroundings.
These melanic
forms are mainly
distributed in
and around
large industrial
cities, where the
environment has
been altered by
the pollution of
the atmosphere;
and is
 manifested by
the appearance
of dark colour of
lichen-covered
tree trunks, on
which the moths
rest during the
day time. The
peppered moth
exists in two
strains (forms) :
light coloured
(white) and
melanic (black).
In the past, bark
of trees was
covered by
whitish lichens,
so white moths
escaped
unnoticed from
predatory birds.
After
industrialisation
barks got
covered by
smoke, so the
white moths
were selectively
picked up by
birds. But black
moths escaped
unnoticed so
they managed
to survive
resulting in more
population of
black moths and
less population
of white moths.
72 Sequence of mRNA rRNA tRNA DNA B Carl Woese
which of the came up with
following is used the theory of life
to know the based on his
phylogeny? discovery that
 the genes
encoding
ribosomal RNA
are ancient and
distributed over
all lineages of
life with little or
no gene
transfer.
Therefore, rRNA
are commonly
recommended
as molecular
clocks to the
phylogeny.
73 Half life period 500 years 5000 years 50 years 50 years B 14C has a half
of 14C is life of 5570
years and is
used in radio
carbon dating.
Carbon in living
things contains
a uniform
amount of
radioactive 14C
produced
constantly in the
atmosphere.
From the
amount of 14C
in the dead
sample, the age
of the organism
can be
determined.
74 In Lederberg’s Minimal medium Complete Only minimal Only complete A If streptomycin
replica plating and medium and medium medium resistant
experiment what streptomycin streptomycin mutants are to
shall be used to be obtained,
obtain material should
streptomycin be allowed to
resistant strain? grow on medium
lacking
streptomycin so
that both mutant
 and wild types
may grow.
These colonies
are imprinted on
petriplates to
form the master
pattern on other
plates having
streptomycin
can then be
pressed on
velveteen to get
an impression.
The plate now
containing only
mutants for
streptomycin
resistance will
grow.
75 Which is not a Third molar Nails Segmental Coccyx B The vestigial
vestigial organ muscles of organs are the
in man? abdomen useless
remnants of
structures or
organs which
might have been
large and
functional in the
ancestors.
Segmental
muscles in
abdomen,
coccyx, third
molar (wisdom
teeth) of human
are vestigial
organs. Nail is
not a vestigial
organ of human.
76 Which of the Wings of bird Nails of human Wings of bird Wings of bat A Wings of birds
following are and hands of being and claws and wings of and wings of and hands of
homologous human in animals insect cockroach human have the
organs? same structure
but different
functions. Birds
 use their wings
for flying while
humans use
their hands for
grasping. Other
options show
examples of
analogous
organs.
Analogous
organs are
those organs
which have
similar functions
but different
structural
details.
77 Evolutionary development of development of development of replacement of B Development of
convergence is dissimilar a common set of characteristics common similar adaptive
characterised by characteristics in characteristics in by random characteristics in functional
closely related groups of mating different groups. structures in
groups different unrelated
ancestry groups of
organisms is
called
convergent
evolution.
Example : wings
of insect, bird
and bat. Thus
analogous
organs show
convergent
evolution
(adaptive
convergence).
78 Which of the Nictitating Appendix, Wisdom tooth, Wisdom tooth, D Human body
following is the membrane, ear coccyx, ear coccyx, body body hairs, has been
correct group of muscles, eyelids muscles and hair and ear nictitating described to
vestigial organs and coccyx elbow joint muscles membrane and possess about
in man ? vermiform 90 vestigial
appendix organs. Some of
these are
nictitating
membrane,
 muscles of
pinna (part of
external ear),
vermiform
appendix,
caudal
vertebrae (also
called coccyx or
tail bone), third
molars (wisdom
teeth), hair on
body and
nipples in male.
79 Which of the Phosphorus-32 Strontium-90 Caesium-137 Iodine-131 B The radioactive
following strontium - 90
isotopes is most can lead to
dangerous to various bone
Homo sapiens? disorders and
diseases,
including bone
cancer. It emits
high energy
beta radiations.
Phosphorus - 32
also emit high
energy beta
radiations but
they cannot
penetrate
human skin.
Caesium - 137
(beta emitter)
and iodine - 131
(β and γ emitter)
also pose
danger to
human health
but not as much
as strontium -
90 which is a
long-lived
radioactive
element and
tends to cycle
like calcium.
80 The presence of metamorphosis biogenesis organic recapitulation. D In the embryos
gill slits, in the evolution of all
embryos of all vertebrates, the
vertebrates, presence of gill
supports the slits support the
theory of theory of
recapitulation
(repeating the
early stages of
embryogenesis
in earlier
evolved
animals.)
81 The earliest Equus Mesohippus Eohippus Merychippus. C The first fossil of
fossil form, in the horse was
the phylogeny of found in North
horse, is America. It was
named
Eohippus. This
horse was about
the size of a fox
having short
head and neck.
The fore feet
were with four
complete fingers
and one splint of
first finger and
the hind feet
with three
functional toes
and one splint of
fifth toe. Other
stages in the
evolution of
horse were
Mesohippus,
Merychippus,
Pliohippus and
Equus.
82 Evolutionary common set of dissimilar dissimilar common set of A common set of
convergence is characters in characters in characters in characters in characters in
development of group of closely related closely related closely related closely related
different groups groups groups groups
ancestry
83 Study of fossils palaeontology herpetology saurology organic A Palaeontology is
is evolution the study of
extinct
organisms,
including their
structure,
environment,
evolution, and
distribution, as
revealed by their
fossil remains.
Herpetology is
the study of
reptiles and
amphibians.
Saurology is the
study of snakes.
Organic
evolution deals
with study of
origin of life and
origin of new
species.
84 Parallelism is adaptive adaptive adaptive adaptive D Development of
divergence divergence of convergence of convergence of similar adaptive
widely widely different closely related functional
separated species groups. structures in
species unrelated
groups of
organisms is
called adaptive
convergence or
convergent
evolution, e.g.
wings of insect,
bird and bat
show marked
convergent
evolution. When
convergent
evolution is
found in closely
related species,
it is called
“Parallel
 evolution”.
Example :
development of
running habit in
deer (2-toed)
and horse (1-
toed) with two
vestigial splint
bones.
85 The finch Carrion Insects Tree buds Seeds A Darwin’s finches
species of show adaptive
Galapagos radiation. This
islands are radiation
grouped occurred in
according to response to
their food various food
sources. Which resources
of the following available. These
is not a finch finches feed on
food? insects, tree
buds, seeds,
cactus, etc.
Carrion are
dead bodies and
no finches feed
on them.
86 Evolution of adaptive natural selection migration divergent A Adaptive
different species radiation evolution. radiation
in a given area (divergent
starting from a evolution) is the
point and evolution from
spreading to one species of
other animals or
geographical plants of a
areas is known number of
as different forms.
As the original
population
increases in size
it spreads out
from its centre
of origin to
exploit new
habitats and
food sources. In
 time, this results
in a number of
populations
each adapted to
its particular
habitat,
eventually these
populations will
differ from each
other sufficiently
to become new
species.
87 The Finches of evolution due to retrogressive biogeographical special creation. C Biogeographical
Galapagos mutation evolution evolution evolution is a
islands provide process in which
an evidence in gene pool of a
favour of population
gradually
changes in
response to
environmental
pressures,
natural selection
and genetic
mutations.
88 Which evidence Evidences from Evidences from Evidences from Evidences from A Galapagos
of evolution is biogeographical comparative embryology paleontology Islands are a
related to distribution anatomy chain of 14
Darwin’s f islands in the
inches? Pacific ocean on
the west coast
of South
America.
Charles Darwin
visited these
islands during
his famous
voyage on HMS
Beagle (name of
his ship) in
1835. The f lora
and fauna of
these islands
resemble with
those of the
 South American
mainland with
which the
Galapagos
Islands were
once connected.
However,
Darwin’s finches
(birds of
Galapagos
Islands)
influenced
Darwin to think
about the
evolutionary
change. These
birds designated
as Darwins’
finches by Dr.
David Lack
(1947) do not
resemble the
birds of the
South American
species. These f
inches were the
first to reach the
Galapagos
Islands as
migrants from
the mainland
(South
America). When
they reached
the islands, they
faced many
problems for
obtaining food.
Thus, they had
to change their
feeding habits.
89 The diversity in intraspecific interspecific origin of species intraspecific C Darwin
the type of competition competition by natural variations. observed great
beaks of finches selection variations
adapted to among the
 different feeding organisms that
habits on the lived on
Galapagos Galapagos
Islands, as islands. The
observed by common birds of
Darwin, provides Galapagos
evidence for islands, the
finches were
markedly
different from
the finches of
main land. In
fact Darwin took
idea from the
finches found on
the Galapagos
Islands for his
theory of natural
selection.
90 Theory of role of natural selection changes in gene none of these. C The theory of
Natural environment in acting on complex natural selection
Selection dwells evolution favourable resulting in is based on the
on variations heritable following factors
variations : (i) Rapid
multiplication
and limited food
and space
which leads to
struggle for
existence. (ii)
Struggle for
existence and
variations which
leads to natural
selection or
survival of the
fittest. (iii)
Natural
selection and
inheritance of
useful variation
over many
generation
which leads to
formation of new
 species. Darwin
in his “Natural
Selection
Theory” did not
believe in the
role of
discontinuous
variation in
natural
selection.
Darwin always
believed in the
universal
occurrence of
variation. In his
opinion,
variation is
continuous in
nature. Darwin
did not
understand the
cause of
variation and
assumed it was
one of the
innate
properties of
living things.
Now it is known
that variation is
due to mutation
and thus it may
be
discontinuous.
91 Which one of Development of Production of Prevalence of Development of C Theory of
the following transgenic ‘Dolly’, the pesticide organs from continuity of
phenomena animals sheep by resistant insects ‘stem cells’ for germplasm was
supports cloning organ put forward by
Darwin’s transplantation August
concept of Weismann.
natural selection According to
in organic this, the
evolution? characters
influencing the
germ cells are
 only inherited. T
here is a
continuity of
germplasm but
the
somataplasm is
not transmitted
to the next
generation
hence it does
not carry
characters to
next generation.
92 Nicotiana They cannot They are They are They are A According to
sylvestris interbreed in reproductively physiologically morphologically biological
flowers only nature. distinct. distinct. distinct. species concept
during long days a species is a
and N.tabacum natural
flowers only inbreeding or
during short panmictic
days. If raised in species or group
the laboratory of natural
under different populations
photoperiods, which have
they can be essentially
induced to similar
flower at the morphological
same time and traits, they are
can be cross- genetically
fertilised to distinct and
produce self- reproductively
fertile offspring. isolated from
What is the best others. Since
reason for under laboratory
considering conditions N.
N.sylvestris and tabacum and N.
N.tabacum to be sylvestris can
separate produce self-
species ? fertile offspring
so they are not
reproductively
isolated. They
are considered
as separate
species
 because since
their flowering
periods are
different so
cross pollination
is not possible
between them
naturally. This
makes them
different
species.
93 Which of the Seasonal Reproductive Reproductive Tropical B The
following is most isolation isolation isolation isolation phenomenon of
important for development of
speciation ? a new species
from pre-
existing one is
called
speciation.
Reproductive
isolation is the
prevention of
interbreeding
between the
populations of
two different
species. It
maintains the
characters of
the species but
can lead to the
origin of new
species.
94 Some bacteria natural selection induced reproductive genetic drift. A Normally
are able to grow mutation isolation bacteria cannot
in streptomycin survive in
containing antibiotic
medium due to containing
medium but if it
does so it must
have acquired
resistance
against that
antibiotic.These
are well adapted
 to grow in
streptomycin
containing
medium and
thus are more
evolved. So due
to natural
selection only
the more
evolved and
better adapted
species is able
to survive.
95 Reason of mutation long term gradual change short term B The organisms
diversity in living evolutionary evolutionary which are
being is change change. provided with
favourable
variations would
survive,
because they
are the fittest to
face their
surroundings,
while the unfit
are destroyed.
Darwin
considered that
useful variations
are transmitted
to the offspring
and appear
more
prominently in
succeeding
generations.
After some
generations
these
continuous and
gradual
variations in the
possessor
would be so
distinct that they
form a new
 species.
96 Which is the Replication of Formation of Synthesis of None of these A destroyed.
most important genetic material gametes proteins Darwin
factor for considered that
continuity of a useful variations
species from are transmitted
evolutionary to the offspring
point of view? and appear
more
prominently in
succeeding
generations.
After some
generations
these
continuous and
gradual
variations in the
possessor
would be so
distinct that they
form a new
species.
97 Species sympatric allopatric sibling neopatric. B Allopatric
occurring in species are
different those that could
geographical interbreed but
area are called do not because
as they are
geographically
isolated.
Sympatric are
groups of similar
organisms that,
although in
close proximity
and theoretically
capable of
interbreeding,
do not
interbreed
because of
differences in
behaviour,
 flowering time,
etc. Siblings are
offspring of the
same parents.
98 Which of the Lack of pigment Melanisation in Absence of Presence of B Melanisation in
following in cave-dwelling peppered moth limbs in snakes webbed toes in peppered moth
evidences does animals aquatic birds is an example in
not favour the support of the
Lamarckian theory of natural
concept of selection.
inheritance of Lamarckism is
acquired the first theory
characters? of evolution,
which was
proposed by
Jean Baptiste
de Lamarck. Its
theory of
inhertance of
acquired
characters
cannot be
explained by
melanisation in
peppered moth.
99 Weismann cut Darwin was tail is an mutation theory Lamarckism was D Lamarck gave
off tails of mice correct essential organ is wrong wrong in theory of
generation after inheritance of Lamarckism in
generation but acquired which he
tails neither characters. explained
disappeared nor inheritance of
shortened acquired
showing that characters
which states
that whatever an
individual
acquires
characters in its
life time due to
internal vital
force, effect of
environment,
new needs and
use and disuse
of organs, they
 are inherited to
the next
generations.
The process
continues. After
several
generations, the
variations are
accumulated
upto such extent
that they give
rise to new
species. This
theory was
proved wrong by
August
Weismann.
Weismann cut
off the tails of
rats for as many
as 22
generations and
allowed them to
breed, but
tailless rats
were never
born.
100 Evolution is progressive history and history of race development of B The term
development of development of race. evolution was
a race race along with coined by
variations Herbert
Spencer, an
English
philosopher
which means
unrolling or
unfolding of
nature that
brings about an
orderly change
from one form or
condition to
another
resulting in
descendents
 becoming
different from
ancestors. T
hus, it is history
and
development of
race alongwith
variations.
101 ‘Origin of Oparin Weismann Lamarck Darwin. D Darwin
Species’ was published his
written by observations
and conclusions
regarding
evolution in the
book “Origin of
Species” in
1859. Darwin’s
this book
became very
popular and
changed
people’s
thinking about
organic
evolution.
102 Variations small and random and random and small and C Hugo de Vries
caused by directionless directional directionless directional. (1901) put
mutation, as forward the
proposed by theory of
Hugo de Vries, evolution called
are mutation theory.
He believed that
mutation causes
evolution.
Mutations are
discontinuous
variations that
are random and
directionless.
103 According to multiple step saltation phenotypic minor mutations. B As per mutation
Hugo de Vries, mutations variations theory given by
the mechanism Hugo de Vries,
of evolution is the evolution is
a discontinuous
phenomenon or
 saltatory
phenomenon
(single step
large mutation).
104 The idea of Hugo de Vries Gregor Mendel Hardy-Weinberg Charles Darwin A The term
mutations was who worked on who worked on who worked on who observed a mutation was
brought forth by evening Pisum sativum allele wide variety of coined by Hugo
primrose frequencies in a organisms de Vries (1901)
population during sea for large
voyage. spontaneous
inheritable
changes which
occur suddenly
in naturally
reproducing
population. He
also proposed
mutation theory
of evolution in
his book “The
Mutation
Theory”
published in
1903 in which
he put forth that
evolution
occurred due to
large
discontinuous
variations. He
worked on
Oenothera
lamarckiana or
evening
primrose. During
his experiments
he found 834
mutations in a
population of
54343 plants. It
was later on
found that the
mutations
observed by
Hugo de Vries
 were actually
chromosomal
aberrations.
105 A gene locus 0.16 (AA); 0.36 0.36 (AA); 0.48 0.16 (AA); 0.24 0.16 (AA); 0.48 D
has two alleles (Aa); 0.48 (aa) (Aa); 0.16 (aa) (Aa); 0.36 (aa) (Aa); 0.36 (aa)
A, a. If the
frequency of
dominant allele
A is 0.4, then
what will be the
frequency of
homozygous
dominant,
heterozygous
and
homozygous
recessive
individuals in the
population?
106 In a species, the Cyclical Directional Stabilising Stabilising C Stabilising
weight of selection selection selection selection selection is a
newborn ranges balancing type
from 2 to 5 kg. of natural
97% of the selection which
newborn with an favours average
average weight sized individuals
between 3 to 3.3 and eliminates
kg survive extreme
whereas 99% of individuals.
the infants born
with weights
from 2 to 2.5 or
4.5 to 5 kg die.
Which type of
selection
process is taking
place?
107 UNIT 2: Cuboidal lining of intestine ducts of salivary proximal Eustachian tube C The cuboidal
Structural epithelium with glands convoluted epithelium is
Organisation in brush border of tubule of composed of a
Animals and microvilli is nephron single layer of
Plants found in cube-like cells
which is
commonly found
in ducts of
 glands and
tubular parts of
nephrons in
kidneys and its
main functions
are secretion
and absorption.
T he epithelium
of proximal
convoluted
tubule (PCT) of
nephron in the
kidney has
microvilli.
108 2.2 Animal Goblet cells of squamous columnar chondrocytes compound B Certain cells of
tissues; alimentary canal epithelial cells epithelial cells epithelial cells. columnar
Morphology, are modified epithelial cells
anatomy and from contain muscles
functions of and are called
different goblet cells as
systems they look like
(digestive, goblet. Such
circulatory, cells are present
respiratory, in alimentary
nervous and canal.
reproductive)
of an insect
(cockroach).
(Brief account
only)
109 Smooth muscles involuntary, voluntary, involuntary, voluntary, A Smooth muscle
are fusiform, non- multinucleate, cylindrical, spindle-shaped, fibres are
striated cylindrical striated uninucleate. elongated and
spindle shaped
(fusiform). Each
fibre contains a
single oval
nucleus
surrounded by
cytoplasm
(sarcoplasm). In
cytoplasm,
myofibrils are
arranged
longitudinally.
 These f ibres
lack striations
and
sarcolemma.
However, are
enclosed by
plasma
membrane.
110 T he function of separate two stop substance performing facilitate D Most cells in
the gap junction cells from each from leaking cementing to communication animal tissues
is to other across a tissue keep between (with the
neighbouring adjoining cells exception of a
cells together by connecting few terminally
the cytoplasm differentiated
for rapid transfer cells such as
of ions, small skeletal muscle
molecules and cells and blood
some large cells) are in
molecules. communication
with their
adjoining cells
via gap
junctions. At the
place where gap
junction is
present,
membranes of
two adjacent
cells are
separated by a
uniform narrow
gap of about 2-4
nm. T he gap is
spanned by
channel forming
proteins called
connexins,
which allow
inorganic ions
and other small
water soluble
molecules to
pass directly
from cytoplasm
of one cell to
 cytoplasm of
other cell.
111 Choose the Tendon - Adipose tissue - Adipose tissue - Cartilage - C Areolar tissue is
correctly Specialized Dense Dense Loose the most widely
matched pair connective connective connective connective distributed loose
tissue tissue tissue tissue connective
tissue in the
body. Tendon is
a type of dense
connective
tissue, adipose
tissue is a fat-
storing loose
connective
tissue and
cartilage is a
specialised
connective
tissue.
112 Choose the Inner lining of - Moist surface - Tubular parts of Inner surface of C Inner lining of –
correctly Ciliated Glandular -Cuboidal - Squamous Simple cuboidal,
matched pair. epithelium epithelium of epithelium epithelium salivary ducts
salivary ducts buccal cavity nephrons bronchioles epithelium,
Moist surface of
buccal cavity –
Non-keratinized
stratified
squamous
epithelium ,
Inner surface of
bronchioles –
Ciliated
columnar
epithelium
113 Identify the Smooth Cardiac Striated Striated D Locomotion
tissue match muscles, show muscles, muscles, muscles, (performed by
with its branching, found unbranched tapering at both- tapering at both- limbs) in
characteristics in the wall of the muscles, found ends, attached ends, attached humans
and its location. heart in the walls of with the bones with the bones depends on the
the heart of the ribs of the ribs movements of
muscle fibres.
Skeletal
muscles are
attached to the
bones by
 tendons and
help in the
movement of
the parts of
skeleton. These
muscles are
under the
control of
conscious mind
and are called
voluntary
muscles. Under
the microscope,
these muscles
show transverse
stripes and
hence are
designated as
striated
muscles.
114 The supportive ligament areolar tissue bone cartilage. D Cartilage is a
skeletal semi-rigid
structures in the supportive or
human external skeletal
ears and in the connective
nose tip are tissue in which
examples of matrix is solid
and made of
mucoprotein or
proteoglycan
called chondrin.
It is of four types
- hyaline,
fibrous, calcified
and elastic.
Yellow elastic f
ibrocartilage is
found in pinna
and external
auditory canal of
the ear,
Eustachian
tube, epiglottis
and tip of the
nose. Its matrix
 contains
numerous
yellow fibres
which form a
network by
uniting with one
another. Due to
the presence of
yellow fibres,
the cartilage
becomes more f
lexible. Hence, it
provides
flexibility to
these organs.
115 The ciliated Eustachian tube bronchioles and bile duct and Fallopian tube B The ciliated
columnar and stomach Fallopian tube oesophagus and urethra. columnar
epithelial cells in lining epithelial cells in
humans are humans are
known to occur present in the
in nasal passages,
oviducts
(Fallopian
tubes), terminal
bronchioles,
ventricles of the
brain and
central canal of
the spinal cord
of the embryo.
Columnar
ciliated
epithelium
consists of
columnar cells,
which bear cilia
on the free
surface.
116 The cells lining smooth muscle squamous columnar connective B Simple
the blood tissue epithelium epithelium tissue. squamous
vessels belong epithelium is
to the category composed of
of large flat cells
whose edges fit
closely together
 like the tiles in a
floor, hence it is
also called
pavement
epithelium. T he
nuclei of the
cells are
flattened and
often lie at the
centre of the
cells and cause
bulgings of cells
surface. The
epithelium lines
the blood
vessels, lymph
vessels, heart,
terminal
bronchioles,
alveoli of the
lungs, walls of
the Bowman’s
capsules,
descending
limbs of loop of
Henle. In the
blood vessels
and heart it is
called
endothelium.
117 Which one of Biceps of upper Abdominal wall Iris– Involuntary Heart wall – B Smooth muscles
the following is arm – Smooth – Smooth smooth muscle Involuntary are called as
correct pairing of muscle fibres muscle unstriated involuntary
a body part and muscle muscles as
the kind of action of these
muscle tissue muscles is
that moves it? controlled by
autonomic
nervous system
i.e., not under
the control of
animal’s will. Iris
of eyes consist
of smooth
involuntary
 muscles.
Abdominal wall
also have
smooth
muscles. Biceps
of upper arm is
made of skeletal
muscles while
heart wall
consists of
cardiac
muscles.
118 The epithelial glandular ciliated squamous cuboidal B The ciliated
tissue present columnar
on the inner epithelial cells in
surface of humans are
bronchioles and present in the
Fallopian tubes nasal passages,
is oviducts
(Fallopian
tubes) terminal
bronchioles,
ventricles of the
brain and
central canal of
the spinal cord
of the embryo.
Columnar
ciliated
epithelium
consists of
columnar cells,
which bear cilia
on the free
surface.
119 The cell connective epithelial tissue neural tissue muscular tissue. B Epithelial
junctions called tissue tissues consist
tight, adhering of variously
and gap shaped cells
junctions are closely arranged
found in in one or more
layers. The cells
are held
together by
intercellular
 junctions like
tight, adhering
and gap
junctions.
120 The kind of nails ear ossicles tip of the nose vertebrae. C Yellow elastic
tissue that forms fibrocartilage, a
the supportive type of skeletal
structure in our tissue, is found
pinna (external in the pinna,
ears) is also Eustachian
found in tubes, epiglottis
and tip of the
nose. It is a type
of cartilage and
due to presence
of yellow fibres,
it becomes more
flexible.
121 Which one of Vacuoles and Flagellum and Nucleus and Perikaryon and D Neuron (nerve
the following fibres medullary mitochondria dendrites cell) is one of
pairs of sheath the basic
structures functional units
distinguishes a of the nervous
nerve cell from system. Neuron
other types of is a cell
cell? specialized to
transmit
electrical nerve
impulse and so
carry
information from
one part of the
body to another.
Each neuron
has an enlarged
portion, the cell
body
(perikaryon),
containing the
nucleus; from
the body extend
several
processes
(dendrites)
through which
 impulses enter
from their
branches. A
longer process,
the nerve fibre,
extends outward
and carries
impulses away
from the cell
body. This is
normally
unbranched
except at the
nerve ending.
The point of
contact of one
neuron with
another is
known as a
synapse.
122 In which one of Thrombocytes Tendon Hyaline cartilage Ciliated D Cell junctions
the following epithelium come across
preparations are most frequently
you likely to in the
come across cell preparation of
junctions most ciliated
frequently? epithelium. A
cell junction is a
structure within
a tissue of a
multicellular
organism. T hey
consist of
protein
complexes and
provide contact
between
neighbouring
cells, between a
cell and the
extracellular
matrix, or they
built up the
paracellular
barrier of
 epithelia and
control the
paracellular
transport.
123 Areolar bones with fat body with integument with integument with C Areolar tissue is
connective bones muscles muscles muscles a loose
tissue joins connective
tissue
comprised of a
semifluid ground
substance
containing
several kinds of
loosely arranged
fibres. Its
function is to
attach the skin
to the underlying
tissues, to fill the
spaces between
various organs
and thus holds
them in place,
and surrounds
and supports
the blood
vessels.
124 integument with haemoglobin hippurin Neurons myoglobin D Mast cells are
muscles granulated
wandering cells
that are found in
connective
tissue. Their
granules contain
histamine which
is a vasodilator.
It causes
running nose,
sneezing and
itching; and
narrows the
airways in the
lungs. Their
granules also
contain heparin
 which is an
anticoagulant
and serotonin
which acts as a
mediator of
inflammation
and allergic
reactions.
125 Four healthy Liver cells Neurons Malpighian layer myoglobin B Neurons are
people in their of the skin least likely to be
twenties got replaced by new
involved in cells as they
injuries resulting have least
in damage and regeneration
death of few power.
cells of the
following. Which
of the cells are
least likely to be
replaced by new
cells?
126 Which one of Striated muscle Areolar tissue Stratified Myelinated B In areolar tissue,
the following epithelium nerve fibres there is more
contains the intercellular
largest quantity space, so
of extracellular largest quantity
material ? of extracellular
material is
present in this
tissue. It
contains all cell
types and fibres
of connective
tissue. There is
a thin layer of
extracellular f
luid in stratified
epithelium
whereas striated
muscle is
attached with
tendons and
there is very
less amount of
extracellular
 fluid in
myelinated
nerve fibre.
127 Collagen is fibrous protein globular protein lipid carbohydrate. A Collagen is an
insoluble fibrous
protein found
extensively in
the connective
tissue of skin,
tendons and
bone. Collagen
accounts for
over 30% of the
total body
protein of
mammals.
Globular
proteins have
compact
rounded
molecules and
are usually
water soluble.
Lipid is a
diverse group of
organic
compounds, that
are insoluble in
water but
soluble in
organic
solvents.
Carbohydrates
are compounds
of carbon,
hydrogen and
oxygen.
128 During an injury Elastic cartilage Hyaline cartilage Calcified Fibrous cartilage B Nasal septum
nasal septum cartilage consists of
gets damaged hyaline
and for its cartilage. It is
recovery which bluish-green
cartilage is and translucent
preferred? in appearance.
It has fewer very
 fine white fibres
in the matrix.
This type of
cartilage gives
flexibility and
support at the
joints. Elastic,
calcified and
fibrous
cartilages occur
in other parts of
body.
129 Which cells do Epithelial cells Muscle cells Nerve cells Gland cells C Nerve cells are
not form layer the highly
and remains excitable cells,
structurally specialized for
separate? impulse
conduction.
They originate
from neural
plate of
embryonic
ectoderm and
serve as
structural and
functional units
of nervous
tissue.
130 Proteoglycan in chondroitin ossein casein cartilagin A Proteoglycans
cartilages which consist of
is a part of polysaccharide
polysaccharide attached with a
is protein
chondroitin. It is
present in
cartilage as well
as in
extracellular
material. Ossein
is a protein
present in matrix
of bone. Casein
is a milk protein.
131 Characteristic of are arranged make a definite continue to none of the B Simple
simple indiscriminately layer divide and help above. epithelium
 epithelium is in organ function consists of a
that they single layer of
cells resting on
a basement
membrane. This
makes a definite
layer.
132 Ligament is a/an inelastic white modified white modified yellow none of the C Ligament occurs
fibrous tissue fibrous tissue elastic fibrous above. in the form of
tissue cords in a
modified yellow
elastic fibrous
tissue and
connects bone
with a bone.
Modified white
fibrous tissue is
present in the
tendons.
133 Tendon is made yellow fibrous yellow fibrous yellow fibrous adipose tissue B White fibrous
up of connective connective connective tissue has two
tissue tissue tissue forms : cords
and sheets. The
white fibres run
parallel to form
cords, called
tendons.
Tendon
attaches a
muscle to a
bone. It consists
of collagen
fibres and are
therefore
inelastic. They
ensure that the
force exerted by
muscular
contraction is
transmitted to
the relevant part
of the body to
be moved.
134 Protein present cartilagin ossein chondrin none of these. C Chondrin is a
in cartilage is protein present
 in the matrix of
cartilage. It
forms a
constituent of a
compound
called chondrin
sulphate.
Chondrin
sulphate
consists of
proteoglycans,
that is protein
chains bonded
to long chains of
disaccharide
hyaluronic acid.
135 Basement no cell product epidermal cell endodermal cell both (b) and (c). A Basement
membrane is of epithelial cell only membrane
made up of (basal lamina) is
a thin sheet of
fibrous proteins
that underlies
and supports
the cells of an
epithelium,
separating this
from underlying
tissue.
Basement
membranes are
components of
the extracellular
matrix (= the
viscous watery
fluid that
surrounds cells
in animal tissue)
and help to
regulate
passage of
materials
between
epithelial cells
and adjacent
blood vessels.
 Each consists of
a framework of
collagen fibrils
within which are
glycosaminoglyc
ans
(mucopolysacch
arides) and
laminins, which
are proteins that
bind the
basement
membrane to
neighbouring
cells via cell
adhesion
molecules.
136 Stratum Columnar Squamous Cuboidal Ciliated A Stratum
germinativum is germinativum
an example of (also stratum
which kind of basale or basal
epithelium? cell layer) is the
layer of
keratinocytes
that lies at the
base of the
epidermis
immediately
above the
dermis. It
consists of a
single layer of
tall, simple
columnar
epithelial cells
lying on a
basement
membrane.
These cells
undergo rapid
cell division,
mitosis to
replenish the
regular loss of
skin by
 shedding from
the surface.
About 25% of
the cells are
melanocytes,
which produce
melanin which
provides
pigmentation for
skin and hair.
137 An epithelial outer surface of inner lining of inner lining of inner lining of D An epithelial
tissue which has ovary Fallopian tube stomach cheeks. tissue which has
thin flat cells, thin flat cells,
arranged edge arranged edge
to edge so as to to edge so as to
appear like appear like
closely packed closely packed
tiles, is found to tiles is known as
be present at pseudostratified
epithelium. It
covers moist
surfaces where
there is little
wear and tear
by friction such
as inner lining of
cheeks.
138 Hair present in epidermal in epidermal in dermal in origin dermal in origin A Each hair is
the skin are origin and made origin and made and made of and made of present in a
of dead cells of living cells living cells dead cells tubular pit called
hair follicle
which is made
up by sinking of
epidermis.
Living cells are
present only at
the base of hair
i.e. in hair
papilla, rest of
the hair is dead
and is divisible
into outer
cuticle, middle
cortex and inner
medulla.
139 The layer of stratum stratum stratum stratum lucidum. C Stratum
actively dividing compactum corneum malpighii/stratu malpighii/stratu
cells of skin is m germinativum m germinativum
termed as is the innermost
layer of the skin
consisting of
one celled thick
columnar
epithelial cells. It
lies on the
basement layer.
Its cells are
active and
continuously
produce new
cells by mitotic
division that is
why called
germinative
layer.
140 Formation of deposition of deposition of deposition of deposition of A Bone is an
cartilage bones bony matter by bony matter by bony matter by bony matter by unusual tissue
involves osteoblasts and osteoclasts osteoclasts osteoclasts in that it is
resorption by continually
chondroclasts being
reconstructed.
The osteoblasts
secrete bone
matrix, whereas
the large, much
branched,
motile,
lysosome-rich,
multinucleate
cells, called
osteoclasts,
destroy bone
matrix. The twin
process of
resorption and
resconstruction
enables a
particular bone
to remodel its
structure to
 meet any
change in the
mechanical
requirements of
the animal
during its
development.
141 Haversian humerus pubis scapula clavicle A Long bones,
canals occur in such as the
humerus and
femur, have a
cavity, the
marrow cavity,
at the centre.
The substance
of the bone is
distinguishable
into 3 regions :
periosteum,
matrix and
endosteum. The
matrix of bone
along with the
bone forming
cells
(osteoblasts) is
arranged in
concentric
layers (lamellae)
round the small
canals which
run parallel to
the long axis
(shaft) of the
bone. These
canals, called
Haversian
canals, are
interconnected
with one another
via Volkmann’s
canals and
contain a blood
vessel, a nerve
and a lymph
 vessel.
142 Histamine connective lungs muscular tissue nervous tissue A Mast cells are
secreting cells tissues found in the
are found in matrix of areolar
connective
tissue and
secrete
histamine
(vasodilator),
serotonin
(vasoconstrictor)
and heparin
(anticoagulant).
T hese take part
in allergic
reactions and
also help in a
body defence.
143 Mineral found in magnesium iron calcium copper B Red pigment of
red pigment of vertebrate blood
vertebrate blood is haemoglobin.
is Haemoglobin is
a conjugated
protein. It
consists of a
basic protein
globin joined to
a nonprotein
group heme,
hence the name
haemoglobin.
Heme is an iron-
porphyrin ring. A
mammalian
haemoglobin
molecule is a
complex of 4
heme molecules
joined with 4
globin
molecules.
144 Pheretima and sugarcane roots decaying fallen soil insects small pieces of B Pheretima
its close leaves and soil fresh fallen (earthworm) and
relatives derive organic matter leaves of maize, related
 nourishment etc organisms feed
from upon the
decaying
organic matter
found in the soil.
T hey also feed
on the bits of
plants and
animal matter. T
hus, they are
omnivorous.
145 One very special fertilization of the typhlosole the S-shaped it has a long B In Pheretima,
feature in the eggs occurs greatly setae embedded dorsal tubular next to stomach
earthworm inside the body increases the in the heart. is the intestine.
(Pheretima) is effective integument are It is a long, wide
that absorption area the defensive and thin walled
of the digested weapons used tube extending
food in the against the from 15th
intestine enemies segment to the
last. Second or
middle part of
the intestine lies
between 27th
segment upto
23–25 segments
in front of anus.
This is
characterised by
the presence of
a highly
glandular and
vascular
longitudinal
ridge, arising as
a median in-
growth of the
dorsal aspect of
the intestinal
cavity. This is
called the
typhlosole. The
typhlosole
greatly
increases the
effective
 absorption area
of the digested
food in the
intestine.
146 Which one of Clitellum - Gizzard - Setae - Defence Typhlosole - B In a mature
the following Secretes cocoon Absorbs against Storage of extra earthworm,
structures in digested food predators nutrients segments 14th -
Pheretima is 16th are
correctly covered by a
matched with its prominent dark
function ? band of
glandular
tissues called
clitellum which
secretes cocoon
where
fertilization and
development
takes place. In
alimentary
canal, muscular
gizzard (8th -
9th segments)
helps in grinding
the soil particles
and decaying
leaves, etc. The
characteristic
feature of the
intestine
between 26th -
35th segments
is the presence
of internal
median fold of
dorsal wall
called
typhlosole. This
increases the
effective area of
absorption in the
intestine. In
each body
segment, except
the first, last and
 clitellum, there
are rows of S-
shaped setae,
embedded in
the epidermal
pits in the
middle of each
segment. Setae
can be extended
or retracted.
Their principal
role is in
locomotion.
147 Which one of Four pairs of One pair of Two pairs of Two pairs of C In Pheretima,
the following spermathecae in ovaries attached testes in 10th accessory two pairs of
correctly 4th-7th at and 11th glands in 16th- testis sac are
describes the segments intersegmental segments 18th segments situated in the
location of some septum of 14th tenth and
body parts in the and 15th eleventh
earthworm segments segments. Each
Pheretima? testis sac of the
tenth segment
encloses a testis
and a seminal
funnel. Each
testis sac of the
eleventh
segment
encloses a
testis, a seminal
vesicle and a
seminal funnel.
148 If a live coelomic fluid haemolymph slimy mucus excretory fluid. A Coelom or body
earthworm is cavity of
pricked with a earthworm is
needle on its filled with
outer surface coelomic fluid. It
without lies between
damaging its body wall and
gut, the fluid that alimentary
comes out is canal. So if a
live earthworm
is pricked with a
needle on its
outer surface
 without
damaging the
gut then only
coelomic fluid
will come out.
149 Earthworms gut peristalsis setae coelomic fluid blood C Hydraulic
have no skeleton is the
skeleton but system of
during support found in
burrowing, the soft bodied
anterior end invertebrates,
becomes turgid which relies on
and acts as a the
hydraulic incompressibility
skeleton. It is of fluids
due to contained within
the body cavity.
In earthworms
the coelomic
fluid is under
pressure within
the coelom and
therefore
provides support
for internal
organs. Due to
hydraulic
skeleton, during
burrowing, the
anterior end
becomes turgid
and aids in
relaxation of
longitudinal
muscles.
150 Earthworms are ammonotelic ureotelic when uricotelic when uricotelic under A Earthworm has
when plenty of plenty of water plenty of water conditions of excretory organ
water is is available is available water scarcity. called nephridia.
available Ammonia is the
chief excretory
waste when
water is
available and
hence it is
ammonotelic in
 water and
terrestrial
earthworm is
ureotelic.
151 Primary function osmoregulation excretion of respiration locomotion A Pharyngeal
of enteronephric nitrogenous nephridia and
nephridia of wastes septal nephridia
Pheretima is are
enteronephric
as they
discharge
excretory matter
into the gut.
Discharge of
waste matter via
gut is an
adaptation to
conserve water
by its
reabsorption in
the gut.
Integumentary
nephridia are
exonephric, as
they discharge
waste matter to
the exterior.
152 Earthworm 6 pairs 4 pairs 2 pairs 1 B In each of the
possesses segments 7, 9,
hearts 12 and 13 is
found a pair of
large, thick,
muscular and
rhythmically
contractile
vertical vessels,
called hearts.
They pump
blood from
dorsal to ventral
vessel, while
flow in opposite
direction is
prevented by
internal valves.
 Hearts of 7th
and 9th
segments
connect dorsal
and ventral
vessels only and
are called lateral
hearts. Those of
12th and 13th
segments
connect both
dorsal and
supra-
oesophageal
vessels with
ventral vessel,
and are
designated as
latero-
oesophageal
hearts.
153 Blood of blue with blue with red with red with D Circulatory or
Pheretima is haemocyanin in haemocyanin in haemoglobin in haemoglobin in blood vascular
corpuscles plasma corpuscles plasma. system of
earthworm is a
closed system
consisting of
blood vessels
and capillaries
which ramify to
all parts of the
body. Blood is
composed of a
fluid plasma and
colourless
corpuscles,
physiologically
comparable to
the leucocytes
of the
vertebrates. The
red respiratory
pigment,
haemoglobin (or
erythrocruorin)
 occurs dissolved
in plasma. It
gives a red
colour to blood
and aids in the
transportation of
oxygen for
respiration.
154 Pheretima their burrows they make the they are used as they kill the birds B Pheretima
posthuma is make the soil soil porous, fish meal due to posthuma is
highly useful as loose leave their biomagnification highly useful
castings and of chlorinated and beneficial in
take organic hydrocarbons. agriculture. Its
debris in the soil habit of
burrowing and
swallowing earth
makes it porous
and increases
the soil fertility in
many ways.
Their burrows
permit
penetration of
air and moisture
in porous soil
and their
excretory
wastes and
other secretions
also enrich soil
by adding
nitrogenous
matters to the
soil. Pheretima
posthuma is not
used as fish
meal. Whereas
a small white
earthworm
(Enchytraeus
albidus) is often
grown in soil
and used to
feed aquarium
fish.
155 Earthworms are useful harmful more useful than more harmful. A Earthworms are
harmful very useful. All
over the world
they are used as
bait for fishing.
Earthworms are
in general
beneficial to
agriculture.
Their habit of
burrowing and
swallowing earth
increases
fertility of soil in
many ways.
Their burrows
permit
penetration of
air and moisture
in porous soil,
improve
drainage and
make easier the
downward
growth of roots.
Excretory
wastes and
other secretions
of worms also
enrich soil by
adding
nitrogenous
matters that
form important
plant food
Earthworms
were used
variously as
medicines in the
past.
Earthworms
were used to
cure stones in
bladder,
yellowness of
 jaundice,
pyorrhoea, piles,
rheumatism or
gout, diarrhoea.
Earthworms are
easily obtained
and are of
convenient size
for dissections.
They are,
therefore,
universally
employed for
class studies
and for
investigations in
general and
comparative
physiology.
156 Photoreceptors clitellum many eyes dorsal surface lateral sides. C Photoreceptors
of earthworm restricted only to
occur on dorsal surface,
are more
numerous on
prostomium and
peristomium of
earthworm and
gradually reduce
in number
towards
posterior end of
body. They are
totally absent in
clitellum. Each
photoreceptor
consists of a
single ovoid cell,
with a nucleus
and clear
cytoplasm
containing a
network of
neurofibrillae
and a small
transparent L-
 shaped lens or
optic organelle
or phaosome,
made up of a
hyaline
substance.
Photoreceptors
enable worms to
judge the
intensity and
duration of light.
157 If the head of the supra- the cockroach the head holds a the head holds a C The head holds
cockroach is oesophageal does not have small proportion 1/3rd of a a bit of a
removed, it may ganglia of the nervous system of a nervous nervous system nervous system
live for few days cockroach are system while the while the rest is of cockroach
because situated in rest is situated situated along while the rest is
ventral part of along the ventral the dorsal part situated along
abdomen part of its body of its body. the ventral
(belly-side) part
of its body. So, if
the head of a
cockroach is cut
off, it will still live
for as long as
one week.
158 Which of the Presence of a Presence of Forewings with Presence of B Male cockroach
following boat-shaped caudal styles darker tegmina anal cerci bears a pair of
features is used sternum on the short threadlike
to identify a 9th abdominal anal/caudal
male cockroach segment styles which are
from a female absent in
cockroach? females. They
project
backwardly from
the sides of 9th
abdominal
segment in male
cockroach.
159 In male Seminal vesicles Mushroom Testes Vas deferens A Seminal
cockroaches, glands vesicles are
sperms are numerous small
stored in which sacs present on
part of the ventral surface
reproductive of anterior part
system? of the
 ejaculatory duct
which store
sperms.
160 Which of the Exoskeleton Metamerically Schizocoelom Indeterminate D In insect,
following composed of N- segmented body as body cavity and radial cleavage is
features is not acetylglucosami cleavage during superficial.
present in ne embryonic
Periplaneta development
americana?
161 The body cells urea calcium ammonia potassium urate. D In cockroach,
in cockroach carbonate Malpighian
discharge their tubules extract
nitrogenous metabolic
waste in the wastes like
haemolymph potassium and
mainly in the sodium urate,
form of water and
carbon dioxide
from the blood.
In the
Malpighian
tubules
bicarbonates of
potassium and
sodium, water
and uric acid are
formed. A large
amount of water
and
bicarbonates of
potassium and
sodium are
reabsorbed by
the cells of
Malpighian
tubules and then
transferred to
the blood
(haemolymph).
Uric acid is
carried to the
alimentary canal
of the insect and
is finally passed
out through
 anus.
162 The terga, arthrodial cartilage cementing glue muscular tissue. A Arthrodial
sterna and membrane membrane is a
pleura of tough, flexible
cockroach body cuticle that joins
are joined by the skeletal
elements of
cockroach and
other
arthropods. It
connects terga,
pleura and
sterna of
cockroach body.
163 What external Both forewings Labium Mandibles Anal cerci A Cockroach
changes are and hindwings develops become harder develop undergoes
visible after the develop paurometabolou
last moult of a s development.
cockroach The nymph
nymph? moults about 6-
7 times to reach
the adult form.
The next to last
nymphal stage
has wing pads
but only adult
cockroaches
have wings.
164 Select the Malpighian Males bear short Nervous system The forewings B Malpighian
correct option tubules convert anal styles not comprises of a are tegmina tubules are the
with respect to nitrogenous present in dorsal nerve which are used main excretory
cockroaches. wastes into females. cord and ten in f light structures in
urea. pairs of ganglia. cockroach. They
extract
nitrogenous
wastes and
water from
haemolymph
and reabsorb
certain salts
resulting in
precipitation of
uric acid. So,
cockroach is
 uricotelic. Males
have paired anal
styles on 9th
abdominal
sternite which
are absent in
females.
165 Which one of Spiracle in Mouth, bronchial Spiracles in Hypopharynx, A The respiratory
the following is metathorax, tube, trachea, prothorax, mouth, pharynx, system is well
one of the paths trachea, oxygen enters tracheoles, trachea, tissues developed in a
followed by air tracheoles, cells trachea, oxygen cockroach in
or O2 during oxygen diffuses diffuses into order to
respiration in the into cells cells compensate the
adult male poorly
Periplaneta am developed
ericana as it circulatory
enters the system. It
animal body? consists of
tracheae,
tracheoles and
spiracles. The
main tracheal
trunks open to
the exterior on
body surface
through 10 pairs
of segmentally
arranged
apertures
termed spiracles
or stigmata. Two
pairs of
spiracles are
thoracic, one
between pro
and mesothorax
and the other
between meso
and metathorax.
Haemocoel
contains a
network of
elastic, closed
and branching
air tubes or
 tracheae. The
ultimate finer
branches of
tracheae are
called
tracheoles
which come in
contact with the
individual body
cells. The
elaborate
tracheal system
carries oxygen
directly to all the
body cells.
166 Select the Nervous system Males bear a There are 16 Grinding of food B The posterior
correct located dorsally, pair of short very long is carried out segment of
statement from consists of thread like anal Malpighian only by the cockroaches
the ones given segmentally styles tubules present mouth Parts. bear
below with arranged ganglia at the junctions appendages
respect to joined by a pair of midgut and named as anal
Periplaneta of longitudinal hindgut. cerci. These are
americana connectives found in both
male and
female. But
male cockroach
can be
distinguished by
female ones by
the presence of
an extra pair of
accessory
appendages
named as anal
styles. It assists
during
copulation.
167 Which of the Malpighian Oxygen is Nitrogenous The food is D Mouth part of
following tubules are transported by excretory ground by cockroach
happens in the excretory organs haemoglobin in product is urea. mandibles and contains two
common projecting out blood. gizzard. mandibles,
cockroach? from the colon. which bear
teeth. When
both the
mandibles work
 simultaneously
in a horizontal
plane, the food
matter is cut and
masticated into
fine and smaller
pieces. Gizzard
is a part of
alimentary
canal. It bears
six muscular
folds which are
covered by
chitinous conical
plates, the teeth,
used for
grinding the
food.
168 Assertion (A) : A is true but R is A is false but R Both A and R Both A and R D Cockroaches
Periplaneta false. is true are true and R is are true but R is are found in
americana is correct not correct places where
nocturnal, explanation of A. explanation of A. there is warmth,
omnivorous, dampness and
household pest. plenty of organic
Reason (R) : It food to devour.
is because it Indoors, they
acts as are a common
scavenger. pest in kitchens,
latrines, hotels,
restaurants,
godowns,
storerooms,
board ships, etc.
Cockroaches
are nocturnal
creatures.
During daytime,
they remain
inactive and
hiding. During
night, they show
much activity
and run here
and there in
search of food.
 Being
omnivorous and
scavengerous in
diet, they devour
any animal or
vegetable
substance etc.,
causing great
loss.
169 Male and female anal styles in anal cerci in anal style and both (b) and (c). A In male
cockroaches male female antennae in cockroach, 9th
can be females sternum bears a
distinguished pair of short,
externally unjointed
through thread-like anal
styles which are
absent in
female. Anal
cerci and
antennae are
present in both
male and female
cockroaches.
170 Select the Testes → Vasa Testes → Vasa Testes → Vasa Testes → C The correct
correct route for efferentia → efferentia → efferentia → Bidder’s canal route for
the passage of Kidney → Bidder’s canal Kidney → → Kidney → transport of
sperms in male Seminal vesicle → Ureter → Bidder’s canal Vasa efferentia sperms in male
frogs. → Urinogenital Cloaca → Urinogenital → Urinogenital frog is Testes →
duct → Cloaca duct → Cloaca duct → Cloaca Vasa efferentia
→ Kidney →
Bidder’s canal
→ Urinogenital
duct → Cloaca.
171 Frog’s heart Only (4) (1) and (2) (3) and (4) Only (3) C Frog’s heart is
when taken out myogenic, i.e.,
of the body heartbeat
continues to originates from
beat for muscles of
sometime. heart. Hence, it
Select the best is autorhythmic.
option from the Wave of
following contraction
statements. (1) originates from
Frog is a sinus venosus
poikilotherm. (2) and spreads to
 Frog does not wall of sinus
have any venosus and
coronary both auricles.
circulation. (3) This compels
Heart is the heart to
“myogenic” in beat. Due to this
nature. (4) Heart reason, frog’s
is autoexcitable. heart will
continue to beat
as long as it
gets supply of
ATP.
172 Compared to without nucleus nucleated and very much nucleated and B Human
those of but with with smaller and without erythrocytes are
humans, the haemoglobin haemoglobin fewer haemoglobin enucleated,
erythrocytes in discoidal while
frog are in frogs
erythrocytes are
large, oval and
biconvex
nucleated cells.
Erythrocytes are
the carriers of
haemoglobin.
173 Ureters act as human males human females both male and male frogs. D In male frogs,
urinogenital female frogs two ureters act
ducts in as urinogenital
duct which open
into the cloaca.
They run
backwards from
the kidneys and
open into the
cloaca. In
female ureters
carry urine
alone, while in
male both
sperms and
urine are
carried. Hence,
are called
urinogenital
ducts.
174 Which one of Rat - Left kidney Cockroach - 10 Earthworm - The Frog - Body B There are 10
the following is is slightly higher pairs of alimentary canal divisible into pairs of
the true in position than spiracles (2 consists of a three regions - spiracles in
description the right one pairs on thorax sequence of head, neck and cockroach. Two
about an animal and 8 pairs on pharynx, trunk pairs are
concerned? abdomen) oesophagus, thoracic in which
stomach, first pair is
gizzard and known as
intestine mesothoracic,
lying infront of
the mesothorax
between the
bases of first
and second pair
of legs and are
the largest. The
second pair is
called
metathoracic.
Abdominal
spiracles are
eight pairs. The
first pair is
dorsal in
position and lies
on the lateral
margins of the f
irst abdominal
tergum. The
remaining are
situated on the
sides of their
corresponding
segments on the
pleura between
the terga and
sterna.
175 What happens if Will become Will turn black Will break into Will shrink A Main component
bone of frog is flexible pieces of bone is
kept in dilute collagen which
hydrochloric is a complex
acid? combination of
amino acids.
When frog’s
bone is treated
 with HCl, these
compounds are
broken down
and the bone
becomes
flexible.
176 The roof of the frontoparietal orbitosphenoid parasphenoid alisphenoid. A Fronto-parietals
cranium of frog are a pair of
is formed by long, broad, f
lattened and
membranous
bones. They are
united along the
mid-dorsal line
and form the
whole roof of
cranium. In
larval frog, each
fronto-parietal
occurs into
separate frontal
and parietal
parts, but in
adult frog, they
become fused to
form a single
frontoparietal.
The entire floor
of cranium is
covered and
strengthened by
a large
parasphenoid
bone.
177 In frog, the pterygoid hyoid apparatus parasphenoid palatine B In adult frog,
surface of gills disappear
attachment of and their
tongue is skeletal
framework is
also reduced to
form hyoid
apparatus. It lies
below tongue in
the floor of
mouth and
 provides surface
of attachment to
the tongue.
178 In frog, “fenestra the the external the air filled the opening in C The bony
ovalis” is communication opening of the cavity of the the auditory partition
between the tympanic cavity middle ear capsule which between
pharynx and the which is covered separates the tympanic cavity
tympanic cavity by the tympanic middle ear from (cavity of middle
membrane the internal ear ear) and
auditory capsule
(internal ear) is
perforated by a
small window-
like oval
aperture, the
fenestra ovalis,
which remains
closed by a
membrane and
a cartilaginous
nodule, the
stapedial plate.
179 The kidney of an metanephros opisthonephros pronephros mesonephros D Mesonephros
adult frog is kidney is
present in both
adult as well as
embryo of frog.
A mesonephros
develops from
the middle part
of intermediate
mesoderm,
posterior to
each
pronephros
soon after its
degeneration.
180 Mucus helps thick skin dry skin smooth skin moist skin. D Mucus helps
frog in forming frog in forming
moist skin as
skin is its
respiratory
organ.
181 Bullfrog of India Rana tigrina R. sylvatica R. catesbeiana R. esculenta A The common
is Indian bull frog
 Rana tigrina
lives in or near
permanent
freshwater
lakes, ponds
and streams. It
lives in the
water most of
the time. It lives
near water
mainly for two
reasons : (i) To
keep skin moist
to carry on
cutaneous
respiration and
(ii) To
immediately
jump or slip into
water to escape
from enemies.
182 Addition of a keep them in hasten their slow down their kill the tadpoles. B In 1912,
trace of larval stage metamorphosis metamorphosis Gudernatsch
thyroxine or discovered that
iodine in water metamorphosis
containing in frog’s tadpole
tadpoles will is increased by
the thyroxine
hormone which
has the iodine
as the main
constituent. If
thyroxine or
iodine is added
in water having
tadpoles in it,
then it increases
the rate of
metamorphosis
in tadpole.
183 UNIT 2: T he process of log phase lag phase senescence dormancy. A
Structural growth is
Organisation in maximum during
Animals and
Plants
184 2.1 Morphology Typical growth stair-steps parabolic sigmoid linear. C Plant Growth
and curve in plants is shaped Regulators
modifications;
Tissues;
Anatomy and
functions of
different parts
of flowering
plants: Root,
stem, leaf,
inflorescence-
cymose and
recemose,
flower, fruit
and seed (To
be dealt along
with the
relevant
practical of the
Practical
Syllabus).
185 Botany - Plant Senescence as annual plants floral parts vessels and leaf abscission. C
Morphology an active tracheid
developmental differentiation
cellular process
in the growth
and functioning
of a flowering
plant, is
indicated in
186 Name the plant Cytokinin Gibberellin Ethylene Abscisic acid B
growth regulator
which upon
spraying on
sugarcane crop,
increases the
length of stem,
thus increasing
the yield of
sugarcane crop.
187 Which of the Gibberellic acid Abscisic acid Phenolic acid Para-ascorbic A
following is not acid
an inhibitory
substance
governing seed
 dormancy?
188 It takes very Cytokinin and Auxin and Gibberellin and Gibberellin and B
long time for Abscisic acid Ethylene Cytokinin Abscisic acid
pineapple plants
to produce
flowers. Which
combination of
hormones can
be applied to
artificially induce
flowering in
pineapple plants
throughout the
year to increase
yield?
189 Fruit and leaf ethylene auxins gibberellic acid cytokinins. B
drop at early
stages can be
prevented by the
application of
190 You are given a IAA and Auxin and Auxin and Gibberellin and B
tissue with its gibberellin cytokinin abscisic acid abscisic acid
potential for
differentiation in
an artificial
culture. Which of
the following
pairs of
hormones would
you add to the
medium to
secure shoots
as well as roots?
191 T he Avena IAA ethylene ABA GA3. A
curvature is
used for
bioassay of
192 Auxin can be potometer lettuce hypocotyl Avena coleoptile hydroponics. C
bioassayed by elongation curvature
193 What causes a Light stimulates Auxin Green plants Green plants B
green plant plant cells on the accumulates on need light to need light to
exposed to the lighted side to the shaded side, perform perform
light, on only grow faster. stimulating photosynthesis. photosynthesis.
one side, to greater cell
 bend towards elongation
the source of there.
light as it grows?
194 Which one of Abscisic acid Ethylene GA3 Indole acetic A
the following acid
growth
regulators is
known as ‘stress
hormone’?
195 During seed ABA gibberellin ethylene cytokinin. B
germination, its
stored food is
mobilized by
196 The pineapple NAA, 2, 4-D Phenyl acetic Cytokinin IAA, IBA. A
which under acid
natural condition
is difficult to
blossom has
been made to
produce fruits
throughout the
year by
application of
197 Through their Apical Flowering Closure of Fruit elongation B
effects on plant dominance stomata
growth
regulators, what
do the
temperature and
light control in
the plants?
198 Phototropic gibberellin phytochrome cytokinins auxin. D
curvature is the
result of uneven
distribution of
199 One of the ethylene abscisic acid zeatin indole-3-acetic D
commonly used acid.
plant growth
hormone in tea
plantations is
200 Root abscisic acid auxin gibberellin ethylene. D
development is
promoted by
201 One of the IAA GA IBA NAA. D
synthetic auxin
 is
202 Which one of Indole-3-acetic Gibberellic acid Abscisic acid Indole butyric C
the following acid acid
acids is a
derivative of
carotenoids?
203 Which one of Gibberellic acid - Cytokinin - Cell IAA - Cell wall IAA - Cell wall A
the following Leaf fall division elongation elongation
pairs, is not
correctly
matched?
204 How does It releases It releases It frees axillary The apical shoot C
pruning help in wound wound buds from apical grows faster
making the hormones. hormones. dominance. after pruning.
hedge dense?
205 Cell elongation indole acetic cytokinins gibberellins ethylene. C
in internodal acid
regions of the
green plants
takes place due
to
206 Coconut milk an auxin a gibberellin abscisic acid cytokinin D Many
factor is experiments
were done to
sustain the
proliferation of
normal stem
tissues in
culture. The
growth of culture
was most
dramatic when
the liquid
endosperm of
coconut, also
known as
coconut milk,
was added to
the culture
medium. This
finding indicated
that coconut
milk contains a
substance or
 substances that
stimulate mature
cells to enter
and remain in
the cell division
cycle.
Eventually
coconut milk
was shown to
contain the
cytokinin zeatin,
but this finding
was not
obtained until
several years
after the
discovery of the
cytokinins. The
first cytokinin to
be discovered
was the
synthetic analog
kinetin.
207 Plants deficient auxin cytokinin ethylene abscisic acid A Zinc is available
of element zinc, to the plants for
show its effect absorption in the
on the divalent form. It
biosynthesis of occurs in the
plant growth form of minerals
hormone as hornblende,
magnetite,
biotite, etc., from
where it is
released by
weathering. It is
involved in the
synthesis of
Indole-acetic
acid in plants. It
is an activator in
the enzyme
tryptophan
synthetase.
Tryptophan is
the precursor of
 Indole-acetic
acid.
208 Differentiation of high auxin : high cytokinin : high gibberellin : high gibberellin : B The major
shoot is cytokinin ratio auxin ratio auxin ration cytokinin ratio. physiological
controlled by function of
cytokinin is to
enhance cell
division. In
tissue culture
the
undifferentiated
mass of cells
formed in the
culture tubes is
called callus.
The callus may
remain in the
undifferentiated
condition or
differentiation
may take place
in this. If it is
differentiated,
then root and
shoot may be
formed. Skoog
and Miller had
reported that
cytokinins
induce shoot
formation and
auxins induce
root formation.
209 Dwarfness can cytokinin gibberellic acid auxin anti-gibberellin B Gibberellins
be controlled by helps in the
treating the plant reversal of
with dwarfism in
many
genetically
dwarf plants.
External supply
of gibberellic
acid causes
rapid elongation,
e.g., rosette
 plants of
sugarbeet when
treated with
GA3 undergo
marked
longitudinal
growth of axis.
210 Which of the GA3 NAA Ethylene Zeatin B α-Naphthalene
following acetic acid
prevents the fall (NAA) is a
of fruits? synthetic or
exogenous
auxin. It
prevents the
formation of
abscission layer,
which is a layer
of dead cells in
the petiole and
pedicel that
causes fall of
leaf or fruit. NAA
prevents
formation of this
layer and so it
prevents fall of
leaf or fruit.
211 Hormone ABA auxin GA cytokinin A Abscisic acid is
responsible for a growth
senescence is inhibiting
phytohormone.
It induces
senescence in
leaves by
promoting the
degradation of
chlorophyll and
proteins
212 Which hormone Gibberellin IAA ABA Zeatin A Gibberellin is
breaks the hormone
dormancy of that breaks
potato tuber? seed/bud
dormancy. The
tubers of potato
reproduce
 vegetatively to
give rise to new
plants. So the
dormancy of
these tubers can
be overcome by
applying
gibberellins.
213 If the apical bud more lateral more axillary plant growth flowering stops. A Apical
has been branches buds stops dominance is
removed then the
we observe phenomenon by
which presence
of apical bud
does not allow
the nearby
lateral buds to
grow. When
apical bud is
removed, the
lateral buds
sprout.
214 Which hormone Ethylene Auxin Ethyl chloride Cytokinin A Ethylene is
is responsible largely a growth
for fruit inhibiting
ripening? phytohormone
but is also
involved in
some growth
promotion
activities. It has
been
established that
ethylene is a
fruit ripening
hormone.
Ethylene
stimulates all
the biochemical
changes which
take place at the
time of fruit
ripening.
215 A plant hormone cytokinins ethylene abscisic acid Coumarin A Cytokinins are
used for growth
 inducing promoting
morphogenesis phytohomones.
in plant tissue Cytokinin plays
culture is an important
role in organ
formation
(morphogenesis
) with auxin.
Different auxin/
cytokinin ratio
decides the
development of
root/shoot ratio.
The major
physiological
function of
cytokinin is to
enhance cell
division. If
cytokinin to
auxin ratio is
low, then root
formation takes
place but if the
ratio of cytokinin
to auxin is high,
then, there is
formation of
meristematic
cells in the
callus.
216 Which 80% CH4 and 80% CO2 and 80% C2H4 and 80% CO2 and C In most of the
combination of 20% CO2 20% O2 20% CO2 20% CH2 plants, there is a
gases is suitable sharp rise in
for fruit respiration rate
ripening? near the end of
the development
of fruit, which
sets in progress
those changes,
which are
involved in
ripening of fruit.
The ripening on
demand can be
 induced in these
fruits by
exposing them
to normal air
containing about
1 ppm of
ethylene.
Suitable
combination of
gases in
atmosphere for
fruit ripening is
80% ethylene
(C2H4) and
20% CO2.
217 Which one Malic hydrazide 2, 4-D Amo - 1618 Phosphon D B Defoliation is the
among the process of
following leaves falling off
chemicals is a plant naturally
used for causing or by inducing
defoliation of using strong
forest trees? chemicals. 2, 4–
D (2, 4 dichloro
phenoxy acetic
acid) is an auxin
hormone. It over
stimulates the
growth activities
of the root cells
due to which
roots get
destroyed and
thus plants
finally
destroyed. 2, 4-
D is used as
defoliant for
broad leaves
dicots.
218 Gibberellic acid in short day in day-neutral in some in long day D Gibberellins are
induces plants under plants under gymnospermic plants under growth
flowering long day dark conditions plants only short day promoting
conditions conditions. phytohormones.
Some plant
species flower
 only if the light
period exceeds
a critical length
and others
flower only if this
period is shorter
than some
critical length.
Gibberellins
promote
flowering in
long-day plant
during non-
inductive
periods.
219 The movement centripetal basipetal acropetal both (a) and (c). B Auxin is a
of auxin is growth
largely promoting
phytohormone.
It moves mainly
from the apical
to the basal end
(basipetally).
This type of
unidirectional
transport is
termed polar
transport. Auxin
is the only plant
growth hormone
known to be
transported
polarly. Recently
it has been
recognized that
a significant
amount of auxin
transport also
occur
acropetally
(from basal end
to the apical
end) in the root.
220 If the growing its growth stops leaves become axillary buds are axillary buds are D Decapitating a
plant is yellow and fall inactivated activated. growing plant
 decapitated, down means removing
then shoot apex of
the plant. Auxin,
a growth
promoting
phytohormone
present in apex
inhibits the
growth of
axillary buds so
that only the
apex continues
to grow. When
the apex
containing auxin
is removed or
decapitation is
done, then
axillary or lateral
buds show their
growth, this is
because the
apical
dominance is
removed. This
practice of
removal of
apical
dominance is
applied in tea
gardens,
hedges, rose
gardens, etc.
221 The regulator cytokinin auxin gibberellin abscisic acid. A Richmond and
which retards Lang, 1967
ageing/senesce observed that
nce of plant degradation of
parts is protein and
chlorophyll was
delayed in the
detached
leaves, if there
was cytokinin in
the medium. T
he senescence
 in the detached
leaves was
controlled by
cytokinin first by
keeping the
stomata open
thus allowing
more CO2 to
enter. This
suppresses the
action of
ethylene which
promotes
senescence.
222 The hormone benzyl bichlorophenoxy ethylene abscisic acid. D Abscisic acid is
produced during aminopurine acetic acid a hormone
adverse which is
environmental produced during
conditions is adverse
environmental
conditions. It
also causes the
closure of
stomata under
conditions of
water stress and
also under high
concentration of
CO2 in the
guard cells. ABA
plays an
important role in
plants during
water stress and
drought
conditions. The
concentration of
ABA increases
in the leaves of
plants facing
such stresses,
hence it is called
as a stress
hormone.
223 Klinostat is osmosis growth photosynthesis respiration B Klinostat is used
employed in the movements to study growth
study of movements.
Klinostat
comprises a
disc with pot
which are
rotated by an
axial rod with
the help of a
motor. Auxin get
uniformly
distributed on all
sides and hence
the stem grows
horizontally
forward.
224 Which is Ethylene Abscisic acid Ferulic acid Coumarin B Abscisic acid is
produced during produced during
water stress that water stress that
brings stomatal brings stomatal
closure? closure.
Abscisic acid is
a stress
hormone and it
is produced
during water
scarcity, when
the transpiration
rate exceeds
absorption, the
plant faces
water stress
condition. As a
result, incipient
wilting occurs.
Under water
stress condition
ABA increases
which induces
stomatal
closure.
225 Bananas can be maintaining refrigeration dipping in storing in a C In artificial
prevented from them at room ascorbic acid freezer. ripening of
over-ripening by temperature solution banana,
 uncontrolled
application of
ethylene gas
may cause over
ripening of
banana. It can
be prevented
from over-
ripening by
dipping in
ascorbic acid
solution.
226 Which is Auxin Coumarin Ethylene Cytokinin C Ethylene is a
employed for hormone which
artificial ripening is used for
of banana fruits? ripening of fruit.
In case of unripe
banana, it can
be made to ripe
before proper
time if they are
kept in ethylene
atmosphere.
Uncontrolled
application of
this gas may
spoil the fruits.
Ethylene is
produced in
mature but
unripe fruits and
then it initiates a
chain of
reactions that f
inally lead to
ripening.
227 Abscisic acid stomatal closure stem elongation leaf expansion root elongation. A Abscisic acid is
causes a hormone
produced during
adverse
environmental
condition. It also
causes the
closure of
stomata under
 conditions of
water stress and
also under high
concentration of
CO2 in the
guard cells.
Abscisic acid
inhibits the K+
uptake by guard
cells and
promotes the
leakage of malic
acid. It results in
reduction of
osmotically
active solutes so
that the guard
cells become
flaccid and
stomata get
closed.
228 Hormone IAA NAA cytokinin/zeatin gibberellic acid C Cytokinin has a
primarily very specific
connected with effect on cell
cell division is division
(cytokinesis),
hence the name
cytokinin. They
contain kinetin
and related
compound
generally called
kinins.
Chemically,
cytokinins are
degradation
product of
adenine, ATP,
NAD and NADP.
Cytokinins are
essential for
cytokinesis
though
chromosome
doubling can
 occur in their
absence.
Cytokinins bring
about division
even in
permanent cells
229 Highest auxin in growing tips in leaves at base of plant in xylem and A Auxins are well
concentration organs phloem. known to
occurs promote
elongation of
stem and
coleoptile.
However when
exogenous
auxin is given to
intact plants this
is not observed
because the
required amount
of auxin is
already present
in plants. When
the apex of
shoot is
removed, then
the exogenous
application of
auxin promotes
growth, this
clearly indicates
that growing
apex, having
meristematic
cells, is the site
where
endogenous
auxins are
present in
sufficient
amount, once
the apex is
removed the
source of auxin
is also removed.
230 Phytohormones chemical chemical hormones regulators D Growth
are regulating regulating regulating synthesised by hormones or
flowering secondary growth from plants and phytohormones
growth seed to influencing are defined as
adulthood physiological organic
processes. substances
which are
synthesized in
minute
quantities in one
part of the plant
body and
transported to
another part
where they
influence
specific
physiological
processes.
Phytohormones
are chemical
substances
which are
synthesized by
plants and are
naturally
occurring.
231 Abscisic acid cell division leaf fall and shoot elongation cell elongation B Before a leaf
controls dormancy and wall fall, a special
formation. zone of cells is
formed at the
base of the
pedicel or
petiole. This
zone is called
abscission zone.
It is delimited by
a protection
layer on the
stem side and a
separation layer
on the organ
side. The leaf is
ultimately
separated and
 phenomenon is
called
abscission. ABA
is also a growth
inhibitor. It
regulates the
dormancy of
seeds and buds
perhaps by
inhibiting the
growth process.
The ABA level
decreases in the
whole seed as
their dormancy
is broken.
232 Phototropic and gibberellins enzymes auxin cytokinins. C Auxin regulates
geotropic some of the
movements are important plant
linked to growth
movements like
photoropism
and geotropism.
Phototropism
means growth of
plants in
response to light
and geotropism
means growth of
plants towards
gravity.
233 Which of the Bending of shoot Movement of Nyctinastic leaf Movement of C Nyctinastic leaf
following towards light root towards soil movements sunflower head movement is not
movement is not tracking the sun related to auxin
related to auxin level. It is a
level? movement of
leaves of many
species from
nearly horizontal
leaves during
the day and
nearly vertical at
night. This
movement is
controlled by
 biological clock,
while the
bending of shoot
towards light,
movement of
root towards soil
and movement
of sunflower
head tracking
the sun are the
conditions
related to
auxins.
234 Mowing grass wounding removal of removal of removal of B Mowing grass
lawn facilitates stimulates apical apical apical lawn facilitates
better regeneration dominance and dominance dominance and better
maintenance stimulation of promotion of maintenance
because intercalary lateral meristem. because of
meristem removal of
apical
dominance and
stimulation of
intercalary
meristem.
235 Cut or excised gibberellins cytokinins auxins ethylene. B Cytokinins are
leaves remain plant growth
green for long if hormones which
induced to root are basic in
or dipped in nature.
Cytokinins
induce formation
of new leaves,
chloroplasts in
leaves, which in
turn keeps the
leaves green for
a longer
duration of time.
Cytokinins
applied to
marketed
vegetables can
keep them fresh
for several days.
Shelf life of cut
 shoots and
flowers is
prolonged by
employing the
hormones.
236 Gibberellins seed seed dormancy leaf fall root elongation. A Gibberellins
promote germination promote seed
germination.
Gibberellins are
weakly acidic
growth
hormones
having ring
structure and
cause cell
elongation of
intact plants in
general and
increased
internodal length
of genetically
dwarfed plants.
Gibberellins are
synthesized in
the apical shoot
buds, root tips
and developing
seeds. During
seed
germination,
especially of
cereals
gibberellin
stimulates the
production of
some
messenger
RNAs and then
hydrolytic
enzymes like
amylases,
lipases,
proteases. The
enzymes
solubilize the
 reserve food of
the seed.
237 What is the site Leaves Lateral buds Pulvinus Shoot apex A Shoot apices
of perception of modify
photoperiod themselves into
necessary for flower apices
induction of prior to
flowering in flowering, but
plants? they themselves
cannot perceive
photoperiods.
Leaves are the
site of
perception of
light/dark
photoperiods. It
has been
hypothesised
that leaves
contain a
hormonal
substance
responsible for f
lowering, which
migrates from
leaves to shoot
apices for
inducing
flowering only
when plants are
exposed to
necessary
inductive
photoperiods.
238 Phytochrome is flavoprotein glycoprotein lipoprotein chromoprotein. D Phytochrome is
a a chromoprotein
i.e., plant
pigment that can
detect the
presence or
absence of light
and is involved
in regulating
many processes
that are linked to
 day length
(photoperiod),
such as seed
germination and
initiation of
flowering. It
consists of a
light detecting
portion, called a
chromophore,
linked to a small
protein and
exists in two
inter-convertible
forms with
different
physical
properties.
239 Study the four B and C C and D A and D A and B. C Photoperiod
statements (A- affects flowering
D) given below and
and select the reproduction in
two correct ones plants. Binomial
out of them.A. nomenclature
Definition of system was
biological given by
species was Carolus
given by Ernst Linnaeus.
Mayr.B.
Photoperiod
does not affect
reproduction in
plants.C.
Binomial
nomenclature
system was
given by R.H.
Whittaker.D. In
unicellular
organisms,
reproduction is
synonymous
with growth.The
two correct
statements are
240 Photoperiodism tobacco potato tomato cotton. A Photoperiodism
was first is the response
characterised in to duration and
timings of light
and dark period.
It was first
studied by W.W.
Garner and H.A.
Allard (1920) in
tobacco. They
observed that
Maryland
Mammoth
variety of
tobacco could
be made to
flower in
summer by
reducing the
light hours with
artificial
darkening.
241 Importance of cotton Petunia Lemna tobacco. D The effect of
day length in photoperiods or
flowering of daily duration of
plants was first light hours (and
shown in dark periods) on
the growth and
development of
plants,
especially
flowering, is
called
photoperiodism
242 The wavelength 680 nm 720 nm 620 nm 640 nm. A Phytochrome is
of light absorbed the
by Pr form of photoreceptor
phytochrome is pigment that
controls
flowering. It has
two forms : Pr
and Pfr. Pr is
bluish
phytochrome
and it absorbs
 light at 660 to
680 nm of
wavelength. Pfr
is (far red)
yellowish green
phytochrome
and absorbs
light at 730 nm
of wavelength.
243 One set of the Long day Darkness Day neutral Short day D Plants require a
plant was grown neutral day length or
at 12 hours day light period for
and 12 hours flowering, this
night period light period is
cycles and it called
flowered while in photoperiod.
the other set Short day plants
night phase was (SDP’s) flower
interrupted by in photoperiods
flash of light and less than critical
it did not day length, e.g.,
produce flower. Nicotiana
Under which tabacum,
one of the Glycine max
following (Soybean) and
categories will Xanthium
you place this strumarium.
plant? Further these
plants require
long
uninterrupted
dark period and
hence are called
long night
plants. Long day
plants (LDP’s)
flower in
photoperiod
more than
critical day
length, e.g.,
Hyocyamus
niger
(Henbane),
radish, Beta,
 spinach,
Plantago, etc.
Day neutral
plants flower in
any
photoperiod,
e.g., tomato,
maize,
cucumber, etc.
244 Which pigment Cytochrome Phytochrome Carotenoids Chlorophyll B Phytochrome
absorbs the red has a light
and far-red absorbing or
light? light detecting
portion (the
chromophore)
attached to
small protein of
about 1,24,000
daltons.
Phytochrome
occurs in 2
forms, i.e., PR
and PFR (i.e.,
red light and far
red light
absorbing
forms) and
these 2 forms
are
interconvertible.
Cytochromes
are electron
transferring
proteins. They
contain iron
porphyrin or
copper
porphyrin as
prosthetic
groups.
Chlorophyll is
the fundamental
green pigment
of
photosynthesis.
 It is localised in
the chloroplasts.
Carotenoids are
lipid compounds
and they are
yellow, orange,
purple, etc. in
colour. These
are found in
higher plants
red algae, green
algae, fungi and
photosynthetic
bacteria.
245 Proteinaceous phytochrome chlorophyll anthocyanin carotenoids. A Phytochrome is
pigment which a plant pigment
controls the that can detect
activities the presence or
concerned with absence of light
light is and is involved
in regulating
many processes
that are linked to
day length
(photoperiod),
such as seed
germination and
initiation of f
lowering. It
consists of a
light-detecting
portion, called a
chromophore,
linked to a small
protein and
exists in two
interconvertible
forms with
different
physical
properties,
particularly in
the ability to
bind to
membranes.
246 The response of vernalization photoperiodism phototaxis phototropism. B Photoperiodism
different is the response
organisms to the of plants to
environmental relative length of
rhythms of light light and
and darkness is darkness.
called
247 Phytochrome red light green light blue light none of these. A Phytochromes
becomes active are
in photoreceptors
present in plants
which are used
to detect light.
They are
sensitive to light
in red and far-
red region of
visible
spectrum.
Phytochrome
occurs in 2
forms, i.e., Pr
and Pfr (i.e., red
light and far red
light absorbing
forms) and
these 2 forms
are
interconvertible.
Pr is activated
by red light and
Pfr is activated
by far-red light.
So,
Phytochrome
becomes active
in red light. It is
involved in the
perception of
photoperiodic
stimuli
controlling
flowering and
other morpho-
genetic
 phenomenon in
plants.
248 What will be the Phytochrome Level of Phytochrome First (b) then (a) D When continous
effect on synthesis will phytochrome will will be destroyed red light is given
phytochrome in increase decrease the level of Pr
a plant decreases as
subjected to most of it is
continuous red converted to Pfr
light? form. When the
concentration of
Pr reaches
below a critical
value, it starts
synthesis of
more
phytochromes in
the Pr form so
that there is an
equilibrium
between
synthesis and
destruction of Pr
form.
249 If a tree flowers photo and photo and photosensitive thermosensitive A In Northern
thrice in a year thermo- thermo-sensitive but thermo- but photo- India, during
(Oct, Jan and insensitive insensitive insensitive. October,
July) in Northern January and
India, it is said to July variation in
be light intensity,
duration and
temperature is
observed. Since
tree can flower
in these months
in a year, it is
said to be photo
and thermo-
insensitive.
250 In short day photoperiod less photoperiod long night short B In short day
plants, flowering than 12 hours below a critical photoperiod and plant, no
is induced by length and interrupted long flowering takes
uninterrupted night. place if the dark
long night period is less
than the critical
day length. The
 f lowering is
inhibited if weak
intensity of light
is given during
the dark period.
If the dark
period is
interrupted mid
way by even a
single flash of
light, no
flowering takes
place. If this
flash is given in
the beginning or
near the end of
the dark phase,
they produce
flowers.
251 A chemical gibberellin kinetin florigen IBA. C Chailakhyan in
believed to be 1937 gave the
involved in view that f lower
flowering is hormone
namely florigen
is synthesized in
the leaves under
favourable
photoperiodic
conditions. This
hormone is
transmitted to
the growing
point where the f
lowering occurs.
252 Which one Uptake of Uptake of water Elongation of Ascent of sap C Stem elongation
increases in the minerals internodes takes place in
absence of the absence of
light? light due to
etiolation. But
uptake of
minerals, uptake
of water and
ascent of sap all
this processes
are related to
 photosynthesis
which takes
place only in the
presence of
light.
253 Vernalisation zamikand turmeric carrot ginger. C Carrot is a
stimulates biennial plant
flowering in that requires
stimulus of low
temperature for
flowering. It
remains
vegetative
during the warm
season and
bears flowers
and fruits only
during winter. It
can be made to
flower in one
growing season
by providing low
temperature
treatment to
young plants or
seedlings which
is referred to as
vernalization.
Hence,
vernalization
stimulates
flowering in
carrot.
254 Treatment of stratification scarification vernalization chelation. C Vernalization is
seeds at low the method of
temperature promoting f
under moist lowering by
conditions to exposing young
break its plants to cold
dormancy is treatment, e.g.,
called winter varieties
of wheat, barley,
oats and rye are
given artificial
cold treatment
and planted in
spring in areas
of very harsh
winters such as
Soviet Union to
promote f
lowering in
them. In most
cereals optimum
temperature for
vernalization is
4°C. Receptive
organ to chilling
is the apical
meristem.
Chelation is the
process by
which certain
micronutrients
are treated to
keep them
readily available
to a plant once
they are
introduced into
the soil.
Stratification is a
process by
which seeds are
pretreated to
simulated winter
conditions so
that germination
may occur. The
degradation of
the seed coat is
called
scarification.
This process
permits water to
pass through
the sead coat so
that embryo can
begin
metabolism.
255 Flowering cryotherapy cryogenics cryoscopy vernalisation. D the sead coat so
dependent on that embryo can
cold treatment is begin
metabolism.
256 Which of the Auxin Cytokinin Gibberellins Gibberellins C Gibberellin is a
following hormone that
hormones can replaces
replace vernalisation.
vernalisation?
257 An enzyme that invertase α-amylase lipase protease. B The process by
can stimulate which the
germination of dormant embryo
barley seeds is of seed resumes
active growth
and forms a
seedling is
known as
germination.
The initial step
in germination
process is the
uptake of water
and rehydration
of the seed
tissues by the
process of
imbibition. The
first visible sign
of germination is
the emergence
of the radicle
from the seed.
But this event is
preceded by a
series of
biochemical
reactions.
Imbibition of
water causes
the embryo
within seed to
produce α- and
β-amylases.
These enzymes
hydrolyze the
 starch stored in
endosperm into
glucose which is
necessary for
use both as a
respiratory
substrate and as
a source of
carbon
skeletons of the
molecules
needed for
growth.
258 Seed dormancy ethylene abscisic acid IAA starch. B Viable seeds of
is due to the some plants are
unable to
germinate even
after getting all
the necessary
conditions. T his
inability of viable
seeds to
germinate even
under
favourable
conditions, is
called dormancy
of seeds. This is
considered to be
due to some
barriers or
blocks inside the
seeds. Some
common causes
of seed
dormancy are :
(i) Mechanically
hard seed coat,
which does not
allow proper
growth of
embryo inside it,
e.g., Brassica
campestris. (ii)
Presence of
 impermeable
(impervious)
seed coat to
H2O, e.g. many
seeds of
legumes. (iii)
Presence of
impermeable
seed coat to
oxygen, e.g.
Xanthium
(cocklebur). (iv)
Presence of
germination
inhibitors like
ABA (abscisic
acid) and
phenolics, etc.,
in seed coat or
fruit pulp, e.g., in
tomoto, inhibitor
is present in fruit
pulp. Seed
coats may
contain
relatively high
concentrations
of growth
inhibitors that
can suppress
germination of
the embryo.
Abscisic acid
(ABA) is a
common
germination
inhibitor present
in the seed
coats. Repeated
washing and
heavy rainfall
removes such
substances from
the seed coat.
259 By which action Scarification Stratification Vernalization All of these A Scarification
 a seed coat means the
becomes application of
permeable to those methods
water? by which the
hard seed coat
is ruptured or
softened so that
it becomes
permeable to
water, gases
and the embryo
can expand.
There are two
methods of
scarification as
mechanical
scarification and
chemical
scarification.
This helps in
overcoming
seed dormancy.
260 UNIT 2: The roots that fibrous roots primary roots prop roots lateral roots. A In
Structural originate from monocotyledono
Organisation in the base of the us plants, the
Animals and stem are primary root is
Plants short lived and
is replaced by a
large number of
roots. These
roots originate
from the base of
the stem and
constitute the
fibrous root
system, e.g.,
wheat plant.
261 2.1 Morphology Sweet potato is stem adventitious root tap root rhizome B Sweet potato
and a modified (Ipomoea
modifications; batatas) is
Tissues; swollen single
Anatomy and root tuber that
functions of does not
different parts assume a
of flowering definite shape. It
 plants: Root, is a modified
stem, leaf, adventitious root
inflorescence- for storage of
cymose and food.
recemose,
flower, fruit
and seed (To
be dealt along
with the
relevant
practical of the
Practical
Syllabus).
262 Botany - Plant Roots play pea wheat sunflower Pistia D Pistia (water
Morphology insignificant role lettuce) is a
in absorption of floating aquatic
water in plant. In aquatic
plants, roots are
generally poorly
developed and
do not take part
in absorption of
water. Water is
absorbed by the
general body
surface in these
plants.
263 Morphology of Pneumatophore the vegetation the vegetation xerophytes epiphytes A These special
Flowering s are found in which is found in which found in roots, called
Plants marshy and acidic soil pneumatophore
saline lake s or knees,
develop in
mangrove
plants, i.e.,
plants growing
in saline
marshes. These
roots grow
vertically
upward and are
negatively
geotropic. Air
enters these
roots through
minute
 breathing pores
called
pneumathodes,
present on the
tips of vertical
roots. These
plants include
Rhizophora,
Heritiera,
Avicennia, etc.
264 The plant, which screw pine Podostemon Trapa orchid D Clinging roots
bears clinging arise from the
roots, is nodes of stem
and penetrate
the stem of the
host plant. It
helps in fixing
the plant to the
host. It is found
in orchids.
Orchids bear
three types of
roots - clinging
roots for fixation,
absorbing roots
for absorbing
mineral salts
and water and
epiphytic roots
for absorbing
moisture from
air.
265 Velamen is roots of aerial and leaves of Ficus aerial roots of D Velamen is
found in screwpine terrestrial roots elastica orchids. found in aerial
of orchids roots of orchids.
In many
epiphytic
orchids, the
aerial roots are
covered by a
hygroscopic
velamen tissue.
They absorb
water from the
atmosphere.
266 Which of the Tendrils of Flattened Pitcher of Thorns of citrus C Pitcher of
following is not a cucumber structures of Nepenthes Nepenthes is a
stem Opuntia modification of
modification? leaf. In
Nepenthes, the
pitchers are
meant for
catching and
digesting
insects. The
lamina is
modified into
pitcher. T he
leaf apex gives
rise to a
coloured lid for
attracting the
insects.
267 Stems modified phylloclades scales cladodes phyllodes A Phylloclades are
into flat green flattened green
organs stems which
performing the have taken over
functions of the function of
leaves are photosynthesis
known as while cladodes
are only the
branches of
stem that are
modified to take
over the function
of leaves.
268 An example of carrot groundnut sweet potato potato D Carrot and
edible sweet potato are
underground root
stem is modifications
while edible part
of groundnut is
seed. Potato is
an edible
underground
stem.
269 Sweet potato is potato Colocasia ginger turnip D Sweet potato is
homologous to homologous to
turnip as both
are having same
 origin, i.e., both
are root but
modified for
different
functions. Sweet
potato is a
modified root for
storage and
vegetative
propagation
while turnip is
modified for
storage only.
270 Which one of Opuntia Casuarina Hydrilla Acacia A Opuntia is a
the following is a xerophytic plant
xerophytic plant which lives in
in which the dry habitat. The
stem is modified plant has fleshy
into the flat organs where
green and water and
succulent mucilage are
structure? stored. The
stem is modified
into flat green
structure, called
as phylloclade.
271 What is the eye Axillary bud Accessory bud Adventitious bud Apical bud A A tuber is the
of potato? swollen tip of
the underground
branch. Tubers
are round or
oval in shape.
Each tuber has
many notches
on the surface
called ‘eyes’.
These are in
fact axillary
buds which
grow into new
plants during
favourable
conditions.
272 New banana rhizome sucker stolon seed B Suckers are the
plants develop sub-aerial
 from modification of
stem. They grow
obliquely
upward from the
main stem
producing roots
from the
underground
nodes. The
sucker like
structures in
banana are also
called sword
suckers, which
give rise to new
leafy trunk.
273 Leaves become onion silk cotton Opuntia pea C In xerophytic
modified into plants, the
spines in leaves modify
into sharp,
pointed spines,
e.g., Solanum
surattense,
Opuntia,
Asparagus, etc.
This
modification is
either for
protection of
plant or to
lessen
transpiration, or
for both.
274 How many Three Four Five Two A In opposite
plants among phyllotaxy, two
China rose, leaves are
Ocimum, borne on the
sunflower, opposite sides
mustard, of a single node.
Alstonia, guava, It is of two
Calotropis and types; (i)
Nerium opposite and
(oleander) have superposed, (ii)
opposite opposite and
phyllotaxy? decussate.
 Ocimum, guava
and Calotropis
have opposite
decussate
phyllotaxy.
275 Phyllode is Asparagus Euphorbia Australian Opuntia. C In several
present in Acacia species of
Acacia found in
the deserts of
Australia the
bipinnate lamina
is absent.
Instead petiole
and part of the
rachis become
flattened into
sickle-shaped
structure for
performing the
function of food
synthesis. Such
a flattened
petiole which
carries out the
functions of the
lamina is called
phyllode.
Formation of
phyllode is a
mechanism to
reduce
transpiration
because (i) it is
vertically placed
and (ii) has
fewer stomata.
276 Whorled, simple Calotropis neem China rose Alstonia D In Alstonia, five
leaves with or more leaves
reticulate arises from each
venation are node, so it
present in shows whorled
phyllotaxy. The
leaves are
leathery,
sessile, simple
 which are
elliptical or
ovate or wedge
shaped at the
base. It is used
in traditional
medicines.
277 Inflorescence is brinjal tulip Aloe soybean D Racemose
racemose in inflorescence is
also called
indefinite and
indeterminate
type. Growth of
the peduncle is
indefinite. Here
the terminal bud
will not modify
into a flower.
Flowers develop
in acropetal
succession, i.e.,
mature flowers
are towards the
base and the
younger ones
towards the tip
of the peduncle.
Flowers open in
centripetal
succession, i.e.,
opening of
flowers
proceeds from
the periphery to
the centre of the
inflorescence.
Peduncle may
be unbranched
or branched.
Soybean
belongs to
Family
Fabaceae which
has racemose
inflorescence.
278 In a cymose has unlimited bears a solitary has unlimited terminates in a D Cymose
inflorescence growth flower growth but flower. inflorescence is
the main axis lateral branches also called
end in flowers definite or
determinate
inflorescence.
Growth of the
peduncle is
definite. Here,
the terminal bud
is modified into
a f lower.
Flowers develop
in basipetal
succession, i.e.,
mature flowers
are towards the
apex and young
flower buds are
towards the
base. Flowers
open in
centrifugal
sequence, i.e.,
flowers open
from centre to
the periphery of
the
inflorescence,
e.g., Solanum,
Ranunculus,
Datura,
Gossypium, etc.
279 Long hairs anthers styles ovaries C In maize the
filamentous male
threads inflorescence
protruding at the occupies the
end of a young terminal position
cob of maize are on the main
axis, whereas
the female
inflorescence
(ear or cob) is
borne on
modified lateral
 branches in the
axils of leaves.
The ear
producing
branch has
short internodes
and bears a
female spike at
its apex. Each
spikelet has a
pair of small
membranous
glumes and two
florets. The
feathery styles
of the female
florets are long
and emerge out
of the cobs to
expose stigma
for wind
pollination.
280 Hypanthodium is fruit inflorescence thalamus ovary B Inflorescence is
a specialised the cluster of
type of flowers or
arrangement of
flowers on the
floral axis.
Hypanthodium
is the
characterstic
inflorescence of
Ficus (Family
Moraceae).
Here a cup-
shaped cavity
with an apical
opening or
ostiole is formed
by a fleshy
receptacle,
which is
guarded by
inwardly
projecting hairs
 and bear flowers
on the inner wall
of the cavity,
i.e., female (♀)
flowers at the
base and male
(♂) flowers
above.
281 Ray florets have inferior ovary superior ovary hypogynous half inferior A The ovary is
ovary ovary. inferior in ray
florets of
sunflower. It
possess
epigynous
flower i.e., the
margin of
thalamus grows
upward
enclosing the
ovary
completely and
getting fused
with it, the other
parts of flower
arise above the
ovary.
282 The ovary is half brinjal mustard sunflower plum. D The ovary is
inferior in superior in
brinjal and
mustard while it
is inferior in
sunflower.
283 Placentation in free central basal axile parietal D Parietal
which ovules placentation is
develop on the found in
inner wall of the compound or
ovary or in syncarpous
peripheral part, ovary. There are
is two or more
longitudinal
placentae or
files of ovules
attached to the
ovary wall. The
ovary is usually
 unilocular but
becomes falsely
two or more
locular due to
ingrowth of
placentae or
formation of
false septa.
284 The term gynoecium androecium corolla calyx B Polyadelphous
‘polyadelphous’ condition
is related to represents
cohesion of
stamens. In this
condition
stamens of a
flower are fused
by their
filaments only to
form many
groups, e.g.,
Citrus.
285 Radial symmetry Brassica Trifolium Pisum Cassia A The flowers of
is found in the Brassica are
flowers of radially
symmetrical
whereas flowers
of Trifolium,
Pisum and
Cassia are
zygomorphic.
286 Free central Dianthus Argemone Brassica Citrus A Free central
placentation is placentation is
found in found in
Dianthus.
Parietal
placentation is
present in
Argemone and
Brassica
whereas Citrus
has axile
placentation in
ovary.
287 The standard vexillum corona carina pappus A The posterior
petal of a large bilobed
 papilionaceous petal of a
corolla is also papilionaceous
called corolla is called
standard or
vexillum. It
overlaps the two
smaller lateral
petals known as
wings or alae.
288 Among China Three Four Five Six D China rose,
rose, mustard, mustard, brinjal,
brinjal, potato, potato, onion
guava, and tulip are the
cucumber, onion plants that have
and tulip, how superior ovary
many plants whereas in
have superior guava and
ovary? cucumber, ovary
is inferior.
289 Axile pea Argemone Dianthus lemon D Axile
placentation is placentation
present in occurs in
syncarpous
pistils. T he
ovary is
partitioned into
two or more
chambers.
Placentae occur
in the central
region where
the septa meet
so that, an axile
column bearing
ovules is
formed, e.g.,
shoe flower
(pentalocular),
lemon
(multilocular),
etc.
290 Keel is the Aloe tomato tulip Indigofera D The flowers of
characteristic Family
feature of flower Papilionaceae
of have butterfly
 shaped corolla
(papilionaceous
corolla).
Posterior or
outermost petal
is the largest
and is called
standard or
vexillum, two
lateral petals are
similar and
generally
clawed, are
called wings or
alae and the two
anterior petals
called keel are
fused enclosing
stamens and
carpels. This
type of petal
arrangement is
found in bean,
gram, pea,
Indigofera, etc.
291 When the vexillary imbricate twisted valvate B Aestivation is
margins of the
sepals or petals arrangements of
overlap one accessory f loral
another without organs (sepals
any particular or petals) in
direction, the relation to one
condition is another in floral
termed as bud. It may be
of open, valvate,
twisted or
imbricate type.
In imbricate
aestivation there
is an irregular
overlapping of
petals or sepals
by one another.
Cassia,
gulmohar, etc.,
 show imbricate
aestivation.
292 Among bitter Fifteen Eighteen Six Ten A In the
gourd, mustard, hypogynous
brinjal, pumpkin, flower the
china rose, gynoecium
lupin, cucumber, occupies the
sunhemp, gram, highest position
guava, bean, while the other
chilli, plum, parts are
Petunia, tomato, situated below
rose, Withania, it. The ovary in
potato, onion, such flowers is
Aloe and tulip said to be
how many superior, e.g.,
plants have mustard, China
hypogynous rose and brinjal.
flower? All the given
plants except
bitter gourd,
pumpkin,
cucumber,
guava, plum and
rose have
hypogynous
flower.
293 In China rose, zygomorphic, zygomorphic, actinomorphic, actinomorphic, C In China rose
the flowers are hypogynous with epigynous with hypogynous with epigynous with the flowers are
imbricate twisted twisted valvate actinomorphic,
aestivation aestivation aestivation aestivation. i.e., it can be
divided into two
equal radial
halves in any
radial plane
passing through
the centre; they
are hypogynous,
i.e., the
gynoecium
occupies the
highest position,
while the other
parts are
situated below
it; they have
 twisted
aestivation, i.e.,
one margin of
petal overlaps
that of the next
one and so on.
294 Among flowers Six Seven Eight Five B The mode of
of Calotropis, arrangement of
tulip, Sesbania, the sepals or
Asparagus, petals with
Colchicum, respect to one
sweet pea, another in the
Petunia, floral bud is
Indigofera, termed as
mustard, aestivation. In
soybean, valvate
tobacco and aestivation,
groundnut, how sepals or petals
many plants or tepals just
have corolla with touch each
valvate other without
aestivation? any overlapping.
Calotropis, tulip,
Asparagus,
Colchicum,
Petunia,
mustard and
tobacco have
valvate
aestivation.
295 The gynoecium Aloe tomato Papaver Michelia D Gynoecium is
consists of many the female
free pistils in reproductive
flowers of organ of a
flower. It may be
apocarpous
(pistils
separated), e.g.,
Michelia or
syncarpous
(fused), e.g.,
tomato.
296 How many Four Five Six Three C Gram, arhar,
plants in the list sunhemp,
given below moong, pea and
 have marginal lupin belong to
placentation? Family
Mustard, Gram, Fabaceae which
Tulip, is characterised
Asparagus, by marginal
Arhar, Sun- placentation.
hemp, Chilli,
Colchicum,
Onion, Moong,
Pea, Tobacco,
Lupin
297 Flowers are mustard gulmohor tomato Datura B Flowers of
zygomorphic in gulmohar have
bilateral
symmetry. So,
they are called
zygomorphic.
Datura, mustard
and tomato
have
actinomorphic
flowers.
298 The ovary is half peach cucumber cotton guava A If gynoecium is
inferior in situated in the
flowers of centre and other
parts of the
flower are
located on the
rim of the
thalamus almost
at the same
level, it is called
perigynous. The
ovary here is
said to be half
inferior, e.g.,
plum, rose,
peach.
299 In unilocular marginal basal free central axile B In basal type of
ovary with a placentation the
single ovule, the ovary is
placentation is unilocular and
ovules and
generally
reduced to one
 borne at the
base of the
ovary.
300 Ovary is half guava plum brinjal cucumber. B If gynoecium is
inferior in the situated in the
flowers of centre and other
parts of the
flower are
located on the
rim of the
thalamus almost
at the same
level, it is called
perigynous. The
ovary here is
said to be half
inferior, e.g.,
plum, rose,
peach.
301 The technical monadelphous diadelphous polyandrous polyadelphous A China rose of
term used for Family
the androecium Malvaceae
in a flower of possess
China rose numerous
(Hibiscus rosa stamens. The
sinensis) is filaments of
stamens are
united in one
group thus
forming a
staminal tube
around the style.
Such stamens
are called
monadelphous.
302 Replum is sunflower pea lemon mustard D Replum is a
present in the false septum
ovary of flower formed due to
of the ingrowth of
parietal
placenta. This
makes the ovary
bilocular. It is
mainly seen in
the ovary of
 flowers of
Brassicaceae
(Cruciferae)
Family, e.g.,
mustard,
candytuft, etc.
303 Angiosperm, to total root partial root total stem partial stem A Rafflesia is a
which the parasite parasite parasite parasite. specialised total
largest flowers root parasite as
belong, is the vegetative
parts of its body
are reduced and
the whole body
is within the host
root and only
structure which
is visible
outside, is the
biggest flower.
The diameter of
the flower is one
meter and its
weight is about
10 kg. Its
pollination is
done by
elephant. The
flowers are
fleshy white and
they emit smell,
which
resembles the
smell of
decaying meat.
304 Coconut fruit is berry nut capsule drupe D Rafflesia is a
a specialised total
root parasite as
the vegetative
parts of its body
are reduced and
the whole body
is within the host
root and only
structure which
is visible
 outside, is the
biggest flower.
The diameter of
the flower is one
meter and its
weight is about
10 kg. Its
pollination is
done by
elephant. The
flowers are
fleshy white and
they emit smell,
which
resembles the
smell of
decaying meat.
305 Placenta and apple banana tomato potato C A true fruit
pericarp are consists of a
both edible pericarp (fruit
portions in wall) formed
from ovary wall
and seeds
formed from
ovules. Pericarp
is divisible into
epicarp,
mesocarp and
endocarp.
Tomato is a
berry fruit
derived from
bicarpellary,
syncarpous, bi-
to tetralocular
ovary with
swollen
placenta. Berry
consists of a
membranous
skin represented
by epicarp.
Mesocarp is the
middle fleshy
part. Endocarp,
 septa and
placenta are
pulpy and
edible.
306 An aggregate multicarpellary multicarpellary complete multicarpellary B An aggregate
fruit is one which syncarpous apocarpus inflorescence superior ovary. fruit or etaerio is
develops from gynoecium gynoecium a group of
simple fruitlets
that develop
from free
ovaries
(apocarpous
condition) of a
single flower
(single
gynoecium).
307 How many Four Five Two Three D A composite or
plants in the list multiple fruit is a
given below group of fruitlets
have composite which develop
fruits that from the
develop from an different flowers
inflorescence?W of an
alnut, poppy, inflorescence. It
radish, fig, is of two main
pineapple, types, sorosis
apple, tomato, (e.g., mulberry,
mulberry. pineapple,
jackfruit) and
syconus (e.g.,
peepal, banyan,
fig, etc.)
308 The coconut endosperm endocarp mesocarp embryo A Coconut fruit is
water and the a drupe. It has a
edible part of membranous
coconut are epicarp, fibrous
equivalent to mesocarp and
stony endocarp.
The endocarp
encloses a
single seed with
brown testa that
contains a small
embryo and a
white oily
 endosperm
(edible part) with
watery fluid
called coconut
water.
309 A drupe mango wheat pea tomato A Drupe is a
develops in fleshy fruit that
develops from
either one or
several fused
carpels and
contains one or
many seeds.
The seeds are
enclosed by the
hard protective
endocarp
(pericarp) of the
fruit, e.g.,
mango. In
mango the
pericarp is well
differentiated
into an outer
thin epicarp, a
middle fleshy
edible mesocarp
and an inner
stony hard
endocarp.
310 A fruit sorosis syconus caryopsis hesperidium B Syconus fruit
developed from develops from a
hypanthodium hypanthodium
inflorescence is inflorescence,
called e.g., Ficus.
Hypanthodium
is a box like
inflorescence
where the box is
formed by the
fleshly
receptacle. It
opens to
exterior by a
single pore
 called ostiole. T
he hollow pear
shaped fleshy
receptacle
encloses a
number of
minute male and
female flowers,
it becomes
fleshy and forms
the fruit.
311 Cotyledons and walnut and french bean and cashew nut and groundnut and D Groundnut is
testa tamarind coconut litchi pomegranate. dry, one
respectively are chambered, one
edible parts in seeded fruit
developing from
a superior bi or
poly carpellary
ovary. The
edible part is
cotyledons and
embryo lobe.
Pomegranate is
balausta type of
fruit. The fruits
develop from
multilocular
syncarpous
inferior ovary.
Testa is f leshy
and edible.
312 The fleshy berries mericarps achenes samaras C Syconus
receptacle of develop from
syconus of fig hypanthodium
encloses a type of
number of inflorescence.
The flask
shaped fleshy
receptacle
encloses female
flower which
produces small
achene like
fruitlets and has
a small pore
 protected by
scale leaves,
e.g., syconus of
fig (Ficus
carica).
313 Dry indehiscent berry cremocarp caryopsis cypsela D Cypsela is a dry,
single-seeded one chambered,
fruit formed from one seeded fruit
bicarpellary developing from
syncarpous an inferior,
inferior ovary is bicarpellary
ovary, e.g.,
sunflower,
marigold,
cosmos, etc.
Caryopsis or
grain is a small,
dry one seeded
fruit developing
from superior
monocarpellary
ovary. Pericarp
is fused with the
seed coat, e.g.,
rice, wheat,
maize, etc.
Cremocarp is a
bilocular, two
seeded fruit
developing from
an inferior
bicarpellary
ovary. It is
characteristic
fruit of
umbelliferae,
e.g., coriander,
Cuminum, etc.
Berry or bacca
develops from
mono or
multicarpellary
superior or
inferior
syncarpous
 ovary with axile
or parietal
placentation,
e.g., tomato,
banana, brinjal,
guava, grapes,
etc.
314 The fruit is guava cucumber pomegranate orange C In pomegranate,
chambered, the whole fruit is
developed from covered by a
inferior ovary hard rind made
and has seeds up of exocarp
with succulent and a part of
testa in mesocarp. It
develops from
multilocular
syncarpous
inferior ovary.
Mesocarp forms
plate like
infolding (i.e.,
chambered) and
the seeds are
covered by
endocarp and
contain bright
red succulent
testa.
315 Pineapple a multilocular a unilocular a multipistillate a cluster of D Pineapple is a
(Ananas) fruit monocarpellary polycarpellary syncarpous compactly borne sorosis type of
develops from flower flower flower flowers on a fruit that
common axis. develops from
spike or spadix
inflorescence.
Here the flowers
fuse by their
succulent tepals
and axis bearing
the flowers
becomes fleshy
or woody, thus
forming a
compact mass.
T hese are
composite or
 multiple fruits. In
pineapple f
leshy axis,
bracts, fused
perianth and
pericarp are
edible.
316 In which of the Litchi Custard apple Pomegranate Orange A In litchi, aril
following fruits, forms the edible
the edible part is part in fruit. It is
the aril ? a collar like
outgrowth from
the base of the
ovule forming a
kind of third
integument.
Litchi is a nut. In
litchi, the
epicarp and
mesocarp
(layers of
pericarp)
together
become leathery
and the
endocarp is
membranous.
317 Edible part of endocarp receptacle epicarp mesocarp D Mango
mango is (Mangifera
indica) of Family
Anacardiaceae
is a drupe. The
edible part in
mango is
mesocarp.
318 Juicy hair-like exocarp mesocarp endocarp mesocarp and C Lemon is a
structures endocarp. hesperidium
observed in the type of fruit. It is
lemon fruit many
develop from chambered
fleshy fruit
developing from
a
multicarpellary,
syncarpous,
 multilocular,
superior ovary
bearing seeds
on axile
placentation.
The leathery
epicarp of
hesperidium has
many glands of
aromatic oil. The
mesocarp,
represented by
white fibres, is
fused to the
epicarp. The
epicarp and
mesocarp
together form
the rind. The
endocarp is thin
and papery. It
projects inwards
and forms many
compartments.
The inner wall of
endocarp gives
out many juicy
succulent hairs
which form the
edible part of
the fruit.
Hesperidium is
a characteristic
fruit of the
Rutaceae, e.g.,
Citrus
aurantifolia
(lemon), Citrus
reticulata
(orange), etc.
319 Edible part in mesocarp epicarp endocarp epidermis A Mango
mango is (Mangifera
indica) of Family
Anacardiaceae
is a drupe. The
 edible part in
mango is
mesocarp.
320 Edible part of epicarp mesocarp and endocarp and epicarp and C Mango
banana is less developed less developed mesocarp. (Mangifera
endocarp mesocarp indica) of Family
Anacardiaceae
is a drupe. The
edible part in
mango is
mesocarp.
321 Which plant will Orange Banana Grape Pomegranate D Development of
lose its fruits without
economic value, fertilisation is
if its fruits are called
produced by parthenocarpy
induced and such fruits
parthenocarpy? are called
parthenocarpic
fruits. Since in
pomegranate
juicy testa is the
edible part and
parthenocarpy
will make the
fruit seedless
and hence they
will be useless.
322 Which of the Banana Fig Apple Pear A A fruit is a
following is a ripened ovary.
‘true fruit’? On the basis of
the formation of
fruits, they are
classified into
two types - true
fruits and false
fruits. True fruits
are developed
from the ovary
only. Banana is
a fleshy fruit -
berry. It
develops from
multicarpellary
syncarpous
 superior or
inferior ovary.
The pericarp of
berries is
differentiated
into epicarp,
mesocarp and
endocarp (like
drupes) but the
endocarp is not
stony as in
drupes. Apple
and pear are
pome. Pome is
a false fruit in
which the edible
part is thalamus
where the true
fruit remains
embedded. Fig
is a composite
fruit. These
fruits are the
products of the
whole
inflorescence
together with its
component
parts.
323 Fruit of legume caryopsis berry nut A Fruit of
groundnut is groundnut is
legume. It is
developed from
monocarpellary
ovary but
dehisces by
both sutures
from apex
downward.
324 The body of the hilum micropyle nucellus chalaza A The hilum is a
ovule is fused scar on the seed
within the funicle coat where
at funicle and body
of ovule is
attached..
325 Cotyledon of coleoptile scutellum plumule coleorhiza B The seeds of
maize grain is monocotyledono
called us plants have
only one
cotyledon. In
Family Poaceae
(e.g., wheat,
maize, etc.), this
cotyledon is
called scutellum,
situated towards
lateral side of
embryonal axis.
It provides
nourishment to
the developing
embryo.
326 Which one of The seed in Mango is a A proteinaceous A sterile pistil is C Grass seeds are
the following grasses is not parthenocarpic aleurone layer is called a endospermic.
statements is endospermic fruit. present in maize staminode Mango is a
correct? grain. seeded fruit. A
sterile pistil is
called pistillode
and a sterile
stamen is called
staminode.
Maize grains
consist of fruit
wall, seed coat,
endosperm and
embryo. The
endosperm
occupies most
of the grains
interior and
consists of two
parts, horny
aleurone layer
and mainly
storage layers.
T he aleurone
layer lies
immediately
below the grain
covering and is
 1-3 cell thick.
Aleurone cells
are thick walled
with cytoplasm
filled with
aleurone grains
which produce
enzymes during
seed
germination to
mobilise stored
nutrients.
327 The scutellum Cotyledon Endosperm Aleurone layer Plumule A Scutellum is the
observed in a tissue in a grass
grain of wheat or or wheat or
maize is maize seed that
comparable to lies between the
which part of the embryo and the
seed in other endosperm. It is
monocotyledons the modified
? cotyledon, being
specialised for
the digestion
and absorption
of the
endosperm.
328 An example of a coffee lily castor cotton C In castor seed,
seed with testa and
endosperm, tegmen are
perisperm, and united together.
caruncle is Seed coat is
tough and bright
due to
scleroprotein.
Over narrower
end a brownish
pad is found
which is called
caruncle.
Caruncle is
carbohydrate in
nature. This
protects
micropyle and
develops as an
 integumental
outgrowth after
fertilisation.Belo
w seed coat a
very thin
membrane is
found over
kernel and
called perisperm
(the persistant
nucellus).Below
perisperm there
is a large, white,
swollen and oily
mass called
endsoperm.
329 Endosperm is pea maize coconut castor A During the
consumed by process of the
developing development of
embryo in the the embryo, the
seed of food stored up
in the
endosperm is
continuously
drawn up by the
developing
embryo and
thus completely
exhausted.
Such seeds are
known as
exalbuminous or
non-
endospermic.
The common
examples of
exalbuminous
are gram, pea,
bean, tamarind,
orchid, etc.
330 The aleurone proteins starch lipids auxins A In
layer in maize monocotyledons
grain is specially the seeds are
rich in generally
endospermous.
 The internal
structure of
grain can be
studied in a
longitudinal
section. It shows
two distinct
regions upper
large region, the
endosperm and
lower smaller
region, the
embryo. The
endosperm is
surrounded by a
special one cell
thick layer,
called aleurone
layer. It is filled
with aleurone
grains which are
proteinaceous in
nature.
331 In groundnut the epicarp mesocarp endosperm cotyledons. D In groundnut the
food/oil reserve food/oil reserve
is present in is present in
cotyledons. It is
very important
commercial crop
of Leguminosae.
332 Floral features flowers can be reproductive flowers are nice flowers are of B Floral features
are chiefly used safely pressed parts are more to work with various colours are used to
in angiosperm stable and identify
identification conservative angiosperms
because than vegetative because
parts reproductive
parts are more
stable and
conservative
than vegetative
parts.
333 Tricarpellary, Fabaceae Poaceae Liliaceae Solanaceae C Members of
syncarpous Liliaceae
gynoecium is possess
found in flowers tricarpellary,
 of syncarpous
gynoecium with
superior ovary.
The ovary is
trilocular with
two to many
ovules in each
loculus.
334 Vexillary Fabaceae Asteraceae Solanaceae Brassicaceae A Vexillary
aestivation is aestivation is a
characteristic of characteristic of
the Family Family
Fabaceae. In it,
the posterior
largest petal
(standard)
overlaps two
lateral petals
(wings) which in
turn overlap two
anterior petals
(keel). It is also
called
papilionaceous
corolla.
335 Pentamerous Liliaceae Asteraceae Brassicaceae Solanaceae D A pentamerous
actinomorphic actinomorphic
flowers, flower is one
bicarpellary where the floral
ovary with parts are in
oblique septa, multiples of five
and fruit capsule and the f lower
or berry, are can be divided
characteristic into two equal
features of halves in more
than one plane.
Gynoecium is
bicarpellary,
syncarpous,
forming a
superior
bilocular ovary.
Each locule has
many ovule on
axile
 placentation.
Members of
Solanaceae are
characterised by
the presence of
an obliquely
placed septum
in the ovary and
highly swollen
placentae.
336 Bicarpellary mustard banana Pisum brinjal D Brinjal or
gynoecium and Solanum
oblique ovary melongena
occurs in belongs to
Family
Solanaceae.
The fruits are
rich in iodine.
They are used
in the form of
vegetable.
Gynoecium is
bicarpellary,
syncarpous,
forming a
superior
bilocular ovary.
Each locule has
many ovules on
axile
placentation.
Members of
Solanaceae are
characterised by
the presence of
an obliquely
placed septum
in the ovary and
highly swollen
placentae. The
oblique septum
is probably due
to shifting in the
position of the
ovary.
337 Tetradynamous Cruciferae Malvaceae Solanaceae Liliaceae A In
conditions occur tetradynamous
in condition there
are six stamens,
4 are long and 2
are short, i.e., 4
+ 2 arrangement
of stamens. It is
characterstic
feature of
Cruciferae
members. In
Liliaceae 6
stamens are
arranged in
whorls of 3 each
(3 + 3). In
Solanaceae
there are 5
stamens they
are epipetalous
and
polyandrous. In
Malvaceae there
are numerous
stamens that
are
monadelphous.
338 Which is Brassicaceae - Malvaceae - Papilionaceae - Liliaceae - B Malvaceae is
expressing right sunflower cotton Catechu wheat also known as
appropriate cotton family or
pairing? mallow family.
The plants of
this family are
cosmopolitan in
distribution,
although more
common in
tropical (warm)
regions.
Gossypium
(cotton) is an
important
genera of this
family.
 Sunflower
belongs to
Family
Compositae.
Wheat belong to
Family
Poaceae.
Catechu
belongs to
Family
Mimosaceae.
339 Pulses are Fabaceae Asteraceae Poaceae Solanaceae A Pulses are
obtained from obtained from
Fabaceae.
340 Epipetalous Asteraceae Solanaceae Liliaceae Poaceae A Epipetalous
stamens with stamens with
free filaments free filaments
and fused and fused
anthers occur in anthers occur in
Asteraceae.
Asteraceae
possess f ive
stamens with
free filaments.
This family
shows
syngenesious
condition in
which anthers
are united
forming a tube
around the style.
341 A family Fabaceae Asteraceae Solanaceae Liliaceae B A family
delimited by delimited by
type of type of
inflorescence is inflorescence is
Asteraceae.
Asteraceae
possess head or
capitulum
inflorescence,
which is
racemose and is
surrounded by
an involucre of
 bracts.
342 Syngenesious Asteraceae Labiatae Solanaceae Fabaceae. A Syngenesious
condition is condition is
found in found in
Asteraceae. It is
the condition
when stamens
are united by
their anthers
(filaments free).
Epipetalous
condition is also
seen here.
343 UNIT 3: Cell A major the electron the resolving the resolving electron beam B Microscopes are
Structure and breakthrough in microscope is power of the power of the can pass used for
Function the studies of more powerful electron electron through thick studying cellular
cells came with than the light microscope is microscope is materials, structures. They
the development microscope as it much higher 200 - 350 nm as whereas light are used to
of electron uses a beam of than that of the compared to 0.1 microscopy magnify small
microscope. electrons which light microscope - 0.2 nm for the requires thin objects. In
This is because has wavelength light microscope sections. electron
much longer microscopes, a
than that of high energy
photons beam of
electrons is
focused through
electromagnetic
lenses. It can
magnify very
small details
with high
resolving power.
The increased
resolution
results from the
shorter
wavelength of
the electron
beam.
344 3.1 Cell theory A student Blue Green Yellow Red A Resolution of
and cell as the wishes to study microscope is
basic unit of the cell structure inversely
life; Structure under a light proportional to
of prokaryotic microscope wavelength of
 and eukaryotic having 10X light used. Out
cell; Plant cell eyepiece and of four options
and animal 45X objective. given, blue light
cell; Cell He should has minimum
envelope, cell illuminate the wavelength and
membrane, cell object by which hence maximum
wall; Cell one of the resolution.
organelles- following colours
structure and of light so as to
function; get the best
Endomembran possible
e system- resolution?
endoplasmic
reticulum,
Golgi bodies,
lysosomes,
vacuoles;
mitochondria,
ribosomes,
plastids, micro
bodies;
Cytoskeleton,
cilia, flagella,
centrioles
(ultra structure
and function);
Nucleus-
nuclear
membrane,
chromatin,
nucleolus.
345 Botany- Cell Electron electromagnetic very low low wavelength high numerical B Microscopes are
Biology & Cell microscope has lenses wavelength of of light source aperture of glass used for
Division a high resolution electron beam used lenses used. studying cellular
power. T his is structures. They
due to are used to
magnify small
objects. In
electron
microscopes, a
high energy
beam of
electrons is
focused through
electromagnetic
 lenses. It can
magnify very
small details
with high
resolving power.
The increased
resolution
results from the
shorter
wavelength of
the electron
beam.
346 Magnification of numerical focal length of focal length of tube length. A Magnification of
compound aperture objective eye piece compound
microscope is microscope is
not connected not connected
with with numerical
aperture. The
magnifying
power is
represented by
the symbol ‘X’. T
he total
magnification of
a microscope is
obtained by
multiplying the
objective
magnification
and ocular lens
magnification
e.g., if the
magnifying
power of an
ocular lens is
10X and of the
objective is 40X,
then the total
magnifying
power of a
microscope is
10 × 40 = 400X.
347 T he concept of Aristotle Rudolf Virchow Theodore Schleiden. B Rudolf Virchow
“Omnis cellula- Schwann (1855) observed
e-cellula” that new cells
 regarding cell develop by
division was first division of the
proposed by pre-existing
cells— “Omnis
cellula-e-cellula”
(theory of cell
lineage or
common
ancestry). The
finding gave cell
theory its final
shape.
348 Which is correct It needs Modified cell Cell theory does Cell theory C Viruses are an
about cell theory modification due theory means not hold good means that all exceptions to
in view of to discovery of that all living because all living objects the cell theory
current status of subcellular being are living beings consists of cells as they are
our knowledge structures like composed of (e.g., viruses) do whether or not obligate
about cell chloroplasts and cells capable of not have cellular capable of parasites
structure? mitochondria. reproducing. organisation. reproducing. (subcellular in
nature).
349 Names of protoplasm as cell theory theory of cell nucleus B Names of
Schleiden and the physical lineage functions as Schleiden and
Schwann are basis of life control centre of Schwann were
associated with cell. associated with
cell theory in
1839. The
concept that “All
living organisms
are composed
of cell” is known
as cell theory.
350 Angstrom (Å) is 0.01 mm 0.001 mm 0.0001 mm 0.00001 mm. C An angstrom
equal to (symbol Å) is a
non-SI unit of
length that is
internationally
recognised,
equal to 0.1
nanometer (nm).
It can be written
in scientific
notations as 1 ×
10^–^10 m. It is
used in
expressing the
 size of atoms,
length of
chemical bonds,
etc. It is named
after Anders
Jonas
Angstrom.
Angstrom =
0.0001mm
351 Organelles can chromatography X-rays differential auto- C Organelles can
be separated diffraction centrifugation radiography. be separated
from cell from cell
homogenate homogenate
through through
differential
centrifugation.
The basic
principle
involved here is
sedimentation of
particles in a
suspension by
centrifugal force.
In a centrifuge,
the particles
sediment at
different rates
when an
accelerating
force is
subjected. The
rate of
sedimentation
depends upon
the size of the
particles, its
shape and
density.
352 Which of the They are not These are These are These represent B Reserve
following bound by any involved in involved in reserve material material in
statements membrane. ingestion of food ingestion of food in cytoplasm. prokaryotic cells
about inclusion particles. particles. are stored in the
bodies is cytoplasm in the
incorrect? form of inclusion
bodies. These
 are not bound
by any
membrane
system and lie
free in the
cytoplasm, e.g.,
phosphate
granules,
cyanophycean
granules and
glycogen
granules.
353 Select the wrong Bacterial cell Pili and fimbriae Cyanobacteria Mycoplasma is a B Pili and fimbriae
statement. wall is made up are mainly lack flagellated wall-less are bacterial
of involved in cells. microorganism. appendages
peptidoglycan. motility of which are not
bacterial cells. involved in
locomotion.
Actually, pili are
long, fewer and
thick tubular
outgrowths
which develop in
response to F+
or fertility factor
in Gram
negative
bacteria. Being
long they are
helpful in
attaching to
recipient cell
and forming
conjugation
tube. Fimbriae
are small bristle-
like fibres
sprouting from
cell surface in
large number.
There are 300-
400 of them per
cell. They are
involved in
attaching
 bacteria to solid
surfaces.
354 Which of the Mesosome Plasma Nuclear Ribosome C A prokaryotic
following membrane envelope cell is
structures is not characterised by
found in a absence of an
prokaryotic cell? organised
nucleus and
membrane
bound cell
organelles. DNA
is naked i.e.,
without a
nuclear
envelope and
lies variously
coiled in the
cytoplasm. It is
commonly
called nucleoid
or genophore.
Mesosomes,
plasma
membrane and
70S ribosomes
are present in a
prokaryotic cell.
355 Which one of Glycogen Polysome Phosphate Cyanophycean B Polysome is not
the following is granule granule granule an inclusion
not an inclusion body. It is an
body found in aggregation of
prokaryotes? ribosomes
formed under
conditions of
high
concentration of
magnesium. An
inclusion body is
any of various
particulate
structures,
usually proteins,
formed after
viral infections in
a prokaryotic or
 eukaryotic cell.
356 Which structures Nucleoid Ribosomes Cell wall Mesosomes D Mesosome is
perform the characteristic
function of circular to
mitochondria in villiform
bacteria? specialisation of
bacterial cell
membrane that
develops as an
ingrowth. It
consists of
vesicles, tubules
and lamellae.
Mesosomes
may be septal or
lateral. Septal
mesosome
connects
nucleoid with
plasma
membrane and
assists in
replication and
septum
formation during
cells division.
Lateral
mesosome is
not connected
with nucleoid
and contains
respiratory
enzymes and
performs
functions similar
to eukarytoic
mitochondria
and hence is
also called
chondrioid. They
also increase
the surface area
of plasma
membrane and
enzymatic
 contact.
357 The motile fimbriae flagella cilia pili B Flagellum is the
bacteria are able organ of motility
to move by in bacteria.
Bacterial flagella
are unistranded,
equivalent to a
single
microtubular
fibre and formed
of protein called
flagellin. T hey
perform rotatory
movements.
358 Why is a It protects the It provides It allows It allows the A S-type bacteria
capsule bacterium from means of bacterium to bacterium to or virulent
advantageous to desiccation locomotion. “hide” from attach to the bacteria are
a bacterium? host’s immune surface. capsulated. The
system. capsule is made
up of
polysaccharides
and amino
acids. It is a
tough and thick
mucilage
covering. It
gives protection
to bacteria
against host’s
immune system.
The capsule is
considered a
virulence factor
because it
enhances the
ability of
bacteria to
cause disease.
Capsule
contains water
and mucilage,
thus protects
bacteria against
desiccation.
 Capsule also
helps the
bacterium to
adhere (attach)
to the surface.
359 The term a layer present cell wall of bacterial cell a layer D Glycocalyx is a
‘glycocalyx’ is between cell bacteria glyco- surrounding the sticky,
used for wall and engineered to cell wall of gelatinous
membrane of possess N- bacteria material that
bacteria glycosylated collects outside
proteins the cell wall of
bacteria to form
an additional
surface layer.
When this layer
is firmly
attached to the
surface of the
cell, it is called a
capsule. If it is
loosely
distributed ar
360 Chromosomes are always are always can be either can be circular A Bacterial cells
in a bacterial cell circular linear circular or linear, as well as linear do not have
can be 1 – 3 in but never both within the same nucleus,
number and within the same cell. characteristic of
cell eukaryotic cells.
Nuclear material
of bacteria lies
free in the cell in
the form of an
irregular, thin,
fibrillar and
circular single
molecule of
DNA, called
nucleoid or
chromatin body.
This DNA,
sometimes
attached at one
or more points
to a mesosome,
frequently runs
parallel to the
 axis of the cell.
Bacterial DNA is
not associated
with histone
protein and
does not coil to
form well-
defined
chromosomes
during the
multiplication. In
addition to
circular DNA, a
small amount of
subsidiary
extrachromoso
mal DNA is also
present as
plasmids or
episomes.
361 Photosynthetic chromoplasts chromatophores leucoplasts chloroplasts. B Photosynthetic
bacteria have bacteria have
pigments in chromatophores
which are
membrane
bound vesicular
structures which
are extensions
of cytoplasmic
membrane.
They contain
photosynthetic
pigments along
with enzymes
and electron
carriers for
photosynthetic
phosphorylation.
T hese pigments
are
bacteriochloroph
yll and
bacteriophaeop
hytin.
Leucoplasts,
 chloroplasts and
chromoplasts
are different
types of plasids
which occur in
plastids and
some protistans.
362 The site of ribosome microsome episome mesosome D Mesosomes are
respiration in complex,
bacteria is intracellular,
membranous
structures within
the cytoplasm,
that are formed
by the infoldings
of the
cytoplasmic
membrane.
Surface of
mesosomes
have many
enzymes which
take part in
respiration, e.g.,
oxidases and
dehydrogenases
. Mesosomes
are also known
to help in the
separation of
two daughter
molecules of
DNA during cell
division. T hey
are also called
mitochondria of
bacterial cell.
363 Which is the Endoplasmic Peroxisomes Golgi bodies Polysomes C Golgi apparatus
important site of reticulum is the important
formation of site of formation
glycoproteins of glycoproteins
and glycolipids and glycolipids.
in eukaryotic Protein
cells? synthesised by
the rough
 endoplasmic
reticulum and
lipids
synthesised by
smooth
endoplasmic
reticulum reach
the cisternae of
the Golgi
apparatus.
Here, they
combine with
carbohydrates
to form
glycoproteins
and glycolipids.
364 Which of the Lysosomes are Lysosomes The hydrolytic Lysosomes are A Lysosomes are
following formed by the have numerous enzymes of membrane- single
statements is process of hydrolytic lysosomes are bound membrane
not correct? packaging in the enzymes. active under structures. bound vesicles
endoplasmic acidic pH. which contain
reticulum. hydrolytic
enzymes.
Lysosomes are
believed to be
formed by the
joint activity of
ER and Golgi
complex.
Precursors of
hydrolytic
enzymes are
synthesised at
RER and are
transferred to
the forming face
of Golgi
complex. These
precursors are
then changed to
enzymes.
Enzymes are
then packed in
larger vesicles
and are pinched
 off at maturing
face. These
vesicles
combine with
endosomes to
produce
lysosomes.
Lysosomal
enzymes
function in acidic
medium or pH
4.5. This pH is
lower than that
of cytoplasm.
365 Which of the Mitochondrial Outer Enzymes of Inner membrane C Enzymes of
following matrix contains membrane is electron is convoluted electron
statements single circular permeable to transport are with infoldings. transport are
regarding DNA molecule monomers of embedded in embedded in
mitochondria is and ribosomes. carbohydrates, outer the inner
incorrect? fats and membrane. membrane of
proteins. mitochondria.
366 The shorter and m-arm and n- s-arm and l-arm p-arm and q-arm q-arm and p-arm C The short arm of
longer arms of a arm respectively respectively respectively respectively. chromosome is
submetacentric termed as the
chromosome p(petit) arm and
are referred to longer arm is
as referred as q
arm.
367 Which of the Larger nucleoli It is a It takes part in It is a site for D Nucleolus is
following is true are present in membrane- spindle active ribosomal naked (devoid of
for nucleolus? dividing cells. bound structure. formation. RNA synthesis. membrane),
round or slightly
irregular
structure which
is attached to
the chromatin at
a specific region
called nucleolar
organiser region
(NOR).
Nucleolus is a
site for rRNA
synthesis.
Nucleolus
disappears
 when the cell
undergoes
division and
reappears after
its completion.
368 The Golgi fatty acid formation of respiration in activation of B Golgi complex is
complex breakdown secretory bacteria amino acid. a complex
participates in vesicles cytoplasmic
structure made
up of smooth
membrane
saccules or
cisternae, a
network of
tubules with
vesicles and
vacuoles, which
takes part in
membrane
transformation,
secretion and
production of
complex
biochemicals.
One face of
Golgi apparatus
in convex
(forming, cis)
face while the
other is concave
(maturing, trans)
face. Cis face
receives
contents from
endoplasmic
reticulum which
then reaches
trans face and
bud off as
secretory
vesicles.
369 Which of the Protein folding Protein Cleavage of Cleavage of D Smooth
following events glycosylation signal peptide signal peptide endoplasmic
does not occur reticulum is
in rough involved in the
 endoplasmic production of
reticulum? lipids and
sterols.
Complexing of
lipids and
proteins to form
lipoproteins
occurs in SER.
RER is involved
in protein
folding,
glycosyation of
protein and
cleavage of
signal peptide.
370 Select the Lampbrush – Allosomes – Sex Sub-metacentric Polytene D Polytene
incorrect match. Diplotene chromosomes – L-shaped chromosomes – chromosomes
bivalents chromosomes Oocytes of are giant
chromosomes chromosomes amphibians chromosomes
formed by
somatic pairing
between
homologous
chromosomes
and repeated
replication
(endomitosis) of
their
chromonemata.
They are quite
common in
salivary glands
of insects and
are therefore,
popularly known
as salivary
chromosomes.
371 Which of the Ribosome Chloroplast Mitochondrion Lysosome C Mitochondria
following cell are miniature
organelles is biochemical
responsible for factories where
extracting food stuffs or
energy from respiratory
carbohydrates to substrates are
form ATP? completely
 oxidised to
carbon dioxide
and water. The
energy liberated
in the process is
initially stored in
the form of
reduced
coenzymes and
reduced
prosthetic
groups. The
latter soon
undergo
oxidation and
form energy rich
ATP. ATP
comes out of
mitochondria
and helps
perform various
energy requiring
processes of the
cell like muscle
contraction,
nerve impulse
conduction,
biosynthesis,
membrane
transport, cell
division,
movement, etc.
Because of the
formation of
ATP, the
mitochondria
are called power
houses of the
cell.
372 Select the Gas vacuoles – Large central Protists – Methanogens – B Large central
mismatch. Green bacteria vacuoles – Eukaryotes Prokaryotes vacuoles are the
Animal cells characteristic of
plant cell, not
animal cell
which may have
 many small
scattered
vacuoles.
373 A cell organelle lysosome microsome ribosome mesosome A Lysosomes are
containing small vesicles
hydrolytic which are
enzymes is bounded by a
single
membrane and
contain
hydrolytic
enzymes in the
form of minute
crystalline or
semicrystalline
granules of 5-8
nm. About 50
enzymes have
been recorded
to occur in them.
All the enzymes
do not occur in
the same
lysosome but
there are
different sets of
enzymes in
different types of
lysosomes. The
important
enzymes are
acid
phosphatases,
sulphatases,
proteases,
peptidases,
nucleases,
lipases and
carbohydrases.
They are also
called acid
hydrolases
because these
digestive
enzymes usually
 function in acidic
medium or pH of
4-5.
374 Mitochondria (A) is true but Both (A) and (B) Both (A) and (B) (B) is true but A Both
and chloroplast (B) is false. are false. are correct. (A) is false. mitochondria
are (A) semi- and chloroplast
autonomous are
organelles (B) semiautonomou
formed by s organelles.
division of pre- They have their
existing own DNA which
organelles and produces its
they contain own mRNA,
DNA but lack tRNA and rRNA.
protein These
synthesising organelles also
machinery. possess their
Which one of own ribosomes
the following and hence are
options is able to
correct? synthesise
some of their
proteins.
375 Microtubules are centrioles, centrosome, cilia, flagella and spindle fibres, D Microtubules are
the constituents spindle fibres nucleosome and peroxisomes centrioles and unbranched
of and chromatin centrioles cilia. hollow
submicroscopic
tubules of
protein tubulin
which develop
on specific
nucleating
regions. It can
undergo quick
growth or
dissolution at
their ends by
assembly or
disassembly of
monomers.
They are
present in the
cytoplasm as
well as in
specialised
 structures like
centrioles, basal
bodies, cilia or
flagella, sensory
hair, equatorial
ring of
thrombocytes,
spindle
apparatus,
chromosome
fibres, nerve
processes,
sperm tails,
axostyle of
parasitic
flagellates, fibre
system of
Stentor, cyto-
pharyngeal
basket of
Nassula, etc.
376 Which one of Lysosomes Nuclei Mitochondria Chloroplasts A Lysosomes are
the following cell small vesicles
organelles is bounded by a
enclosed by a single
single membrane and
membrane? contain
hydrolytic
enzymes.
Nucleus,
mitochondria
and chloroplasts
are double
membrane
bound cell
organelles.
377 Water soluble carotenoids anthocyanins xanthophylls chlorophylls. B Anthocyanins
pigments found are water
in plant cell soluble
vacuoles are pigments, which
commonly occur
in membrane
enclosed
vacuoles. T hey
are responsible
 for colour of
fruits and flower
petals.
378 Cellular endoplasmic lysosomes, nuclei, chromosomes, B
organelles with reticulum, Golgi apparatus ribosomes and ribosomes and
membranes are ribosomes and and mitochondria endoplasmic
nuclei mitochondria reticulum.
379 DNA is not nucleus mitochondria chloroplast ribosomes. D Ribosome is a
present in small spherical
body within a
living cell that is
the site of
protein
synthesis.
Ribosomes
consist of two
subunits, one
large and one
small, each of
which comprises
some RNA
(called
ribosomal RNA)
and proteins.
They do not
have any DNA.
380 Nuclear microtubules rough smooth membrane of B Recent
envelope is a endoplasmic endoplasmic Golgi complex. developments
derivative of reticulum reticulum have shown that
nuclear
membrane is
derived from
rough
endoplasmic
reticulum.
During cell
division, nuclear
membrane is
disintegrated. T
he nuclear
envelope
transmembrane
proteins are
absorbed in the
RER. Once the
 division is
completed, RER
reassembles the
nuclear
envelope.
381 The structures stroma lamellae stroma cristae grana. D A chloroplast is
that are formed a vesicle, bound
by stacking of by an envelope
organised of two unit
flattened membranes and
membranous filled with a fluid
sacs in the matrix called
chloroplasts are stroma. The
lamellae, after
separation from
the inner
membrane,
usually take the
form of closed, f
lattened, ovoid
sacs, the
thylakoids,
which lie closely
packed in piles,
the grana.
382 Select the Rough ER – Rough ER – Smooth ER – Smooth ER – D Smooth
correct matching Synthesis of Oxidation of Oxidation of Synthesis of endoplasmic
in the following glycogen fatty acids phospholipids lipids reticulum (SER)
pairs. is a system of
smooth
membranes
(i.e.,
membranes not
having
ribosomes)
within the
cytoplasm of
plant and animal
cells. It forms a
link between the
cell and nuclear
membranes. It is
the site of
important
metabolic
 reactions,
including
phospholipids
and fatty acid
synthesis. In
animal cells,
lipid-like
steroidal
hormones are
also
synthesised.
383 The telocentric sub-metacentric metacentric acrocentric. D Centromere is a
chromosomes in part of a
which chromosome
centromere is that attaches to
situated close to the spindle
one end are during cell
division. A
chromosome
with the
centromere
close to one end
is acrocentric.
384 The solid linear microtubules microfilaments intermediate lamins. B Microfilaments
cytoskeletal filaments are
elements having ultramicroscopic
a diameter of 6 long, cylindrical
nm and made rods that occur
up of a single in eukaryotic
type of plants and
monomer are animals. They
known as are 6-8 nm in
thickness.
Microtubules are
hollow
microscopic
tubular
structures with
an external
diameter of 24
nm and of
variable length.
They are
composed of
tubulin.
 Intermediate
filaments are the
numerous
microscopic
protein fibres of
about 10 nm
thickness that
form part of the
cytoskeleton.
They are made
up of a variety of
proteins, e.g.,
keratin in nails.
385 The osmotic mitochondria vacuoles plastids ribosomes. B Vacuoles are
expansion of a non-cytoplasmic
cell kept in water areas present
is chiefly inside cytoplasm
regulated by and separated
from latter by
tonoplast. T hey
are believed to
be formed by
expansion and
pinching off from
ER. There
occurs a large
central vacuole
and many small
vacuoles in
plant cells. They
play a major role
in osmotic
expansion of a
cell.
386 The Golgi as energy in post in trapping the in digesting B Post-
complex plays a transferring translational light and proteins and translational
major role organelles modification of transforming it carbohydrates. modification is a
proteins and into chemical step in protein
glycosylation of energy biosynthesis.
lipids Proteins are
created on
ribosomes
translating
mRNA into
polypeptide
 chains. T hese
polypeptide
chains undergo
post-
translational
modification,
such as folding,
cutting and
other processes,
before
becoming the
mature protein
product.
Proteins
synthesised by
the rough
endoplasmic
reticulum and
lipids
synthesised by
smooth
endoplasmic
reticulum reach
the cisternae of
the Golgi
apparatus.
Here, they
combine with
carbohydrates
to form
glycoproteins
and glycolipids.
This process is
called
glycosylation.
387 Which one of Golgi apparatus, Rough Rough Golgi apparatus, B The given figure
the following formation of endoplasmic endoplasmic protein shows
organelle in the glycolipids reticulum, reticulum, synthesis endoplasmic
figure correctly protein formation of reticulum
matches with its synthesis glycoproteins bearing
function? ribosomes on its
surface. It is
called rough
endoplasmic
reticulum or
 RER. RER is
actively involved
in protein
synthesis and
secretion.
388 A major site for symplast nucleoplasm RER SER D Smooth
synthesis of endoplasmic
lipids is reticulum (SER)
is a system of
smooth
membranes
(i.e.,
membranes not
having
ribosomes)
within the
cytoplasm of
plant and animal
cells. It forms a
link between the
cell and nuclear
membranes. It is
the site of
important
metabolic
reactions,
including
phospholipid
and fatty acid
synthesis. In
animal cells,
lipid-like
steroidal
hormones are
also
synthesised.
389 Which of the Chromoplasts Elaioplasts Aleuroplasts Amyloplasts A Chromoplasts
following types are coloured
of plastid does plastids. They
not contain do not contain
stored food stored food
material? material.
Chromoplasts
are formed
either from
 leucoplasts or
chloroplasts.
Chromoplasts
provide colour to
many flowers for
attracting
pollinating
insects. They
also provide
colour to fruits
for attracting
animals for
dispersal.
390 UNIT 3: Cell Identify the Tyrosine Glutamic Acid Lysine Valine C Glutamic aid
Structure and basic amino acid valine and
Function from the tyrosine are
following. acidic, neutral
and aromatic
acid
respectively.
391 3.2 Chemical The two hydroxyl and carbonyl and carbonyl and carbonyl and D Carbohydrates
constituents of functional methyl methyl phosphate hydroxyl. (commonly
living cells: groups called sugars)
Biomolecules- characteristic of are chemically
structure and sugars are defined as
function of polyhydroxy
proteins, aldehyde or
carbodydrates, ketones. All
lipids, nucleic sugar molecules
acids; have one
Enzymes- carbonyl group
types, (–CO–) in
properties, addition to
enzyme action. hydroxyl group
(OH) on other
carbon atoms.
392 A typical fat one glycerol and three glycerol three glycerol one glycerol and D Neutral or true
molecule is one fatty acid and three fatty molecules and three fatty acid fats are
made up of molecule acid molecules one fatty acid molecules. triglycerides
molecule which are
formed by
esterification of
three molecules
of fatty acids
with one
 molecule of
trihydric alcohol,
glycerol
(glycerine or
trihydroxy
propane).
393 Botany - A a saturated or a saturated or only a saturated only an A Phosphoglycerid
Biomolecules phosphoglycerid unsaturated fatty unsaturated fatty fatty acid unsaturated fatty es are the
e is always acid esterified to acid esterified to esterified to a acid esterified to triesters of fatty
made up of a glycerol a phosphate glycerol a glycerol acids (either
molecule to group which is molecule to molecule to saturated or
which a also attached to which a which a unsaturated)
phosphate group a glycerol phosphate phosphate and glycerol to
is also attached molecule group is also group is also which a
attached attached. phosphate
group is also
attached.
394 Uridine, present nucleoside nucleotide purine pyrimidine. A A nucleoside is
only in RNA is a pentose sugar
and base
together, without
the phosphate
group. Uracil is
present as
uridine in RNA
only. Uracil +
Ribose →
Uridine
395 Which one of Lecithin-a Palmitic acid - Adenylic acid - Alanine amino A Lecithin is a
the following phosphorylated an unsaturated adenosine with acid - contains triglyceride lipid
biomolecules is glyceride found fatty acid with 18 a glucose an amino group where one fatty
correctly in cell carbon atoms. phosphate and an acidic acid is replaced
characterized? membrane. molecule. group anywhere by phosphoric
in the molecule. acid which is
linked to
additional
nitrogenous
group called
choline. It is a
common
membrane lipid.
It is an
amphipathic
phospholipid
having both
hydrophilic polar
and hydrophobic
non-polar
groups. The
hydrocarbon
chains of two
fatty acids
function as
hydrophobic
non-polar tails
whereas the
phosphate and
choline behave
as hydrophilic
polar head
group of the
molecule.
Palmitic acid is
a saturated fatty
acid (as it does
not possess
double bonds in
its carbon chain)
and contains 16
carbon atoms
with formula
C16H32O2.
Adenylic acid or
adenosine
monophosphate
is a nucleotide
formed by union
of adenine
(nitrogenous
base), ribose
(pentose sugar)
and phosphate.
It is formed
through
phosphorylation
of nucleoside as
phosphate
combines with
sugar molecule
at its 5′ carbon
 atom. Amino
acids are
organic acids
with carboxylic
group (–COOH)
having amino
group (–NH2)
generally
attached to α-
carbon or
carbon next to
carboxylic
group. Alanine
is a nonpolar
and neutral
amino acid
having one
methyl group
and having
amino group
attached to
carbon next to
carboxylic
group.
396 About 98 sulphur and magnesium and calcium and phosphorus and D Living
percent of the magnesium sodium phosphorus sulphur. organisms
mass of every requires 6
living organism elements in
is composed of relatively large
just six elements amounts. C, H,
including O, N, P, S.
carbon, These elements
hydrogen, contribute to the
nitrogen, oxygen structural
and organization of
living
organisms.
397 Which of the Alanine Asparagine Glycine Tyrosine C Glycine is
following is the considered as
simplest amino the simplest
acid? amino acid as it
has one
amino group,
one carboxylic
group and no
 substituent
functional group.
398 The major role co-factors of building blocks constituent of constituent of A Minor elements
of minor enzymes of important hormones hormones are those which
elements inside amino acids are required in
living organisms quantity of less
is to act as than
milligram/gram
of dry matter but
they are
essential for
proper growth
and
development of
an organism
e.g., Cl, Mn, B,
Zn, Cu, Mo, etc.
These elements
work as non-
protein cofactor
in enzymes e.g.,
Zn, Cu etc. They
also take part in
oxidation
reduction
reactions e.g.,
Cu, with variable
valency.
Chloride ion
enhances
activity of
salivary
amylase. Zinc is
required for
activity of
carbonic
anhydrase and
alcohol
dehydrogenase,
etc.
399 Lipids are hydrophilic hydrophobic neutral zwitter ions. B Lipid molecules
insoluble in are insoluble or
water because sparingly
lipid molecules soluble in water
are but are freely
 soluble in
organic solvents
like ether,
alcohol and
benzene.
Insolubility of
lipids in water is
due to the fact
that the polar
groups they
contain are
much smaller
than their
nonpolar
portions. T he
nonpolar chains
are long
complex
hydrophobic
hydrocarbon
chains. If
shaken in water
lipids often form
small droplets or
micelles. The
complex formed
is called
emulsions.
These non polar
proteins give
them water
repellent or
hydrophobic
property.
400 Spoilage of oil Oleic acid Linolenic acid Linoleic acid Linoleic acid D Erucic acid is an
can be detected unsaturated
by which fatty fatty acid
acid? belonging to the
oleic acid series,
occurring as
glycerides in
rapeseed oil and
other vegetable
oils. It is the
cisisomer, the
trans-isomer is
known as
brassidic acid.
Erucic acid is
used as a binder
for oil paints. It
is useful in
manufacture of
emulsions to
coat
photographic
films and
papers.
Spoilage of oil
can be detected
by erucic acid.
Oleic acid is
found in various
animal and
vegetable
sources. It is
widely used in
industries
including textile,
chemical,
medicine,
leather,
stationary,
paper making,
etc. Linolenic
acid is used in
making soaps,
emulsifiers and
quick-drying
oils, in beauty
products. It
helps in acne
reduction,
moisture
retention, etc.
Linoleic acid is
an important
fatty acid
especially for
growth and
 development of
infants.
Commercially it
is used in
margarine,
animal feeds,
soaps and
drugs.
401 Essential amino phenylalanine glycine aspartic acid serine. A Essential amino
acid is acids are those
amino acids that
must be
ingested in food
for survival as
they are not
synthesized in
the body. There
are 7 essential
amino acids.
Glycine, aspartic
acid and serine
are non-
essential amino
acids as they
can be
synthesized in
the body.
402 What are the Lipids Mineral salts Proteins Carbohydrates C Proteins show
most diverse enormous
molecules in the diversity
cell? because of
different
proportions and
sequences of
twenty amino
acid within the
protein
molecule. A
large number of
permutations
and
combinations of
these amino
acids are
responsible for
 the unlimited
variety of
proteins.
Proteins are the
most abundant
and most varied
of the
macromolecules
having one or
more
polypeptides
(chains of amino
acids). The
proteins
constitute
almost 50% of
the total dry
weight of the
cell. Proteins
may be simple
or conjugated.
Among
conjugated,
proteins may be
phosphoprotein,
glycoprotein,
nucleoprotein,
chromoprotein,
lipoprotein,
flavoprotein,
metallo protein,
etc.
Functionally,
proteins may be
structural
protein,
enzymes,
hormones,
respiratory
pigment, etc.
403 The four C, H, O and P C, N, O and P C, N, O and P C, N, O and P C Carbon,
elements that hydrogen,
make up 99% of oxygen and
all elements nitrogen are
found in a living called four big
 system are elements of
living body.
They make up
about 99% of
the mass of
most cells. As
C, H, O and N
are lightest
elements so the
bonds they form
are the
strongest
covalent bonds.
So that the
compounds
formed are
stable, varied in
size and
shapes. Carbon
constitutes more
than 50% of the
dry matter. It
has been
observed that
human body
contains 0.5%
hydrogen,
18.5% carbon,
65% oxygen
and 3.3%
nitrogen. Other
elements are
present in very
lesser amount.
404 Amino acids are mineral salts fatty acids volatile acids α-ketoglutaric D Amino acids are
mostly acid. mostly
synthesised synthesised
from from α-
ketoglutaric
acid. These are
the precursors
of amino acids.
A five carbon
compound
formed during
 Krebs’ cycle is
α-ketoglutaric
acid which is the
first dicarboxylic
acid formed.
Pyruvic acid
converted into
alanine, α-
ketoglutaric acid
into glutamic
acid, OAA into
aspartic acid,
polymerization
of such amino
acids results
into formation of
proteins.
405 Living cell 60 – 65% 50 – 55% 75 – 80% 65 – 70%. D Water is the
contains 60 – most abundant
95% water. substance of
Water present in living beings.
human body is The water
content of
actively living
cells varies
between 60–
95%. In human
beings,
maximum water
content found in
the embryo is
90–95%. Water
content
decreases
thereafter in
adult and the
aged where it is
65-70%.
406 Secondary nutritive value growth response defence action effect on C Nicotine,
metabolites reproduction. strychnine and
such as nicotine, caffeine are the
strychnine and examples of
caffeine are alkaloids. These
produced by are produced by
plants for their plants and are
 used by them in
their defense
against
herbivores and
pathogens.
407 Concanavalin A a pigment an alkaloid an essential oil a lectin. D Concanvalin A,
is a lectin is a
secondary
metabolite,
which has no
direct function in
growth and
development of
plants, rather
are found at
particular stages
of development.
408 Which one of Haemoglobin Collagen Lectin Insulin B Collagen is the
the following is most abundant
the most protein in animal
abundant world. RuBisCO
protein in the is the most
animals? abundant
protein in the
world of the
bisphere.
409 Which of the GLUT IV GLUT I GLUT II GLUT III A GLUT stands for
following glucose
glucose transport protein
transporters is channel. They
insulin- are of different
dependent? types. Glucose
transporter type
4 (GLUT IV) is a
protein encoded
in humans by
the SLC2A4
gene. It is
insulin regulated
glucose
transporter
found primarily
in adipose
tissues and
striated
 muscles.
410 Which one is the Trypsin Haemoglobin Collagen Insulin C Collagen is an
most abundant insoluble fibrous
protein in the protein found
animal world? extensively in
the connective
tissue of skin,
tendons and
bone. Collagen
accounts for
over 30% of the
total body
proteins of
mammals and it
is the most
abundant animal
protein.
411 Which of the Glycoprotein Chromoprotein Lipoprotein Nucleoprotein A Glycoproteins
following have are proteins that
carbohydrate as contain sugars
prosthetic like
group? carbohydrates
as prosthetic
group. In most
glycoproteins,
the linkage is
between
asparagine and
N-acetyl-D-
glucosamine.
Some
glycoproteins
are
immunoglobulin
s, membrane
proteins and
muscle proteins.
Lipoproteins are
protein
complexed with
lipids like
triglycerides,
phospholipids
etc.
 Nucleoproteins
are proteins
associated with
nucleic acids
and
chromoproteins
are proteins
associated with
pigments e.g.,
cytochrome,
phytochrome.
412 Which one of Uracil is a Glycine is a Sucrose is a Cellulose is a B Glycine is a
the following pyrimidine. sulphur disaccharide. polysaccharide. neutral amino
statements is containing acid. Cysteine
wrong? amino acid. and methionine
are sulphur
containing
amino acid.
413 The chitinous N - acetyl lipoglycans keratin sulphate D- A Chitin is a
exoskeleton of glucosamine and chondroitin glucosamine. structural
arthropods is sulphate polysaccharide
formed by the that constitutes
polymerisation the exoskeleton
of of arthropods. It
is a complex
carbohydrate in
which N-acetyl
glucosamine
monomers are
joined together
by (1, 4) β-
linkages.
Chitinous
exoskeleton
provides
strength and
elasticity to
arthropods.
414 Which one of Maltose Sucrose Lactose Ribose 5- B In non-reducing
the following is a phosphate sugars, a free
non - reducing aldehyde or
carbohydrate? ketonic group is
absent. Sucrose
is a non-
reducing sugar
 formed by
condensation of
one
molecule each
of glucose and
fructose with
release of a
water molecule.
A glycosidic
bond is
established
between carbon
atom 1 of
glucose and
carbon atom 2
of fructose.
415 Carbohydrates (1), (3) and (5) (1) and (5) (2) and (3) 2) and (4). D Starch is the
are commonly major storage
found as starch carbohydrate of
in plants storage plants. In most
organs. Which plant species, it
of the following is accumulated
five properties of in the
starch (1-5) chloroplast of
make it useful leaves, whereas
as a storage in storage organ
material?(1) it accumulates
Easily in amyloplast as
translocated(2) reserve starch.
Chemically non- It is the
reactive(3) osmotically
Easily digested inactive form of
by animals(4) photosynthetic
Osmotically product and is a
inactive(5) hexosan
Synthesized polysaccharide
during made of large
photosynthesisT number of
he useful glucose unit so,
properties are chemically non-
reactive.
416 Cellulose is the Pseudomonas Saccharomyces Pythium Xanthomonas. C The cell wall of
major most fungi
component of consist of chitin
cell walls of or cellulose. In
 Pythium, the
hyphal wall
contains
cellulose
whereas, in
yeast the cell
wall is thin and
is composed of
chitin in
combination
with other
compounds
(carbohydrates,
glucan and
mannan). The
bacterial cell
wall contains N-
acetyl
glucosamine
and N-acetyl
muramic acid.
417 Carbohydrates, some bacteria, fungi, algae and all bacteria, viruses, fungi A Carbohydrates
the most algae and green green plant cells fungi and algae and bacteria. are organic
abundant plant cells compounds
biomolecule on synthesized in
earth, are the chlorophyll
produced by containing cells
of some
bacteria, algae
and green plant
cells, during
photosynthesis.
Certain
photoautotrophi
c bacteria e.g.,
Green sulphur
bacteria and
purple sulphur
bacteria contain
pigments like
chlorobium
chlorophyll and
bacteriochloroph
yll respectively
that helps them
 in
photosynthesis.
418 Which of the Galactose Gluconic acid β-methyl Sucrose A All those sugars
following is a galactoside which have free
reducing sugar? aldehyde or
ketone group
are called
reducing sugars.
These are able
to reduce cupric
ions (Cu^+^2)
into cuprous
ions (Cu^+).
Sucrose, starch
are non-
reducing sugars.
419 Cellulose, the branched chain unbranched branched chain unbranched B Cellulose is the
most important of glucose chain of glucose of glucose chain of glucose most abundant
constituent of molecules linked molecules linked molecules linked molecules linked carbohydrate.
plant cell wall is by β-1, 4 by β-1, 4 by α-1, 6 by α-1, 4 Cellulose
made up of glycosidic bond glycosidic bond glycosidic bond glycosidic bond. molecule is
in straight chain at the site of composed of
and α-1, 6 branching 1600 to 6000
glycosidic bond glucose
at the site of molecules
branching joined together.
Those polymers
form long
twisting
macromolecules
of cellulose. The
chains are
unbranched and
linear. The
successive
glucose
residues are
joined together
by β-1-4,
linkages.
420 Lactose is glucose + fructose + glucose + glucose + A Lactose is
composed of galactose galactose fructose glucose. popularly known
as milk sugar. It
is a
disaccharide
 composed of
one molecule of
glucose and one
molecule of
galactose. The
covalent bond
that joins these
two
monosaccharide
units is called
glycosidic bond
or glycosidic
linkage. It is a
reducing sugar.
421 In which of the Sucrose, Maltose, lactose Glycogen, Glycogen, D Polysaccharides
following groups glucose and and fructose sucrose and cellulose and are complex
are all fructose maltose starch long chain
polysaccharides carbohydrates
? which are
formed by
dehydrate
synthesis or
polymerisation
of more than 10
but generally
very large
number of units
called
monosaccharide
s. Starch,
glycogen and
cellulose are all
polysaccharides
. Starch is a
glucosan
homopolysacch
aride which is
the main
reserve food of
plants.
Glycogen is also
a glucosan
homopoly-
saccharide
which is the
 major reserve
food of fungi,
animals and
some bacteria. It
is also called
animal starch.
Cellulose is the
structural
polysaccharide
of plant cell
walls, some
fungi, protists. It
is a fibrous
glucosan
homopolysacch
aride of high
tensile strength.
422 Glycogen is a galactose glucose fructose sucrose. B Glycogen
polymer of (animal starch)
is a
polysaccharide
consisting of a
highly branched
polymer of
glucose
occurring in
animal tissues,
especially in
liver and muscle
cells. It is the
major store of
carbohydrate
energy in animal
cells.
423 Which of the Proteins Polysaccharides Lipids Nucleic acids C Lipids are fatty
following are not acids esters of
polymeric? alcohols and
related
substances.
Polysaccharides
are polymers of
monosaccharide
s. Proteins are
polymers of
amino acids and
 nucleic acids
are polymer of
nucleotides.
424 Nucleotides are base-sugar- base-sugar-OH (base-sugar- sugar- A Each nucleotide
building blocks phosphate phosphate)n phosphate. consists of three
of nucleic acids. distinct units - a
Each nucleotide phosphate
is a composite group derived
molecule formed from phosphoric
by acid, a pentose
sugar and a ring
shaped
nitrogenous
base.
Nucleoside +
Phosphoric acid
→ Nucleotide +
H2O
425 Which purine Thymine Uracil Uracil Guanine D The bases are
base is found in of two types-
RNA? purines and
pyrimidines. The
purine
derivatives
adenine (A) and
guanine (G) are
double ring
structures
whereas
pyrimidine
derivatives
thymine,
cytosine and
uracil are single
ring structures.
Thymine (T) and
cytosine (C) are
found in DNA
and cytosine (C)
and uracil (U) is
found in RNA.
426 Which of the GATCAATGC GCUAGACAA UAGCGGUAA Both (b) and (c) A In the given
following question there
nucleotide are 4
sequences pyrimidines as 2
 contains 4 cytosine and 2
pyrimidine thymine in
bases? option ‘a’.
427 A nucleotide is purine, purine, sugar nitrogen base, pyrimidine, C Nucleotide is an
formed of pyrimidine and and phosphate sugar and sugar and organic
phosphate phosphate phosphate. compound
consisting of a
nitrogen-
containing
purine or
pyrimidine base
linked to a sugar
(ribose or
deoxyribose)
and a
phosphate
group.
428 DNA is ribonucleosides deoxyribonucleo ribonucleotides deoxyribonucleo D DNA is the
composed of sides tides. largest
repeating units macromolecule
of in the
organisms. It is
a long, double
chain of
deoxyribonucleo
tide or
deoxyribotide
units. The two
deoxyribonucleo
tide chains are
twisted around a
common axis to
form a right-
handed double
helix (spiral) that
encloses a
cylindrical space
in it. Each
deoxyribonucleo
tide unit, in turn,
consists of three
different
molecules :
phosphate, a 5-
carbon
 deoxyribose
sugar
(C5H10O4) and
a
nitrogenous bas
e.
429 The basic unit of pentose sugar nucleoid nucleoside nucleotide. D The nucleic
nucleic acid is acids (DNA and
RNA) are the
molecules
having complex
structure and
very high
molecular
weights. The
nucleic acid is
composed of a
large number of
nucleotide
molecules
joined into a
linear,
unbranched
chain.
Nucleotide is an
organic
compound
consisting of a
nitrogen-
containing
purine or
pyrimidine base
linked to a sugar
(ribose or
deoxyribose)
and a
phosphate
group.
430 UNIT 4: Plant Conversion of phosphofructoki aldolase hexokinase enolase. C Glucose is
Physiology glucose to nase phosphorylated
glucose-6- to glucose-
phosphate, the f 6phosphate by
irst irreversible ATP in presence
reaction of of enzyme
glycolysis, is hexokinase and
 catalysed by Mg2+.
431 4.5 Plant What is the role It functions as It functions as It is a nucleotide It is the final B NAD+ is a
growth and of NAD+ in an enzyme. an electron source for ATP electron coenzyme and
development: cellular carrier. synthesis. acceptor for an electron
Seed respiration? anaerobic carrier. It acts as
germination; respiration. an electron
Phases of Plant acceptor in
growth and glycolysis and
plant growth Kreb’s cycle
rate; through
Conditions of dehydrogenatio
growth; n processes and
Differentiation, is then reduced
dedifferentiatio to NADH. NAD+
n and acts as electron
redifferentiatio carrier which is
n; Sequence of later used to
developmental generate proton
process in a gradient across
plant cell; the inner
Growth mitochondrial
regulators- membrane and
auxin,gibberelli produce energy
n, cytokinin, in the form of
ethylene, ABA; ATP.
Seed
dormancy;
Vernalisation;
Photoperiodis
m
432 Botany - Plant In glycolysis, ATP glyceraldehyde- NAD+ molecular C During
Physiology during oxidation 3-phosphate oxygen. glycolysis,
electrons are NAD+
removed by (Nicotinamide
adenine
dinucleotide)
removes
electrons from
1, 3-
diphosphoglycer
ic acid using
diphosphoglycer
aldehyde
dehydrogenase.
 NAD+ changes
to NADH2 and
this is either
utilised as such
in anaerobic
respiration or in
the presence of
oxygen.
433 At the end of ethyl alcohol acetyl Co-A pyruvic acid ATP C Glycolysis or
glycolysis, six EMP pathway is
carbon the breakdown
compound of glucose to
ultimately two molecules
changes into of pyruvic acid
through a series
of enzyme
mediated
reaction
releasing
energy. Pyruvic
acid is a 3-
carbon
compound. In
glycolysis net
gain of 2ATP
and 2 NADH2
molecules
occurs. It can be
represented in
equation form
as C6H12O6 +
2ADP + 2Pi +
2NAD →
2CH3COCOOH
+ 2 ATP + 2
NADH2
434 The first phase fermentation Krebs’ cycle glycolysis ETS C Glycolysis is the
in the first step of
breakdown of glucose
glucose, in breakdown in
animal cell, is both animals
and plants.
During
glycolysis 6-
carbon glucose
 molecule is
converted into 2
molecules of 2
carbon pyruvic
acid. In this
process net gain
of 2 ATP and 2
NADH2 occurs.
It is a common
pathway for both
aerobic and
anaerobic
modes of
respiration.
435 In which one of Aerobic Aerobic Alcoholic Lactate D Anaerobic
the following respiration in respiration in fermentation fermentation respiration or
processes CO2 plants animals fermentation
is not released? can be of two
types, i.e.,
lactate
fermentation
and ethanol
fermentation.
Lactate
fermentation
produces lactic
acid only as
pyruvic acid
produced in
glycolysis is
directly reduced
by NADH to
form lactic acid
and no CO2 is
produced.
Alcoholic
(ethanol)
fermentation
involves
conversion of
pyruvate to
acetaldehyde,
hence, CO2 is
released.
436 T he energy- glycolysis fermentation aerobic photorespiration. B Fermentation is
releasing respiration the process of
metabolic deriving energy
process in which from the
substrate is oxidation of
oxidised without organic
an external compounds
electron such as
acceptor is carbohydrates
called and using an
endogenous
electron
acceptor not
external or
exogenous,
which is usually
an organic
compound, as
opposed to
aerobic
respiration
where electrons
are donated to
an exogenous
electron
acceptor, such
as oxygen via
an electron
transport chain.
437 In alcohol triose phosphate triose phosphate there is no oxygen is the A When oxygen is
fermentation is the electron is the electron electron donor electron not available
donor while donor while acceptor. (anaerobic
acetaldehyde is pyruvic acid is condition) yeast
the electron the electron and some other
acceptor acceptor microbes
convert pyruvic
acid into ethyl
alcohol. It is a
two step
process. In the
first step pyruvic
acid is
decarboxylated
to yield
acetaldehyde
 and CO2.
Pyruvic acid is a
3-C compound
and acts as
electron donor
while
acetaldehyde is
the electron
acceptor.
CH3COCOOH
Pyruvic
/carboxylase →
CH3CHO + CO2
In the second
step
acetaldehyde is
reduced to ethyl
alcohol by
NADH2 formed
in the glycolysis.
CH3CHO +
NADH2
Alcoholic /
dehydrogenase
→ C2H5OH +
NAD .
438 Which of the Beer and wine Alcohols CO2 All of these D In the absence
following of O2,
products are fermentation or
obtained by anaerobic
anaerobic respiration
respiration from occurs. In this
yeast? process pyruvic
acid forms ethyl
alcohol and
CO2.
439 The number of zero one two three B In citric acid
substrate level cycle, during the
phosphorylation conversion of
s in one turn of succinyl-CoA to
citric acid cycle succinic acid a
is molecule of
GTP is
synthesized
which is called
 substrate level
phosphorylation.
440 Which of these Enzymes of TCA Glycolysis Glycolysis Oxidative D Oxidative
statements is cycle are occurs in operates as long phosphorylation phosphorylation
incorrect? present in cytosol. as it is supplied takes place in is the synthesis
mitochondrial with NAD that outer of energy rich
matrix. can pick up mitochondrial ATP molecules
hydrogen atoms. membrane. with the help of
energy liberated
during oxidation
of reduced
coenzymes
(NADH, FADH2)
produced in
respiration. The
enzyme
required for this
synthesis is ATP
synthase. It is
located in F1 or
head piece of
F0-F1 or
elementary
particles present
on the inner
mitochondrial
membrane.
441 Which statement There is one During The cycle starts There are three C Krebs’ cycle
is wrong for point in the cycle conversion of with points in the starts with
Krebs’ cycle? where FAD+ is succinyl CoA to condensation of cycle where condensation of
reduced to succinic acid, a acetyl group NAD+ is acetyl group
FADH2. molecule of GTP (acetyl CoA) reduced to (acetyl CoA)
is synthesised. with pyruvic acid NADH + H+. with
to yield citric oxaloacetate to
acid. form a
tricarboxylic, 6-
carbon
compound
called citric acid.
442 Oxidative formation of ATP oxidation of addition of formation of D Oxidative
phosphorylation by transfer of phosphate phosphate ATP by energy phosphorylation
is phosphate group group in ATP group to ATP released from is the synthesis
from a substrate electrons of energy rich
to ADP removed during ATP molecules
substrate with the help of
oxidation. energy liberated
during oxidation
of reduced co-
enzymes
(NADH, FADH2)
produced in
respiration.The
enzyme
required for this
synthesis is
called ATP
synthase. It is
located in F1 or
head piece of
F0 – F1 or
elementary
particles present
in the inner
mitochondrial
membrane. F1
particle is
capable of ATP
synthesis. ATP
synthase
becomes active
in ATP
formation only
when there is a
proton gradient
having higher
concentration of
H+ or protons
on the F0 side
as compared to
F1 side. This
higher
concentration
creates an
electric potential
across the
mitochondrial
membrane. The
proton gradient
and membrane
electric potential
 together form
proton motive
force (PMF).
The flow of
protons through
the F0 channel
which induces
F1 particle to
function as ATP
synthase. The
energy of the
proton gradient
is used in
attaching a
phosphate
radicle to ADP
by high-energy
bond. This
produces ATP.
443 Cytochromes cristae of lysosomes matrix of outer wall of A Cytochrome is a
are found in mitochondria mitochondria mitochondria group of
proteins, each
with an iron
containing
haeme group.
They are a part
of electron
transport chain
in mitochondria
(present in
cristae) and
chloroplasts (in
thylakoids).
444 In mitochondria, outer membrane inner membrane intermembrane matrix C In respiration,
protons space protons
accumulate in accumulate in
the the
intermembrane
space of the
mitochondria
when electrons
move through
the ETS.
445 All enzymes of isocitrate malate succinate lactate C Mitochondrion is
TCA cycle are dehydrogenase dehydrogenase dehydrogenase dehydrogenase. the organelle
 located in the which bears
mitochondrial various
matrix except enzymes
one which is participating in
located in inner Krebs’ cycle.
mitochondrial Each
membranes in mitochondrion is
eukaryotes and covered by
in cytosol in double
prokaryotes. membrane. The
This enzyme is inner membrane
is selectively
permeable and
forms foldings
called cristae.
The inner
membrane
bears
oxysomes,
enzymes of fatty
acids, succinate
dehydrogenase
(of Krebs’ cycle)
and electron
transport
system. All other
enzymes of
Krebs’ cycle are
present in the
mitochondrial
matrix.
446 In which one of Krebs’ cycle and Tricarboxylic Citric acid cycle Tricarboxylic B The reactions of
the following do Calvin cycle acid cycle and and Calvin cycle acid cycle and Krebs’ cycle
the two names citric acid cycle urea cycle were worked out
refer to one and by Sir Hans
the same thing ? Krebs, hence
the name Krebs’
cycle. It involves
many 3-C
compounds
such as citric
acid, cis-aconitic
acid and iso-
citric acid etc.,
so it is also
 called TCA
cycle or
tricarboxylic
acid, cycle. It
involves
formation of
citric acid as its
first product so it
is called citric
acid cycle. It
involves
production of 24
ATP molecules.
447 Cytochrome is metallo flavo Fe containing glycoprotein lipid. B Cytochromes
protein porphyrin are electron
pigment transferring
proteins often
regarded as
enzymes. They
contain iron
porphyrin or
copper
porphyrin as
prosthetic
groups.
Cytochrome a, b
and c are
harmo-
chromogens
widely occurring
in cells and
acting as
oxygen carriers
during cellular
respiration.
448 Which one of It is a coloured It is an enzyme It has an It contains iron. A Cytochrome
the following cell. involved in important role in P450 is a family
statements oxidation metabolism. of enzymes that
about reactions. use iron to
cytochrome oxidise, often as
P450 is wrong? part of the
body’s strategy
to dispose of
potentially
harmful
 substances
making them
more water
soluble. These
are found in
plants, animals
and microbes
and are involved
in a variety of
oxidative
reaction in cells.
These catalyse
a variety of
reactions
including
epoxidation, N-
dialkylation, o-
dialkylation, s-
oxidation and
hydroxylation.
449 Which of the Malic acid Acetyl CoA NADH ATP B During
following is the glycolysis
key intermediate pyruvic acid is
compound produced from
linking glycolysis glucose and is
to the Krebs’ oxidatively
cycle? decarboxylated
to form acetyl
CoA. This
formation of
acetyl CoA from
pyruvic acid
needs a
multienzyme
complex and 5
essential
cofactors, i.e.,
lipoic acid, CoA,
Mg2+, NAD and
TPP (thiamine
pyrophosphate).
It results in
production of 2
molecules of
CO2 and 2
 molecules of
NADH2. This
acetyl CoA
enters
mitochondria
and is
completely
oxidised during
Krebs’ cycle.
Thus acetyl CoA
acts as the
linker of
glycolysis and
Krebs’ cycle.
450 In Krebs’ cycle, fumaric acid to succinic acid to succinyl CoA to α-ketoglutarate B During Krebs’
the FAD malic acid fumaric acid succinic acid to succinyl CoA. cycle when
precipitates as succinic acid is
electron oxidised to
acceptor during fumaric acid
the conversion then the
of precipitation of
FAD as electron
acceptor occurs.
It is the only
Krebs’ cycle
oxidation that
does not employ
a pyridine
nucleotide. In
this, succinate is
dehydrogenated
by succinate
dehydrogenase.
This enzyme
removes two
hydrogen ions
and two
electrons from
succinate and
these are then
used to reduce
FAD to FADH2.
451 The correct Cyt. b, c, a3, a Cyt. c, b, a, a3 Cyt. a, a, b, c Cyt. b, c, a, a3. D Last step of
sequence of aerobic
electron respiration is
 acceptor in ATP oxidation of
synthesis is reduced co-
enzymes, i.e.,
NADH2 and
FADH2 by
molecular
oxygen through
FAD, CoQ
(ubiquinone),
Cyt. b, Cyt. c1,
Cyt. c, Cyt. a
and Cyt a3. Two
hydrogen atoms
or electrons
move from
NADH2 and
travel through
this ETS chain
and finally
combine with
half molecule of
O2 to form
water. During
this electron
transport FAD
and Fe of
different
cytochromes are
successively
reduced and
oxidised and at
certain points,
enough energy
is released
which is used to
bind ADP with
Pi to form ATP.
452 The 1992 Nobel reversible isolation of the human genome drug designing A The 1992 Nobel
Prize for protein gene for a project involving prize for
medicine was phosphorylation human disease inhibition of DNA medicine was
awarded to as a biological synthesis of the awarded to
Edmond H. regulation pathogen. Edmond H.
Fischer and mechanism Fischer and
Edwin J. Krebs Edwin J. Krebs’
for their work for their work
 concerning concerning
reversible
protein
phosphorylation
as biological
regulation
mechanism. The
winners of 1992
Noble prize in
Physiology and
Medicine
discovered a
‘life switch” that
turns on and off
a variety of
biological
functions of the
cell, including
the breakdown
of fats and the
generation of
chemical
energy. The
prize - winning
discovery is
known as
“reversible
protein
phosphorylation”
.
453 End product of citric acid lactic acid pyruvic acid CO2 + H2O. D The end product
citric acid of glycolysis is
cycle/Krebs’ pyruvic acid
cycle is whereas acetyl
CoA is the
connecting link
between
glycolysis and
Krebs’ cycle.
The TCA cycle
is a process in
which acetyl
CoA is oxidised
to CO2 and
water. Acetyl
 CoA combines
with oxalo acetic
acid to form
citric acid. After
a series of cyclic
reactions OAA
is recycled back.
454 End products of sugar and water and carbon dioxide, carbon dioxide C Respiration is
aerobic oxygen energy water and and energy. an energy
respiration are energy liberating
enzymatically
controlled
multistep
catabolic
process of
stepwise
breakdown of
organic
substances
(hexose sugar)
inside the living
cells. Aerobic
respiration
includes the 3
major process,
glycolysis,
Krebs’ cycle and
electrons
transport chain.
The substrate is
completely
broken down to
form CO2 and
water. A large
amount of
energy is
released
stepwise in the
form of ATP.
455 Terminal Cyt b Cyt c Cyt a1 Cyt a3. D Cytochrome a3
cytochrome of helps in transfer
respiratory chain of electron to
which donates oxygen. The
electrons to oxygen has
oxygen is great affinity to
 accept the
electrons and in
presence of
protons a water
molecule is
formed.
456 How many ATP 1 2 30 57 D One mole of
molecules could ATP liberates 12
maximally be kcal of energy.
generated from So 686 kcal will
one molecule of be liberated by
glucose, if the 686/12 = 57.1
complete ATP molecules.
oxidation of one
mole of glucose
to CO2 and H2O
yields 686 kcal
and the useful
chemical energy
available in the
high energy
phosphate bond
of one mole of
ATP is 12 kcal?
457 During which Glycolysis Krebs’ cycle Conversion of Electron D The last step of
stage in the pyruvic acid to transport chain aerobic
complete acetyl CoA respiration is the
oxidation of oxidation of
glucose are the reduced
greatest number coenzymes, i.e.,
of ATP NADH2 and
molecules FADH2 by
formed from molecular
ADP? oxygen through
FAD,
ubiquinone, Cyt
b, Cyt c, Cyt c1,
Cyt a and Cyt
a3. By oxidation
of 1 molecule of
NADH2, 3ATP
molecules are
produced and
by oxidation of 1
molecule of
 FADH2, 2 ATP
molecules are
produced. In
glycolysis 2 ATP
molecules are
produced from
ADP. Further
2NADH2
produced, give 2
× 3 = 6 ATP, on
oxidative
phosphorylation.
Similarly in
Krebs’ cycle 2
ATP molecules
are produced.
So the greatest
number of ATP
molecules are
produced in the
electron
transport chain.
458 When one 8 kcal 38 kcal 7 kcal 4.5 kcal C ATP is
molecule of ATP adenosine
is disintegrated, triphosphate. It
what amount of was discovered
energy is by Lohmann in
liberated? 1929. It consists
of a purine,
adenine, a
pentose sugar
(ribose) and a
row of three
phosphates out
of which the last
two are attached
by high energy
bonds. The last
phosphate bond
yields an energy
equivalent of 7
kcal.
459 The ultimate glycogen ketogenic amino glucose amylose C Glucose is the
respiratory acid chief respiratory
substrate, substrate which
 yielding yields maximum
maximum number of ATP
number of ATP molecules.
molecules, is Glucose is the
most common
substrate in
glycolysis. Any
other
carbohydrate is
first converted
into glucose.
During
glycolysis it
changes to
pyruvic acid and
net gain is of 2
ATP and 2
NADH2
molecules. And
later on during
Krebs’ cycle 30
molecules of
ATP are
produced. So a
total of 38 ATP
molecules are
produced from 1
mol of glucose
during aerobic
respiration.
460 Out of 38 ATP respiratory chain Krebs’ cycle oxidative EMP A During
molecules decarboxylation respiration, 36
produced per ATP molecules
glucose, 32 ATP are produced
molecules are per glucose
formed from molecule. 2
NADH/FADH2 in molecules of
ATP are
produced
outside
mitochondria,
i.e., during
glycolysis and
other 34
molecules of
 ATP are
produced inside
mitochondria
from Krebs’
cycle.
461 Out of 36 ATP 2 are produced 2 are produced 2 during all are formed B During
molecules outside outside glycolysis and inside respiration, 36
produced per glycolysis and mitochondria 34 during Krebs’ mitochondria. ATP molecules
glucose 34 during and 34 inside cycle are produced
molecule during respiratory chain mitochondria per glucose
respiration molecule. 2
molecules of
ATP are
produced
outside
mitochondria,
i.e., during
glycolysis and
other 34
molecules of
ATP are
produced inside
mitochondria
from Krebs’
cycle.
462 EMP can 6 ATP 8 ATP 24 ATP 38 ATP. B During
produce a total glycolysis 2 ATP
of + 2NADH2 =
8ATP
Intermediate
step = 2NADH2
ETS = 6 ATP So
net gain of ATP
during glycolysis
can be 8 ATP.
463 Aerobic parabolic amphibolic anabolic catabolic. B A biochemical
respiratory pathway that
pathway is serves both
appropriately anabolic and
termed catabolic
process is
known as
amphibolic
pathway. The
aerobic
 respiration
involves both
catabolism of
carbohydrates
and fatty acids
and the
synthesis of
anabolic
precursors for
amino acid
synthesis,
various
intermediatory
metabolic
products and
secondary
metabolites.
Thus it is called
as amphibolic
pathway rather
than a catabolic
pathway.
464 Plants, but not photosynthesis Kreb’s cycle glycolysis glyoxylate cycle D Kornberg and
animals, can Krebs (1957)
convert fatty gave glyoxylate
acids to sugars cycle in
by a series of Pseudomonas
reactions called bacteria. It
involves
conversion of
insoluble fats
into soluble
sugars. This
occurs in
germinating fatty
seeds because
plants are not
able to transport
fats from the
endosperm to
the root and
shoot tissues of
the germinating
seedling, so
they must
 convert stored
lipids to a more
mobile form of
carbon,
generally
sucrose.
465 Link between oxaloacetic acid succinic acid citric acid acetyl CoA. D Krebs’ cycle is
glycolysis, intimately
Krebs’ cycle and related with fat
β-oxidation of metabolism.
fatty acid or Dihydroxyaceto
carbohydrate ne phosphate
and fat produced in
metabolism is glycolysis may
be converted
into glycerol via
glycerol - 3 -
phosphate and
vice-versa.
Glycerol is
important
constituent of
fats. After β-
oxidation, fatty
acids give rise
to active 2-C
units, the acetyl-
CoA which may
enter the Krebs’
cycle. Thus,
acetyl-CoA is a
link between
glycolysis,
Krebs’ cycle and
β-oxidation of
fatty acid or
carbohydrate
and fat
metabolism.
466 NADP+ is HMP Calvin Cycle glycolysis EMP A HMP pathway
reduced to generates
NADPH in NADPH
molecules which
are used as
reductants in
 biosynthetic
process under
conditions when
NADPH
molecules are
not generated
by
photosynthesis.
It is, therefore,
important in
non-
photosynthetic
tissues such as
in differentiating
tissues,
generating
seeds and
during periods
of darkness.
Production of
NADPH is not
linked to ATP
generation in
pentose
phosphate
pathway.
467 R.Q. is ratio of CO2 produced CO2 produced oxygen oxygen B Respirometer is
to substrate to O2 consumed consumed to consumed to an instrument
consumed water produced CO2 produced. used for
measuring R.Q.
and rate of
respiration. The
apparatus
consists of a
graduated tube
attached at right
angles to a
bulbous
respiratory
chamber in its
upper end.
Desired plant
material whose
R.Q. is to be
determined is
 placed in the
respiratory
chamber.
468 UNIT 4: Plant Which of the Occurs against Non-selective Occurs through Requires ATP B Active transport
Physiology following is not a concentration membranes is highly
feature of gradient selective
activetransport process.
of solutes in
plants ?
469 4.1 Transport Which of the Transport Uphill transport Requirement of High selectivity B Facilitated
in plants: following criteria saturation special transport or
Movement of does not pertain membrane facilitated
water, gases to facilitated proteins diffusion is the
and nutrients; transport? spontaneous
Cell to cell passage of
transport- molecules or
Diffusion, ions across a
facilitated biological
diffusion, membrane
active passing through
transport; Plant specific
– water transmembrane
relations – integral proteins.
Imbibition, Facilitated
water potential, diffusion is
osmosis, mediated by
plasmolysis; protein channels
Long distance and carrier
transport of proteins. Most
water – transport
Absorption, proteins that
apoplast, mediate
symplast, facilitated
transpiration diffusion are
pull, root very selective
pressure and and only
guttation; transport certain
Transpiration- molecules. The
Opening and major classes of
closing of proteins
stomata; involved in
Uptake and facilitated
translocation diffusion are
of mineral aquaporins, ion
nutrients- channels and
 Transport of carrier proteins.
food, phloem Importantly,
transport, Mass neither channels
flow nor carrier
hypothesis; proteins require
Diffusion of energy to
gases (brief facilitate the
mention). transport of
molecules; they
enable
molecules to
move down their
concentration
gradients
(downhill
transport).
470 Botany - The movement active transport osmosis diffusion all of the above. A Active transport
Transport in of ions against involves
Plants the movement of
concentration materials across
gradient will be the membrane
against the
concentration
gradient of the
solute particles.
It requires
energy in the
form of ATP and
carrier
molecules.
471 Two cells A and no movement of equilibrium movement of movement of C Diffusion
B are water between the two water from cell A water from cell B pressure deficit
contiguous. Cell to B to A is the reduction
A has osmotic in the diffusion
pressure 10 pressure of
atm, turgor water in a
pressure 7 atm system over its
and diffusion pure state. It is
pressure deficit given by DPD =
3 atm. Cell B O.P – W.P
has osmotic (T.P). DPD
pressure 8 atm, determines the
turgor pressure direction of net
3 atm and movement of
diffusion water. It is
 pressure deficit always from an
5 atm. The area or cell of
result will be lower DPD to
the area or cell
of higher DPD.
So, cell A
having lower
DPD, water will
move from cell
A to B.
472 The water 100 and 200 zero and 100 100 and zero zero and zero. D Water potential
potential and or chemical
osmotic potential in pure
potential of pure water is zero.
water are Osmotic
potential or
solute potential
represents the
effect of
dissolved
solutes on water
potential solutes
reduce the free
energy of water
by diluting the
water. The
osmotic
potential of pure
water is zero. If
solutes are
added to water
its potential
becomes less
than that of pure
water and is
expressed as a
negative value.
473 When a cell is Turgor pressure Water potential Wall pressure Osmotic B In a fully turgid
fully turgid, pressure cell, DPD = 0
which of the because it has
following will be T.P. = O.P. It
zero? means that the
cell has no
further capacity
to absorb any
 water. Water
potential is
equal but
opposite in sign
to DPD. So in a
fully turgid cell
the water
potential is zero.
474 With an increase fluctuate remain increase decrease C The entry of
in the turgidity of unchanged water in cell
a cell, the wall develops turgor
pressure will pressure, which
exerts pressure
on the cell wall.
Cell wall
counteracts the
turgor pressure.
As the turgor
pressure
increases, wall
pressure also
increases to
prevent the cell
from bursting.
475 Water T.P. W.P. D.P.D. incipient C Water
movement plasmolysis. movement
between cells is between cells is
due to due to DPD. If a
cell is placed in
pure water it
shows
endosmosis and
as a result water
enters into the
cell. Thus, the
osmotic entry of
water is due to
high osmotic
pressure of the
cell sap. The
inward
movement of
water is,
therefore due to
the fact that it’s
 OP > TP. The
net force with
which water is
drawn into a cell
is equal to the
difference of OP
and TP, known
as diffusion
pressure deficit.
DPD = OP – TP.
476 A bottle filled diffusion imbibition osmosis DPD. B A bottle filled
with previously with previously
moistened moistened
mustard seeds mustard seeds
and water was and water was
screw capped screw capped
tightly and kept tightly and kept
in a corner. It in a corner. It
blew up blews up
suddenly after suddenly after
about half an about half an
hour. The hour due to
phenomenon phenomenon of
involved is imbibition. The
absorption of
water by the
solid particles of
an adsorbent
causing it to
enormously
increase in
volume without
forming a
solution is called
imbibition.
477 The process transpiration root pressure imbibition plasmolysis. B Transportation
responsible for of ions from the
facilitating loss soil into the
of water in liquid vascular tissues
form from the tip of the roots,
of grass blades increases the
at night and in pressure inside
early morning is the xylem,
known as root
pressure.
 Effects of root
pressure is
observable at
night and early
morning when
evaportation is
low and excess
water collects in
the form of
droplets around
special
openings of
veins near the
tip of grass
blades and
leaves of many
herbaceous
parts.
478 Root pressure passive active increase in low osmotic B Root pressure is
develops due to absorption absorption transpiration potential in soil. positive
pressure that
develops in the
xylem sap of the
root of some
plants. It is a
manifestation of
active water
absorption.
479 In soil, water gravitational chemically capillary water hygroscopic C Water occurs in
available for water bound water water. the soil in the
plants is different forms
as: free water,
gravitational
water,
hygroscopic
water,
chemically
combined water
and capillary
water. Free
water is that
water which
runs away and
is not held by
the soil.
Obviously it is
not available to
the plants.
Gravitational
water goes
down into the
deeper strata of
earth and it is
also, not
available to the
plants.
Hygroscopic
water is present
in the form of
thin films around
the soil particles
and it is also not
available to the
plants under
normal
conditions but it
may be
available under
adverse
conditions.
Chemically
combined water
is not available
to the plants at
all. The only
water which is
available to the
plants is
capillary water.
Capillary water
makes up about
75% of the total
water available
to plants. The
rest of soil water
(hygroscopic,
combined, free,
gravitational and
25% capillary
water) are not
 available to
plants. T hese
are called
echard or
unavailable
water.
480 The movement accumulation of accumulation of water potential chemical C Movement of
of water, from inorganic salts in organic gradient potential water always
one cell of the cells compounds in gradient. occurs from low
cortex to the cells DPD to high
adjacent one in DPD. During
roots, is due to water absorption
by roots, water
as well as
solutes enter
through root
hair. After
absorption of
water by root
hair, its TP is
increased and
thus DPD or SP
is decreased.
Then water from
root hair moves
to the cells of
the cortex along
the
concentration
gradient and
finally reaches
the xylem.
481 Guttation is root pressure osmosis transpiration imbibition A The loss of
mainly due to water through
water stomata
(hydathodes) is
called as
guttation.
Guttation occurs
when
transpiration
rate is very low
as compared to
rate of water
absorption, due
 to this, root
pressure is
developed and
water is pushed
out through
specialised
pores at vein
endings called
hydathodes.
Therefore
guttation is not
due to the
activity of
hydathodes but
due to root
pressure.
482 The principal sieve cells sieve tube xylem vessel xylem and C The principal
pathway of elements system phloem. pathway of
water water
translocation in translocation in
angiosperms is angiosperms is
xylem vessel
system. The sap
(i.e., water with
dissolved
minerals) is
absorbed mainly
by roots and is
moved upward
to all the parts of
plants via stem.
It occurs mainly
through xylem.
483 Stomatal temperature light O2 CO2 C High
movement is not concentration concentration temperature,
affected by light and CO2
concentration
affect opening
and closing of
stomata while
O2
concentration
has negligible
effect on
stomatal
 opening and
closing.
484 Which of the Decrease in Radial Longitudinal Contraction of B When turgidity
following turgidity of guard orientation of orientation of outer wall of increases within
facilitates cells cellulose cellulose guard cells the two guard
opening of microfibrils in microfibrils in cells flanking
stomatal the cell wall of the cell wall of each stomatal
aperture? guard cells guard cells aperture or
pore, the thin
outer wall bulge
out and force
the inner walls
into a crescent
shape. This
results in the
opening of
stomata. T he
opening of
stomata is also
aided by the
radial orientation
of cellulose
microfibrils in
the cell wall of
guard cells
rather than
longitudinal
orientation.
485 Water vapour The above One process Both processes Both processes D
comes out from processes occurs during cannot happen can happen
the plant leaf happen only day time and the simultaneously. together
through the during night other at night. because the
stomatal time. diffusion
opening. coefficient of
Through the water and CO2
same stomatal is different.
opening carbon
dioxide diffuses
into the plant
during
photosynthesis.
Reason out the
above
statements
using one of
 following
options.
486 A column of lignification of positive root dissolved sugars tensile strength D Cohesion,
water within xylem vessels pressure in water of water. adhesion and
xylem vessels of surface tension
tall trees does are the forces
not break under responsible for
its weight movement of
because of water up the
tracheary
elements. Water
molecules
remain attached
to one another
by a strong
mutual force of
attraction called
cohesion force.
On account of
cohesion force,
the water
column can bear
a tension or pull
of upto 100 atm.
Therefore, the
cohesion force
is also called
tensile strength.
Its theoretical
value is about
15,000 atm but
the measured
value inside the
tracheary
elements ranges
between 45 atm
to 207 atm.
Water column
does not further
break its
connection from
the tracheary
elements
because of
another force
 called adhesion
force between
their walls and
water
molecules.
Another force
called surface
tension
accounts for
high capillarity
through
tracheids and
vessels.
487 Transpiration pushing it pushing and pulling it upward pulling and D The
and root upward pulling it, pushing it, transpiration
pressure cause respectively respectively. process, pulls
water to rise in water upwards
plants by with the help of
cohesion and
adhesion
properties of
water
molecules.
According to
transpiration pull
theory, due to
transpiration,
the water
column inside
the plant comes
under tension.
This is called
‘transpiration
pull’. On
account of this
tension, the
water column is
pulled up
passively from
below to top of
the plant (almost
like a rope).
Root pressure is
the pressure
that forces
 water, absorbed
from the soil, to
move through
the roots and up
(i.e., pushes it
up) the stem of
a plant. It may
be due to both
the osmosis of
water from the
soil into the root
cells, and the
active pumping
of salts into
xylem tissue
which maintains
a concentration
gradient along
which the water
moves.
488 Which one gives Starch Guard cell Transpiration Potassium influx D According to this
the most valid hydrolysis photosynthesis and efflux theory, K+ ion
and recent enter and
explanation for accumulate in
stomatal guard cells
movement? during daytime,
causing opening
of stomata and
during night, K+
ions move out of
stomata and
stomata closes.
489 In land plants, cytoskeleton mitochondria endoplasmic chloroplasts D The leaf and
the guard cells reticulum stem epidermis
differ from other is covered with
epidermal cells pores called
in having stomata (sing.,
stoma), part of a
stoma complex
consisting of a
pore surrounded
on each side by
chloroplast-
containing guard
cells and two to
 four subsidiary
cells that lack
chloroplasts.
The guard cells
differ from the
epidermal cells
in the following
aspects: T he
guard cells are
bean-shaped in
surface view,
while the
epidermal cells
are irregular in
shape. T he
guard cells
contain
chloroplasts, so
they can
manufacture
food by
photosynthesis
(The epidermal
cells do not
contain
chloroplasts).
Guard cells are
the only
epidermal cells
that can
synthesise
sugar.
490 Guttation is the diffusion transpiration osmosis root pressure. D Various ions
result of from the soil are
actively
transported into
the vascular
tissues of roots,
water follows its
potential
gradient and
increase the
pressure inside
the xylem. This
positive
 pressure is
called root
pressure. Effect
of root pressure
is observable at
night and early
morning when
evaporation is
low and excess
water collects in
the form of
droplets near
the tip of leaves
of many
herbaceous
plants. Such
water loss in its
liquid phase is
known as
guttation.
491 Guard cells help transpiration guttation fighting against protection A Stomata are the
in infection against grazing. main organs for
transpiration. T
he stem and leaf
epidermis are
provided with
numerous
stomata.
Diffusion of
water vapour
through the
stomatal pores
is known as
stomatal
transpiration.
Transpiration
occurs while the
stomata are
open for the
passage of
carbon dioxide
and oxygen
during
photosynthesis.
Stomatal
 opening and
closing is
regulated by the
movement of
guard cells.
492 Potometer osmotic amount of water root pressure potential B Potometer is an
works on the pressure absorbed equals difference instrument or
principle of the amount between the tip apparatus with
transpired of the tube and the help of
that of the plant. which, rate of
transpiration can
be measured.
Main types of
potometers are
as under:
Simple
potometer,
Farmer’s
potometer and
Ganong’s
potometer. The
whole
instrument is
made of glass
and consists of
a long tube,
having a side
tube, bent at
right angles. A
fresh plant shoot
is cut under
water and is
inserted into the
side tube
through a cork,
fitted into the
mouth of this
tube. The whole
apparatus is
filled with water
and the joints
are made air
tight. The
apparatus is
placed in the
 sunlight. Air
bubble enters
the tube and
after this lower
end of the tube
is placed in the
beaker,
containing
water. Water is
absorbed by the
shoot and is
transpired
through the
leaves.
Transpiration
pull is created
and the air
bubble begins to
move alongwith
the transpiration
pull. Readings
are taken for the
air bubble and
thus amount of
water absorbed
and transpired is
calculated.
493 Main function of transpiration guttation gaseous bleeding. C Lenticels
lenticel is exchange generally
appear under
stomata. The
lenticel of
phellogen itself
also has
intercellular
spaces.
Because of this
relatively open
arangement of
cells, the
lenticels are
regarded as
structures
permitting the
entry of air
 through the
periderm.
Lenticels are
characterstics of
woody stem but
they are also
found in roots of
trees and other
perennials for
entry of oxygen
through them.
494 Glycolate presence of low CO2 high CO2 CO2 absent. B Zelitch (1963)
induces opening oxygen concentration suggested that
of stomata in glycolic acid is
formed in the
guard cells. This
acid is formed
under low
concentration of
CO2. Glycolate
formed gives
rise to
carbohydrates.
Under this
condition,
osmotically
active material
is produced and
ATP synthesis
also takes
place. ATP is
produced during
glyoxylate-
glycolate
shuttle. T his
ATP helps in the
active pumping
of water in the
guard cells and
stomata open.
Stomata close
when this
process is
reversed.
495 In guard cells closes opens partially opens fully remains A In guard cells
when sugar is completely unchanged. when sugar is
converted into converted into
starch, the starch, the
stomatal pore stomatal pore
closes
completely. At
night time, the
CO2 released
during
respiration
accumulates. As
a result, the
acidity of the
guard cells
increases and
pH decreases.
The decreased
pH favours
conversion of
sugar to starch.
Pressure of the
guard cells fall
and hence they
become flaccid.
As a result,
stomatal
aperture closes.
496 At constant sea level 1 km below sea 1 km above sea 1.5 km above D At constant
temperature, the level level sea level. temperature, the
rate of rate of
transpiration will transpiration will
be higher at be higher at 1.5
km above the
sea level. At
lower
atmospheric
pressure there
is increase in
the rate of
evaporation.
497 Conversion of stomatal stomatal closing stomatal stomatal activity. A There is
starch to organic opening formation evidence to
acids is required believe that
for besides organic
 acids the
turgidity of
guard cells is
usually
controlled by
K+, Cl– and H+.
The opening of
stomata is
initiated by
exertion of H+
by guard cells,
intake of K+ and
Cl–,
disappearance
of starch and
appearance of
organic acids
like malic acid.
498 In terrestrial water transpiration thermoperiodism translocation. B In terrestrial
habitats, transformations habitats,
temperature and temperature and
rainfall rainfall
conditions are conditions are
influenced by influenced by
transpiration.
The rate of
transpiration is
directly
proportional to
the saturation
deficit of
atmosphere.
Plants growing
in region where
transpiration is
meagre, do not
show over
heating. So
transpiration
prevents
overheating.
499 The most widely capillarity role of pulsating action transpiration pull D Transpiration
accepted theory atmospheric of living cell and cohesion pull cohesion
for ascent of sap pressure theory of Dixon theory for
in trees is and Jolly. ascent of sap in
 trees is most
widely accepted.
This concept
was proposed
by Dixon and
Jolly, 1884. It is
based upon
three basic
assumptions
which are
cohesion in
between water
molecules,
continuity of
water column
and
transpiration
pull.
500 Stomata open circadian rhythm genetic clock pressure of turgor pressure D The pressure
and close due to gases inside the of guard cells. that develops in
leaves a cell due to
osmotic
diffusion of
water inside it, is
called turgor
pressure.
Stomata open
and close due to
turgor pressure
of guard cells.
When turgid,
they swell and
bend outward.
As a result, the
stomatal
aperture opens.
When they are f
laccid, the
tension from the
wall is released
and the stomatal
aperture closes.
501 Phenyl mercuric reduced reduced reduced killing of plants. B Phenyl mercuric
acetate (PMA) photosynthesis transpiration respiration acetate (PMA)
results in results in
 reduced
transpiration.
PMA is an
antitranspirant.
These are some
chemicals
whose limited
application on
the leaf surface
reduces or
checks
transpiration.
502 Transpiration is good soil high wind dry environment high D Transpiration is
least in moisture velocity atmospheric least in high
humidity. atmospheric
humidity. The
rate of
transpiration is
directly
proportional to
the saturation
deficit. In other
words,
transpiration
rate depends
upon the
gradient of
vapour
pressure.
Hence, at high
atmospheric
humidity
transpiration
rate is low.
503 When water osmosis passive endocytosis active B Water is
enters in roots absorption absorption. absorbed from
due to diffusion, soil by root
is termed as system and
mainly by root
tips. There are
two independent
mechanisms of
water absorption
in plants-active
water absorption
and passive
water
absorption. In
active water
aborption, water
is absorbed by
the activity of
the root itself. In
passive water
absorption,
transpiration pull
is responsible
for absorption of
water.
According to this
theory loss of
water from
mesophyll cells
of leaves in
transpiration
decreases their
TP and hence
increases their
DPD. As a result
of their
increased DPD,
they absorb
water from
adjacent xylem
vessels of
leaves. This
xylem of the
leaves is in
continuation
with xylem of
stem and roots
and hence this
pull is
transmitted
downwards. The
pull or tension is
removed only
when water is
absorbed
through root hair
 and this is
passive water
absorption. T
hus transpiration
pull is
responsible for
passive water
absorption.
504 Poisons like ATP is the energy for Na+- ATP is Na+-K+ B Active transport
cyanide inhibit carrier protein in K+ exchange hydrolysed by exchange pump is uphill
Na+ efflux and the transport pump comes ATPase to operates in the movement of
K+ influx during system from ATP release energy cell. materials across
cellular the membrane
transport. This where the solute
inhibitory effect particles move
is reversed by against their
an injection of chemical
ATP. This concentration or
demonstrates electrochemical
that gradient. Hence,
the transport
requires energy
in the form of
ATP. Metabolic
inhibitors like
cyanide inhibit
absorption of
solutes by
lowering the rate
of respiration.
Consequently
less ATP are
formed.
However, by
adding ATP,
active transport
is facilitated. It
occurs in plants
as in climacteric
fruits and under
cold, stress,
ATP synthesis
does not occur.
Reducing power
present in
 reduced
coenzymes is
oxidised to
produce heat
energy.
Therefore, the
heat liberation
pathway of
terminal
oxidation is
cyanide
resistant. In
normal aerobic
respiration, the
effect of cyanide
poisoning can
be minimised by
immediate
supply of ATP.
505 Minerals xylem phloem sieve tubes none of the A Minerals
absorbed by above. absorbed by
root move to the roots move to
leaf through the leaf through
xylem. Xylem
plays an
important role in
conduction of
water. Hence,
when water
moves upward
through xylem,
minerals are
also absorbed
by the roots and
move towards
leaves through
xylem only. This
is known as
ascent of sap.
506 What is the Bi-directional Non- Upward Downward A Food is
direction of multidirectional transported by
movement of vascular tissue
sugars in phloem from a
phloem? source to sink.
Source is a part
 that synthesises
food and sink is
a part that
stores or needs
the food. Since
source and sink
can be reversed
depending on
plant’s need,
therefore
direction of
movement of
sugar in phloem
can be
bidirectional,
i.e., both
upwards or
downwards.
507 In a ring girdled the shoot and neither root nor the shoot dies the root dies D In girdling or
plant root die together shoot will die first first. ringing
experiments, a
ring of bark is
cut from the
stem. It also
removes
phloem.
Nutrients collect
above the ring,
where the bark
also swells up
and may give
rise to
adventitious
roots. Growth is
also vigorous
above the ring.
The tissues
below the ring
not only show
stoppage of
growth but also
begin to shrivel.
Roots can be
starved and
killed, if the ring
 is not healed
after some time.
Killing of roots
shall kill the
whole plant,
clearly showing
that bark or
phloem is
involved in the
movement of
organic solutes
towards root.
508 Loading of increase of elongation of separation of separation of A When the
phloem is sugar in phloem phloem cell phloem phloem phloem cells,
related to parenchyma parenchyma just near the
source, for
example green
leaves attain
higher
concentration of
sugars, it is
called the
process of
phloem loading.
Sucrose is
photosynthesise
d in the
chloroplasts of
mesophyll cells
of leaves.
Mesophyll cells
are connected
with each other
through
plasmodesmata.
Similarly
plasmodesmata
are also present
between the
mesophyll cells
and companion
cells and also
between
mesophyll cells
and sieve tubes.
 T here
plasmodesmata
are the
“channels”
meant for the
passage of
sucrose.
509 Bidirectional parenchyma cambium cambium phloem. D The movement
translocation of of organic food
solutes takes or solute in
place in soluble form
from one part to
another part is
called
translocation of
solutes, e.g.,
from leaves to
stem and roots
for consumption.
The movement
of organic
material is
bidirectional.
Because xylem
is responsible
for upward
movement of
water and
minerals, so it
cannot account
for downward
translocation of
solute at the
same time.
Cortex and pith
are not
structurally
suitable for this
purpose. Thus
only phloem is
left where there
is end to end
arrangement of
sieve tubes
united by sieve
 pores which is
responsible for
translocation of
solutes in both
directions.
510 Translocation of glucose maltose starch sucrose D Translocation of
carbohydrate carbohydrates,
nutrients usually nutrients usually
occurs in the occurs in the
form of form of sucrose
through sieve
tube of phloem.
511 Which is correct Organic food Organic food Inorganic food Organic food D Phloem is the
about transport moves up moves up moves upwardly moves upwardly food conducting
of conduction of through phloem through xylem and downwardly and downwardly tissue of plants.
substances? through xylem through phloem T he sieve tubes
are food
conducting
elements of the
plants. It is
proposed that
food is
translocated by
mass f low or by
streaming
currents of
protoplasm.
512 Death of transport of sap transport of food absorption of gaseous A Death of
protoplasm is a water exchange. protoplasm is a
pre-requisite for pre-requisite for
a vital function a vital functions
like like transport of
sap. Xylem is a
dead tissue and
do not have
protoplasm,
xylem performs
the function of
transport of
water or sap
inside the plant
from roots to
leaves.
513 UNIT 5: Human Adult human Only (1) (1), (3) and (4) (2) and (3) Only (4) D Red blood cells
Physiology RBCs are of adult humans
 enucleate. do not have cell
Which of the organelles
following including
statement(s) nucleus, Golgi
is/are most bodies,
appropriate mitochondria,
explanation for ribosomes, etc.
this feature?(1) It increases the
They do not surface area of
need to RBCs and
reproduce.(2) enables them to
They are contain more
somatic cells.(3) haemoglobin
They do not (the oxygen
metabolise.(4) carrying
All their internal pigment).
space is
available for
oxygen
transport.
514 5.3 Body fluids Name the blood Erythrocytes Leucocytes Neutrophils Thrombocytes D Thrombocytes
and circulation: cells, whose are called blood
Composition of reduction in platelets. They
blood, blood number can are minute disc-
groups, cause clotting shaped cell
coagulation of disorder, leading fragments in
blood; to excessive mammalian
Composition of loss of blood blood. They are
lymph and its from the body. formed as
function; fragments of
Human larger cells
circulatory found in red
system- bone marrow;
Structure of they have no
human heart nucleus. They
and blood play an
vessels; important role in
Cardiac cycle, blood clotting
cardiac output, and release
ECG, Double thromboxane
circulation; A2, serotonin
Regulation of and other
38 cardiac chemicals,
activity; which cause a
Disorders of chain of events
 circulatory leading to the
system- formation of a
Hypertension, plug at the site
Coronary of the damage,
artery disease, thus preventing
Angina further blood
pectoris, Heart loss. A reduction
failure in their number
can lead to
clotting factors
which will lead
to excessive
loss of blood
from the body.
515 Zoology- Serum differs lacking globulins lacking albumins lacking clotting lacking C Serum is the
Human from blood in factors antibodies. fluid that
Physiology separates from
blood plasma on
centrifugation.
Serum is
essentially
similar in
composition to
plasma but
lacks fibrinogen
and other
substances that
are used in the
coagulation
process.
516 Erythropoiesis spleen red bone kidney liver. B Erythropoiesis is
starts in marrow the formation of
red blood cells
(erythrocytes)
which occurs in
the red bone
marrow.
517 Person with both A and B both A and B no antigen on both A and B A Individuals with
blood group AB antigens on antibodies in the RBC and no antigens in the AB blood group
is considered as RBC but no plasma antibody in the plasma but no have both
universal antibodies in the plasma antibodies. antigen A and B
recipient plasma on their RBCs,
because he has and no
antibodies for
either of the
 antigen in their
plasma. Type O
individuals are
without A and B
antigens on their
RBCs, but have
antibodies for
both these
antigens in their
plasma.
Individuals with
blood group AB
can receive
blood of A, B or
O group, while
those with blood
group O can
donate blood to
anyone.
518 A certain road Blood group B Blood group AB Blood group O Blood group A C The blood group
accident patient was O. The
with unknown person having O
blood group blood group is
needs universal donor.
immediate blood It lacks both
transfusion. His antigens ‘A’ and
one doctor ‘B’ thus does not
friend at once cause
offers his blood. agglutination or
What was the clumping of
blood group of blood cells when
the donor? transfused into
person with any
of the four blood
groups.
519 Which one of Gall bladder Kidney Spleen Liver C Spleen is a
the following vertebrate
human organs is organ, lying
often called the behind the
“graveyard” of stomach, that is
RBCs? basically a
collection of
lymphoid tissue.
Its functions
include
 producing
lymphocytes
and destroying
foreign particles.
It acts as a
reservoir for
RBCs and can
regulate the
number in
circulation. It is
also the site for
the breakdown
of worn out
RBCs and thus
is known as
“graveyard” of
RBCs.
520 Which one of Albumin Serum amylase Globulin Fibrinogen D Blood plasma is
the following a faint yellow,
plasma proteins slightly alkaline
is involved in the and somewhat
coagulation of viscous fluid.
blood? The plasma
contains a
number of
proteins: serum
albumin, serum
globulins,
properdin,
prothrombin and
fibrinogen.
Prothrombin and
fibrinogen play
an important
role in blood
clotting.
521 A person with Type B Type AB Type O Type A C The blood group
unknown blood was O. The
group under person having O
ABO system, blood group is
has suffered universal donor.
much blood loss It lacks both
in an accident antigens ‘A’ and
and needs ‘B’ thus does not
immediate blood cause
 transfusion. His agglutination or
friend who has clumping of
valid certificate blood cells when
of his own blood transfused into
type, offers for person with any
blood donation of the four blood
without delay. groups.
What would
have been the
type of blood
group of the
donor friend?
522 Which two of the (ii) and (iii) (iii) and (iv) (i) and (iv) (i) and (ii). A The body
following undergoes
changes (i –iv) numerous
usually tend to changes at
occur in the higher elevation
plain dwellers in order to
when they move increase oxygen
to high altitudes delivery to cells
(3,500 m or and improve
more)? (i) efficiency of
Increase in red oxygen use. The
blood cell size early changes
(ii) Increase in include
red blood cell increased
production (iii) breathing rate,
Increased increased heart
breathing rate rate and fluid
(iv) Increase in shifts. The later
thrombocyte changes
count Changes includes
occurring are increased red
blood cell
production,
increased 2, 3
DPG production
and increased
number of
capillaries.
523 Globulins osmotic balance oxygen transport clotting of blood defence D Globulins in
contained in of body fluids in the blood mechanisms of human blood
human blood body. plasma are
plasma are primarily
primarily involved in
 involved in defence
mechanisms of
body. Globulins
like
immunoglobulin
s act as
antibodies that
destroy bacteria,
viruses and
toxic substances
that may enter
into the blood
from outside.
524 The most overdominance one antibody no antigens A other antigens C In ABO blood
popularly known of this type on only - either anti and B on RBCs besides A and B group, O refers
blood grouping the genes for A - A or anti - B on on RBCs to O blood
is the ABO and B types the RBCs group. It has no
grouping. It is antigen (A and
named ABO and B) on RBCs.
not ABC,
because “O” in it
refers to having
525 The most active eosinophils and neutrophils and neutrophils and lymphocytes B Phagocytes are
phagocytic white lymphocytes monocytes eosinophils and cells that are
blood cells are macrophages. able to engulf
and breakdown
foreign particles,
cell debris and
disease
producing
microorganisms.
Neutrophils and
monocytes (type
of white blood
cells) are the
most active
phagocytic cells.
526 Which type of Eosinophils Eosinophils Neutrophils Basophils D Basophils have
white blood cells nucleus which is
are concerned three-lobed and
with the release have less
of histamine and number of
the natural coarse granules.
anticoagulant Their granules
heparin? take basic stain
 and release
heparin,
histamine and
serotonin.
527 A drop of each Blood serum Sample from the Whole blood Blood plasma A Blood serum is
of the following, thoracic duct of from pulmonary blood plasma
is placed lymphatic vein from which the
separately on system fibrin and
four slides. clotting factors
Which of them have been
will not removed by
coagulate? centrifugation or
vigorous stirring,
so that it cannot
clot. Serum
containing a
specific antibody
or antitoxin may
be used in the
treatment or
prevention of
certain
infections. Such
serum is
generally
derived from a
non-human
mammal (e.g., a
horse).
528 In the ABO B O AB A C Individuals with
system of blood AB blood group
groups, if both have both
antigens are antigen A and B
present but no on their RBCs,
antibody, the and no
blood group of antibodies for
the individual either of the
would be antigen in their
plasma. Type O
individuals are
without A and B
antigens on their
RBCs, but have
antibodies for
both these
 antigens in their
plasma.
Individuals with
blood group AB
can receive
blood of A, B or
O group, while
those with blood
group O can
donate blood to
anyone.
529 Erythroblastosis Rh– female and Rh+ female and Rh+ female and Rh– female and A If fertilisation
fetalis is caused Rh+ male Rh– male Rh+ male Rh– male. takes place
when fertilisation between
takes place gametes of Rh–
between female and Rh+
gametes of male then the
resulting fetus’
blood is Rh+.
The Rh+ blood
of the fetus
stimulates the
formation of anti
Rh factors in the
mother’s blood.
In second
pregnancy (with
Rh+ fetus), the
anti Rh factors
of the mother’s
blood destroy
the fetal red
blood
corpuscles. T
his is called
erythroblastosis
fetalis. New
born may
survive but it is
often anaemic.
The Rh– child
does not suffer.
530 Which statement Non-nucleated In deficiency, Manufactured in Can squeeze D WBCs are the
is true for WBC? cancer is thymus through blood colourless
caused capillaries nucleated
 amoeboid cells
that can
squeeze
through blood
capillaries by a
process known
as diapedesis.
The increase in
their number
causes
leukemia, a
cancer. WBCs
are of two types,
granulocytes
(formed in bone
marrow) and
agranulocytes
(formed in bone
marrow and
thymus).
531 Which is the Potassium Magnesium Calcium Sodium D Blood consists
principal cation of a watery fluid
in the plasma of called plasma.
the blood? Plasma is a faint
yellow, slightly
alkaline, viscous
fluid. It consists
of 90% water,
1% inorganic
salts, 7% or 8%
proteins and 1%
of other
substances. The
inorganic salts
in plasma occur
as ions. Sodium
is the main
cation of plasma
and chloride, the
main anion.
Potassium,
calcium and
magnesium
occur in small
amount.
532 The problem, during in a test tube through both (a) and (c). D A protein named
due to Rh– pregnancy transfusion as Rhesus
factor arises antigen, is
when the blood present on the
of two (Rh+ and surface of red
Rh–) mix up blood
corpuscles.
Persons having
this Rhesus
antigen (Rh
factor) are
called Rh
positive (Rh+).
Others who do
not have this
factor are known
as Rh negative
(Rh–). Both Rh+
and Rh–
individuals are
phenotypically
normal. The
problem arises
during blood
transfusion and
pregnancy. T he
first blood
transfusion of
Rh+ blood to the
person with Rh–
blood causes no
harm because
the Rh– person
develops anti
Rh factors or
antibodies in
his/her blood. In
second blood
transfusion of
Rh+ blood to the
Rh– person, the
latter’s anti Rh
factors attack
and destroy the
red blood
 corpuscles of
the donor. If
father’s blood is
Rh+, mother’s
blood is Rh–
and fetus’ blood
is Rh+. Then in
second
pregnancy (with
Rh+ fetus), the
anti Rh factors
of the mother’s
blood destroy
the fetal red
blood
corpuscles.
533 Which of the Basophil Neutrophil Lymphocyte Eosinophil C Agranulocytes
following is are leucocytes
agranulocyte? that lack
granules in the
cytoplasm. They
are formed in
spleen and
lymph nodes
and bone
marrow. Since
lymphocyte
does not have
granules in their
cytoplasm so it
is called
agranulocyte.
Lymphocytes
are important in
the body’s
defence and are
responsible for
immune
reactions as the
presence of
antigens
stimulates them
to produce
antibodies.
Another type of
 agranulocyte is
monocyte. The
other three are
granulocytes
which are
produced in red
bone marrow.
534 The life span of between 2 to 3 more than 4 less than 10 between 20 to C WBCs (also
human WBC is months months days 30 days. called
approximately leucocytes) are
rounded or
irregular
colourless cells
with a nucleus.
They can
change their
shape and are
capable of
amoeboid
movement.
Leucocytes,
formed in lymph
nodes and red
bone marrow,
can produce
antibodies and
move through
the walls of
vessels to
migrate to the
sites of injuries,
where they
surround and
isolate dead
tissue, foreign
bodies and
bacteria. They
survive for a few
days generally
3-4 days after
which they die
and get
phagocytised in
blood, liver and
lymph nodes.
535 Vitamin K is change of synthesis of change of formation of B Vitamin K is
required for prothrombin into prothrombin fibrinogen to thromboplastin. essential for
thrombin fibrin blood clotting as
it is necessary
for the synthesis
of prothrombin
in the liver.
536 Cells formed in RBCs RBCs and leucocytes lymphocytes. B In the embryo
bone marrow leucocytes and foetal stage
include of vertebrates,
RBCs and
leucocytes are
formed in the
bone marrow,
lymph nodes,
yolk sac, liver,
spleen and
thymus but after
birth they are
formed in red
bone marrow
only.
537 Component of thrombocytes monocytes erythrocytes lymphocytes. D Lymphocytes
blood have a very
responsible for large, rounded
producing nucleus and
antibodies is scanty
cytoplasm. They
are nonmotile
and
nonphagocytic.
They secrete
antibodies to
destory
microbes and
their toxins,
reject grafts and
kill tumour cells.
They also help
in healing of
injuries.
Thrombocytes
aid in clotting of
blood.
Monocytes are
 phagocytic in
nature and
erythrocytes
(RBCs)
transport gases
in the body.
538 Carbonic lymphocytes blood plasma RBCs leucocytes. C During transport
anhydrase of CO2 in the
occurs in blood, about
70% of CO2
released by
respiring tissue
cells is
transported as
bicarbonate
ions. It diffuses
into the plasma
and then into
the RBCs. Here,
CO2 combines
with water to
form carbonic
acid. This
reaction is
catalyzed by a
zinc containing
enzyme
carbonic
anhydrase.
Carbonic acid
dissociates into
bicarbonate and
hydrogen ions.
A small amount
of bicarbonate
ions is
transported in
the RBCs,
whereas most of
them diffuse into
the plasma to be
carried by it.
539 Removal of cause delayed prevent clotting cause prevent B Thromboplastin,
calcium from clotting immediate destruction of a lipoprotein,
freshly collected clotting haemoglobin helps in clot
 blood would formation.
Thromboplastin
helps in the
formation of an
enzyme
prothrombinase.
This enzyme
inactivates
heparin and it
also converts
the inactive
plasma protein
prothrombin into
its active form,
thrombin. Both
the changes
require calcium
ions. Thrombin
converts f
ibrinogen
molecule to
insoluble fibrin.
The fibrin
monomers
polymerise to
form long, sticky
fibres. The f
ibrin threads
form a fine
network over the
wound and trap
blood
corpuscles
(RBCs, WBCs,
platelets) to
form a crust, the
clot. Thus, if
calcium is
removed from
the blood,
clotting process
will not occur.
540 Which one Acidophils Monocytes Basophils Neutrophils D Neutrophils, are
engulfs the most
pathogens abundant type
rapidly? of white blood
cells and form
an integral part
of the immune
system. These
phagocytes are
normally found
in the blood
stream.
However, during
the acute phase
of inflammation,
particularly as a
result of
bacterial
infection,
neutrophils
leave the
vasculature and
migrate toward
the site of
inflammation in
a process called
chemotaxis.
They are the
predominant
cells in pus,
accounting for
its
whitish/yellowish
appearance.
Neutrophils
react within an
hour of tissue
injury and are
the hallmark of
acute
inflammation.
Monocytes are
also phagocytes
but take 7-8
hours to reach
at the site of
injury.
Acidophils and
 basophils are
not phagocytic
in nature.
541 Child death may Rh+ man and Rh+ man and Rh– man and Rh– man and B Rh factor plays
occur in the Rh+ woman Rh– woman Rh– woman Rh+ woman. a crucial role in
marriage of child’s birth born
out of a
marriage
between Rh–
woman and a
Rh+ man. In
such a case, the
mother
becomes
sensitive while
carrying a first
Rh+ child within
her womb. The
reason for such
sensitivity is that
some of the
RBCs from the
developing
embryo get into
the blood
stream of the
mother during
development,
causing her to
produce anti-Rh
antibodies. In
fact, the first
child of such
parents is nearly
normal and is
delivered safely.
However, if such
a mother gets
pregnant again,
the subsequent
Rh+ foetuses
will be exposed
to the anti-Rh
antibodies
produced by the
 mother. As a
result serious
damage to the
red blood cells
of the
developing
embryo will
occur causing
haemolytic
disease of the
newborn (HDN)
or
erythroblastosis
fetalis. This
disease leads to
the death of the
developing
embryo before
birth or after
parturition.
542 Breakdown bilirubin iron biliverdin calcium A The
product of haemoglobin is
haemoglobin is broken down
into haem i.e.,
iron and globin
protein which is
then converted
into yellowish
substance
bilirubin which is
extracted by the
liver cells from
the blood and
stored in the
form of bile in
gall bladder.
543 RBCs do not frog cow camel cockroach. D RBCs do not
occur in occur in the
blood of
cockroach. T he
circulatory
system of
cockroach is of
open type.
Viscera lie in the
 haemocoel
immersed in
blood called
haemolymph.
The latter
consists of
colourless
plasma and
irregular white
corpuscles, the
leucocytes.
There are no
blood vessels
except aorta
that carries
blood from the
heart to the
haemocoel.
544 Which one of Lymph = Plasma Blood = Plasma Plasma = Blood Plasma = Blood B Lymph =
the following is + RBC + WBC + RBC + WBC + – Lymphocytes – Lymphocytes Plasma + WBC
correct? Platelets Plasma = Blood
– Cellular
components
Serum = Plasma
– Clotting
factors
545 Which of the Forming RBCs Destroying Forming WBCs Forming A Formation of
following is not bacteria antibodies WBCs,
the main antibodies and
function of destruction of
lymph glands? bacteria occur in
lymph glands
while formation
of RBCs occur
in bone marrow.
Lymph gland is
a rounded mass
of lymphatic
tissue that is
surrounded by a
capsule of
connective
tissue. Lymph
glands filter
lymph
 (lymphatic fluid)
and they store
lymphocytes
(white blood
cells). They are
located along
lymphatic
vessels. They
are also called
lymph node.
546 The lymph return the return the WBCs transport CO2 to transport O2 to A Lymph (also
serves to interstitial fluid to and RBCs to the the lungs the brain. called tissue
the blood lymph nodes fluid in the
intercellular
spaces) is the
colourless liquid
found within the
lymphatic
system. An
important
function of
lymph is to
return interstitial
fluid back to the
blood. The
interstitial fluid is
the filtered form
of the blood
without the
cellular
components and
plasma proteins.
It consists of
water containing
dissolved
materials. It
receives CO2,
nitrogenous
waste products,
hormones and
other synthetic
substances from
the tissue cells
and enters the
lymph capillaries
 to discharge
them into blood.
547 The QRS repolarisation of depolarisation of depolarisation of repolarisation of C The QRS
complex in a auricles auricles ventricles ventricles. complex
standard ECG represents the
represents depolarisation of
the ventricles,
that initiates the
ventricular
contraction.
548 What would be 125 beats per 50 beats per 75 beats per 100 beats per D Stroke volume =
the heart rate of minute minute minute minute End diastolic
a person if the volume – End
cardiac output is systolic volume
5 L, blood = 100 – 50 = 50
volume in the mL Cardiac
ventricles at the output = Heart
end of diastole beat × Stroke
is 100 mL and at volume \ Heart
the end of beat = Cardic
ventricular output/Stroke
systole is 50 mL volume =
? 5000/50 = 100
beats per
minute
549 Doctors use AV node AV valves open Ventricular walls Semilunar D Second heart
stethoscope to receives signal up vibrate due to valves close sound i.e., dup
hear the sounds from SA node gushing in of down after the is caused by the
produced during blood from atria blood flows into closure of the
each cardiac vessels from semilunar
cycle. The ventricles. valves and
second sound is marks the end
heard when of ventricular
systole.
550 Blood pressure systole of the left diastole of the systole of the diastole of the A The temporary
in the ventricle right atrium left atrium right ventricle. rise in blood
mammalian pressure during
aorta is the contraction
maximum during of the heart is
called systolic
pressure and
the temporary
fall in blood
pressure during
relaxation of the
 heart is called
diastolic
pressure. Blood
pressure is
expressed as
the ratio of the
systolic
pressure over
the diastolic
pressure. For a
healthy resting
adult person,
the average
systolic/diastolic
pressures are
120/80 mmHg.
Aorta is directly
supplied by left
ventricle thus,
the blood
pressure in
aorta is highest
during systole of
left ventricle.
During it, left
ventricle
contracts and
pushes blood
into aorta.
551 ‘Bundle of His’ is Brain Heart Kidney Pancreas B ‘Bundle of His’ is
a part of which a part of heart.
one of the A bundle of
following organs nodal fibres,
in humans? atrioventricular
bundle (AV
bundle),
continues from
the
atrioventricular
node (AVN) and
passes through
the
atrioventricular
septa. It
emerges on the
 top of the
interventricular
septum and
immediately
divides into a
right and left
bundle, which
give rise to
minute fibres
throughout the
ventricular
musculature of
the respective
sides called
Purkinje fibres.
These fibres
along with right
and left bundles
are known as
Bundle of His.
552 If due to some The flow of The ‘pacemaker’ The blood will The flow of D Tricuspid valve
injury the blood into the will stop tend to flow blood into the is the valve in
chordae aorta will be working. back into the left pulmonary the heart
tendinae of the slowed down. atrium. artery will be between the
tricuspid valve of reduced. right atrium and
the human heart right ventricle. It
is partially non- consists of three
functional, what cusps that
will be the channel the flow
immediate of blood from
effect? the atrium to the
ventricle. When
the right
ventricle
contracts,
forcing blood
into the
pulmonary
artery, the
tricuspid valve
closes the
aperture to the
atrium, thereby
preventing any
backflow of
 blood. The valve
reopens to allow
blood to f low
from the atrium
into the
ventricle. Thus,
if tricuspid valve
is partially non-
functional the
flow of blood
into the
pulmonary
artery will be
reduced.
553 In humans, stimulation of pressure pushing open of suction pull. B Tricuspid valve
blood passes the sino difference the venous is the valve in
from the post auricular node between the valves the heart
caval to the post caval and between the
diastolic right atrium right atrium and
atrium of heart right ventricle. It
due to consists of three
cusps that
channel the flow
of blood from
the atrium to the
ventricle. When
the right
ventricle
contracts,
forcing blood
into the
pulmonary
artery, the
tricuspid valve
closes the
aperture to the
atrium, thereby
preventing any
backflow of
blood. The valve
reopens to allow
blood to f low
from the atrium
into the
ventricle. Thus,
 if tricuspid valve
is partially non-
functional the
flow of blood
into the
pulmonary
artery will be
reduced.
554 Which one of Octopus Pheretima Periplaneta Hirudinaria C Periplaneta has
the following has open circulatory
an open system, i.e., the
circulatory blood does not
system? flow in blood
vessels but
flows in a
haemocoel
(body cavity).
The circulatory
systems of all
vertebrates, as
well as of
annelids (for
example,
earthworms)
and
cephalopods
(squid and
Octopus) are
closed, in which
the blood never
leaves the
system of blood
vessels
consisting of
arteries,
capillaries and
veins.
555 Bundle of His is muscle fibres muscle fibres nerve fibres nerve fibres B Bundle of His is
a network of distributed found only in the distributed in found a part of heart.
throughout the ventricle wall ventricles throughout the A bundle of
heart walls heart nodal fibres,
atrioventricular
bundle (AV
bundle),
continues from
 the
atrioventricular
node (AVN) and
passes through
the
atrioventricular
septa. It
emerges on the
top of the
interventricular
septum and
immediately
divides into a
right and left
bundle, which
give rise to
minute fibres
throughout the
ventricular
musculature of
the respective
sides called
Purkinje fibres.
These fibres
along with right
and left bundles
are known as
Bundle of His.
556 Impulse of heart SA node AV node vagus nerve cardiac nerve. A SA (sinoatrial)
beat originates node is a
from specialised
bundle of
neurons located
in the upper part
of the right
atrium of the
heart. SA node
is the natural
cardiac
pacemaker from
which the heart
beat originates.
557 The neurogenic humans arthropods rabbits rats. B The neurogenic
heart is the heart is a
characteristic characteristic
 feature of feature of most
arthropods and
some annelids.
In this, the heart
beat is initiated
by a nerve
impulse coming
from a nerve
ganglion
situated near
the heart. The
myogenic heart
is a
characteristic
feature of
molluscs and
vertebrates. In
this, heart beat
is initiated by a
patch of
modified heart
muscle itself.
So, humans,
rabbits and rats
have myogenic
heart.
558 The pacesetter sino-atrial node atrio-ventricular Purkinje fibres papillary muscle. B AV
in the heart is (SAN) node (AVN) (atrioventricular)
called node is a mass
of modified
heart muscle
situated in the
lower middle
part of the right
atrium. It
receives the
impulse to
contract from
the SA node via
the atria and
transmits it
through the
atrioventricular
bundles to the
ventricles. AV
 node is called
the pacesetter.
Here, the
impulses are
delayed for 0.1
second to
ensure that the
auricles will
contract first and
empty fully
before the
ventricles
contract.
559 The hepatic stomach kidneys intestine heart A Blood enters the
portal vein liver from two
drains blood to sources. From
liver from the hepatic
artery, it gets
oxygenated
blood and from
the hepatic
portal vein, it
receives
deoxygenated
blood. Blood in
the hepatic
artery comes
from the aorta.
Blood in the
hepatic portal
vein comes
directly from the
intestine
containing newly
absorbed
nutrients,
stomach, etc.
560 In mammals, Hepatic vein Hepatic portal Renal vein Dorsal aorta A Hepatic vein
which blood vein carries largest
vessel would amount of urea.
normally carry Urea is
largest amount produced in
of urea? liver. Hepatic
vein transports
liver’s
 deoxygenated
blood to heart
for oxygenation.
561 Which one of Whale Shark Frog Lizard A Whale is a
the following mammal and in
animals has two mammals, two
separate separate
circulatory circulatory
pathways? pathways are
found —
systemic
circulation and
pulmonary
circulation.
Oxygenated and
deoxygenated
bloods received
by the left and
right atria
respectively
pass on to the
left and right
ventricles. Thus,
oxygenated and
deoxygenated
bloods are not
mixed. T his is
referred to as
double
circulation.
562 Arteries are best supply carry blood break up into carry blood from B Arteries and
defined as the oxygenated away from the capillaries which one visceral veins are main
vessels which blood to the heart to different reunite to form a organ to another blood vessels.
different organs organs vein visceral organ. Arteries carry
blood from the
heart to different
body parts.
Veins bring
blood from
different body
parts to the
heart.
563 Fastest muscles arteries veins lymph vessels. C Intravenous
distribution of injection is given
some injectible for rapid
 material/ distribution of
medicine and drugs/substance
with no risk of . Intra-muscular
any kind can be injection is given
achieved by for producing
injecting it into local effect.
the
564 Difference no endothelium valves thicker walls oxygenated C An artery has
between blood. thick and more
pulmonary elastic wall but
artery and its lumen is
pulmonary vein narrow as
is that, the compared to
pulmonary vein. Pulmonary
artery has artery carries
deoxygenated
blood from the
right ventricle to
the lungs for
oxygenation.
Pulmonary vein
carries
oxygenated
blood from the
lungs to the left
auricle.
565 In which point, Its lumen is Its wall is thick. It has valves. It does not B An artery has
pulmonary broad. possess thick and more
artery is different endothelium elastic wall but
from pulmonary its lumen is
vein? narrow as
compared to
vein. Pulmonary
artery carries
deoxygenated
blood from the
right ventricle to
the lungs for
oxygenation.
Pulmonary vein
carries
oxygenated
blood from the
lungs to the left
auricle.
566 Which Spleen Liver Gill Lung A Spleen receives
vertebrate organ only oxygenated
receives only blood from the
oxygenated heart through
blood? splenic artery.
The liver
receives a blood
supply from two
sources. The
first is the
hepatic artery
which delivers
oxygenated
blood from the
general
circulation. The
second is the
hepatic portal
vein delivering
deoxygenated
blood from the
small intestine
containing
nutrients. The
blood flows
through the liver
tissue to the
hepatic cells
where many
metabolic
functions take
place. The blood
drains out of the
liver via the
hepatic vein. Gill
and lung receive
deoxygenated
blood as these
are the organs
where
oxygenation of
blood takes
place.
567 In veins, valves atmospheric high pressure low pressure all of these. C Veins carry
are present to pressure blood at low
 check backward pressure as
flow of blood compared to
flowing at blood carried by
arteries. Arteries
carry blood from
the heart whose
function is to
pump blood at
high pressure so
that blood can
reach each and
every part of the
body. Veins
carry blood from
tissues to the
heart, so they
carry blood at
low pressure.
Valves are
present in the
veins to prevent
backflow of
blood due to
force of gravity.
568 Blood capillaries endothelium, endothelium and endothelium and endothelium D The wall of
are made of connective muscle fibres connective only. capillaries is
tissue and tissue very thin
muscle f ibres (usually less
than one
micron) and
have numerous
minute pores
and made up of
only
endothelium.
Exchange of
material takes
place between
blood and tissue
fluid across the
endothelial
membrane of
capillaries
through active
diffusion.
569 Splenic artery anterior coeliac artery posterior intestinal artery. B The splenic
arises from mesenteric mesenteric artery is the
artery artery blood vessel
that supplies
oxygenated
blood to the
spleen. It
branches from
the coeliac
artery and
follows a course
superior to the
pancreas. The
coeliac artery is
the first major
branch of the
abdominal aorta
and branches
from the aorta
around the level
of the T12
vertebra in
humans. It is
one of three
anterior/ midline
branches of the
abdominal
aorta.
570 A vein tunica media tunica interna tunica interna, tunica media is D Wall of a vein
possesses a and tunica and tunica tunica media a thin coat. consists of
large lumen externa form a media form a and tunica tunica externa,
because single coat single coat externa are thin tunica media
and tunica
interna. All
these layers are
also present in
the wall of
artery. However,
in the wall of a
vein, the elastic
membrane of
tunica interna is
relatively thin,
and muscle
fibres and
 elastic fibres in
tunica media are
fewer T
herefore, a vein
has a thinner
and less elastic
wall but a wider
cavity than an
artery of the
same diameter.
571 Arteries carry pulmonary cardiac hepatic systemic A Pulmonary
oxygenated artery carries
blood except the blood from
the right
ventricle of the
heart to the
lungs for
oxygenation so
it carries
deoxygenated
blood.
572 How do Reduce both Heart rate is Both heart rate Heart rate A A special neural
parasympathetic heart rate and increased and cardiac decreases but centre in
neural signals cardiac output. without affecting output increase. cardiac output medulla
affect the the cardiac increases. oblongata can
working of the output. moderate the
heart? cardiac function
through
autonomic
nervous system
(ANS). Neural
signals through
the sympathetic
nerves (part of
ANS) can
increase the
rate of heart
beat, the
strength of
ventricular
contraction and
thereby the
cardiac output.
Parasympatheti
c neural signals
 (component of
ANS) decrease
the rate of heart
beat, speed of
conduction of
action potential
and thereby the
cardiac output.
573 Which one of 130/90 mm Hg 100/55 mm Hg 105/50 mm Hg 190/110 mm Hg D If repeated
the following is considered is considered an makes one very may harm vital checks of blood
statements is high and ideal blood active organs like brain pressure of an
correct requires pressure. and kidney. individual is
regarding blood treatment 140/90 mm Hg
pressure? or higher, it
shows
hypertension or
high blood
pressure. It
leads to heart
diseases and
also affects vital
organs like brain
and kidney.
574 Given below are (i) and (iv) (i) and (ii) (ii) and (iii) (iii) and (iv) A The term angina
four statements means chest
(i-iv) regarding pain. In this
human blood disease, enough
circulatory oxygen does not
system. (i) reach the heart
Arteries are muscles. T he
thick-walled and patient
have narrow experiences
lumen as heart pain
compared to usually in front
veins. (ii) Angina of the chest. AB
is acute chest blood group
pain when the person have
blood circulation both antigens A
to the brain is and B, but do
reduced. (iii) not have
Persons with antibodies in the
blood group AB plasma. Due to
can donate the presence of
blood to any both the
person with any antigens, AB
 blood group blood group
under ABO person cannot
system. (iv) donate blood to
Calcium ions anyone.
play a very However, the
important role in person can
blood clotting. receive blood
Which two of the from any blood
above group as it has
statements are no antibodies. T
correct? hus, AB blood
group is a
universal
recepient.
575 The thickening arteriosclerosis arthritis aneurysm both (b) and (c). A Arteriosclerosis
of walls of is the hardening
arteries is called of arteries and
arterioles due to
thickening of the
fibrous tissue,
and the
consequent loss
of elasticity. In
this disease,
calcium salts
precipitate with
the cholesterol.
This calcification
ultimately
makes the wall
of arteries stiff
and rigid.
576 An adult human 120 mm Hg and 50 mm Hg and 80 mm Hg and 70 mm Hg and A The temporary
with average 80 mm Hg 80 mm Hg 80 mm Hg 120 mm Hg. rise in blood
health has pressure during
systolic and the contraction
diastolic of the heart is
pressures as called systolic
pressure and
the temporary
fall in blood
pressure during
relaxation of the
heart is called
diastolic
 pressure. Blood
pressure is
expressed as
the ratio of the
systolic
pressure over
the diastolic
pressure. For a
healthy resting
adult person,
the average
systolic/diastolic
pressures are
120/80 mm Hg.
Aorta is directly
supplied by left
ventricle thus,
the blood
pressure in
aorta is highest
during systole of
left ventricle.
During it, left
ventricle
contracts and
pushes blood
into aorta.
577 UNIT 5: Human Calcium is binds to troponin activates the detaches the prevents the A Calcium ion
Physiology important in to remove the myosin ATPase myosin head formation of plays an
skeletal muscle masking of by binding to it from the actin f bonds between important role in
contraction active sites on ilament the myosin skeletal muscle
because it actin for myosin cross bridges contraction.
and the actin Muscle
filament. contraction is
initiated by
signal sent by
the central
nervous system.
The neural
signal further
spreads through
the muscle fibre
and causes the
release of
calcium ions.
 Increase in
calcium ion
levels lead to
the binding of
calcium with a
subunit of
troponin on actin
filaments and
thereby remove
the masking of
active sites for
myosin.
578 5.5 Locomotion Name the ion Calcium Magnesium Sodium Potassium A Calcium ion
and Movement: responsible for plays an
Types of unmasking of important role in
movement- active sites for muscle
ciliary, myosin for contraction.
fiagellar, cross-bridge Calcium ions
muscular; activity during bind to troponin
Skeletal muscle causing a
muscle- contraction. change in its
contractile shape and
proteins and position. Thus,
muscle in turn alters
contraction; shape and
Skeletal position of
system and its tropomyosin to
functions (To which troponin
be dealt with binds. This shift
the relevant exposes the
practical of active sites on
Practical F-actin
syllabus); molecules.
Joints; Myosin cross-
Disorders of bridge are then
muscular and able to bind to
skeletal these active
system- sites.
Myasthenia
gravis, Tetany,
Muscular
dystrophy,
Arthritis,
Osteoporosis,
Gout.
579 Locomotion Lack of tetanus tonus spasm fatigue A Tetanus refers
and Movement relaxation to continued
between state of
successive contraction of a
stimuli in muscle resulting
sustained from the
muscle summation of a
contraction is series of rapid
known as muscular
contractions
(twitches) that
are induced by
repeated
stimulation of
the muscle.
580 Zoology Sliding filament actin and myosin when when actin and A During muscle
theory can be filaments do not myofilaments myofilaments myosin filaments contraction, the
best explained shorten but slide pass each slide pass each shorten and laterally
as rather slide pass other, myosin other actin f slide pass each projecting heads
each other filaments ilaments shorten other. (cross bridges)
shorten while while myosin of the thick
actin filaments filaments do not myosin
do not shorten shorten myofilaments
come in contact
with the thin
actin
myofilaments
and rotate on
them. This pulls
the thin
myofilaments
toward the
middle of the
sarcomere, past
the thick
myofilaments.
The Z lines
come closer
together and the
sarcomere
becomes
shorter. Length
of the A band
remains
constant.
 Myofilaments
(both actin and
myosin) stay the
same length.
Free ends of
actin
myofilaments
move closer to
the centre of the
sarcomere,
bringing Z lines
closer together.
I bands shorten
and H zone
narrows. A
similar action in
all the
sarcomeres
results in
shortening of
the entire
myofibril and
thereby of the
whole fibre and
the whole
muscle.
581 Stimulation of a the neuro- the transverse the myofibril the A A neuron that
muscle fibre by muscular tubules sacroplasmic transmits a
a motor neuron junction reticulum. stimulus to
occurs at muscle tissue is
called motor
neuron. A motor
unit consists of
a single motor
neuron (nerve
cell) and the
muscle f ibres
innervates it.
The portion of
the muscle
plasma
membrane
(sarcolemma)
that lies beneath
the nerve
 endings (axon
terminals) is
called the motor
end plate. T he
axon terminals
and the motor
end plate
together
constitute the
neuro-muscular
junction or
neuromotor
junction.
582 The H-zone in the central gap extension of the absence of the central gap A Each muscle
the skeletal between actin myosin filaments myofibrils in the between myosin fibre has many
muscle fibre is filaments in the central central portion of filaments in the parallelly
due to extending portion of the A- A-band A-band. arranged
through myosin band myofibrils. Each
filaments in the myofibril
A-band contains many
serially arranged
units called
sarcomere
which are the
functional units.
Each sarcomere
has a central ‘A’
band made of
thick myosin
filaments and
two half ‘I’
bands made of
thin actin
filaments on
either side of it
marked by ‘Z’
lines. In a
resting state, the
edges of thin
filaments on
either side of the
thick filaments
partially overlap
the free ends of
the thick
 filaments
leaving the
central part of
the thick
filaments. This
central part of
thick filament,
not overlapped
by thin filaments
is called the ‘H’
zone.
583 During muscle sarcomere does A band remains A, H and I bands actin filaments B According to
contraction in not shorten same shorten shorten. sliding-filament
humans, the theory of muscle
contraction, the
actin and
myosin
filaments slide
past each other
with the help of
cross-bridge to
reduce the
length of the
sarcomeres.
The smallest
unit of muscle
contraction is a
sarcomere
(which is
delineated by Z-
lines). As a
muscle
contracts, the Z
lines come
closer together
(shortening
sarcomere), the
width of the I
bands
decreases, the
width of the H
zones
decreases, but
there is no
change in the
 width of the A
band. During
relaxation,
cross-bridges
disappear and
actin filaments
slide back from
A-bands, the
width of the
I bands and H
zones
increases, but
there is still no
change in the
width of the A
band.
584 The type of heart is intestine is thigh is striated upper arm is C Cardiac muscles
muscle present involuntary and striated and and voluntary smooth muscle are found in the
in our unstriated involuntary and fusiform in wall of the heart.
smooth muscle shape. It is involuntary
and slightly
striated. Smooth
muscles are
found in
gastrointestinal
tract. These are
nonstriated and
involuntary.
Striated (or
skeletal)
muscles are
found in the
limbs and body
walls. These
muscles are
voluntary (under
the control of
animals’ will)
and show dark
and light bands
thus are
striated.
585 The contractile troponin tropomyosin myosin α-actinin. C Myosin is a
protein of contractile
skeletal muscle protein that
 involving interacts with
ATPase activity actin to bring
is about
contraction of
muscle or cell
movement. The
type of myosin
molecule found
in muscle f ibres
consists of a tail,
by which it
aggregates with
other myosin
molecules to
form so-called
thick filaments
and a globular
head, which has
sites for the
attachment of
actin and ATP
molecule.
Troponin,
tropomyosin and
α-actinin are the
actin in the thin
filament.
586 What is Part between Part between Part between Part between D A striated
sarcomere? two H-line two A-line two I-band two Z-line muscle fibre is
bounded by
sarcolemma. It
shows
alternating dark
and light cross
bands, the
striations. Dark
band is called A
band which has
at its middle a
light zone
termed H zone.
Light band is
known as I band
which is crossed
through its
 centre by a dark
membrane
called Z line.
The part of the
muscle fibre
between two
successive Z
lines functions
as a contractile
unit called
sarcomere.
587 Which of the Tropomyosin Tubulin Myosin All of these C Myosin is a
following is the contractile
contractile protein of
protein of a muscle. Primary
muscle? myofilaments
are made up of
this protein.
Each myosin
filament is a
polymerised
protein made of
many
monomeric
proteins called
meromyosins.
Secondary
myofilaments
are composed
of a protein
actin, having
with it two
regulatory
proteins :
tropomyosin and
troponin. Myosin
interacts with
actin to bring
about
contraction of
muscle or cell
movement.
Tubulin is a
protein of which
the microtubules
 of cells are
formed
588 The functional sarcomere Z-band cross bridges myofibril. A The part of the
unit of muscle fibre
contractile between two
system in successive Z
striated muscle lines functions
is as a contractile
unit called
sarcomere.
589 When a muscle abductor regulator extremor flexor D Flexor muscle
bends one part bends one part
upon the other, of a limb on
it is called another at a
joint, e.g.,
biceps. It brings
the fore arm
towards the
upper arm.
Flexor work
antagonistically
with extensors.
Abductor
(elevator) is a
type of muscle
whose function
is to move a
limb away from
the body. E.g.,
deltoideus of
shoulder.
590 Select the There are seven 8th, 9th and 11th and 12th Each rib is a flat A Ribs 1-7 are
correct option. pairs of 10th pairs of ribs pairs of ribs are thin bone and all classified as
vertebrosternal, articulate connected to the the ribs are true ribs
three pairs of directly with the sternum with the connected (vertebrosternal
vertebrochondral sternum. help of hyaline dorsally to the ribs), ribs 8-10
and two pairs of cartilage. thoracic are false ribs
vertebral ribs. vertebrae and (vertebrochondr
ventrally to the al ribs) and ribs
sternum. 11 and 12 are
floating ribs
(vertebral ribs).
591 Out of ‘X ’ pairs X = 12, Y = 5 X = 24, Y = 2 X = 24, Y = 12 X = 12, Y = 7 D
of ribs in True ribs are The true ribs are True ribs are True ribs are
humans only ‘Y ’ attached dorsally dorsally attached
 pairs are true dorsally to attached to attached to dorsally to
ribs. Select the vertebral column vertebral column vertebral column vertebral column
option that and sternum on but are free on but are free on and ventrally to
correctly the two ends ventral side ventral side the sternum
represents
values of X and
Y and provides
their
explanation.
592 Glenoid cavity clavicle with humerus with clavicle with scapula with B Upper rounded
articulates scapula scapula acromion acromion. end of the
humerus (bone
of arm) is called
head that
articulates into
the glenoid
cavity of the
pectoral girdle
(shoulder girdle)
of scapula or
shoulder blade
bone.
593 Which one of Types of Cervical Floating ribs in Amino acids C There are
the following diabetes-3 vertebrae in humans-4 found in twelve pairs of
items gives its humans-8 proteins-16 ribs which form
correct total the bony lateral
number? walls of the
thoracic cage.
The first seven
pairs are called
true ribs; eighth,
ninth and tenth
pairs are called
false ribs. The
last two pairs of
ribs are called f
loating ribs
because their
anterior ends
are not attached
either to the
sternum or to
the cartilage of
another rib. T he
floating ribs
 protect the
kidneys.
594 In human body, Collar bones - 3 Salivary glands - Amino acids Floating ribs - 2 D Collar bones
which one of the pairs 1 pair found in pairs (Clavicle) – 2
following is proteins-16 pairs , Salivary
anatomically glands – 3 pairs,
correct? Cranial nerves –
12 pairs
595 An acromion pelvic girdle of pectoral girdle of skull of frog sperm of B Each half of
process is mammals mammals mammals. pectoral girdle is
characteristically made up of two
found in the bones scapula
and clavicle. At
the outer angle
of scapula is
present a
shallow socket
known as
glenoid cavity
into which head
of humerus
bone fits to form
a shoulder joint.
Above glenoid
cavity project
two processes -
acromion
process and
coracoid
process.
Acromion
process extends
over the glenoid
cavity and
articulates with
clavicle to form
shoulder girdle.
Coracoid
process is like a
hook and is
smaller than
acromion
process.
596 What will Bones will move Bone less Bone will Bone will B Ligaments join a
happen if freely at joint movable at joint become unfixed. become fixed. bone with
 ligaments are and no pain. and pain another bone in
torn ? movable/synovi
al joints. Torn
ligaments make
movement at
joints very
painful and
restricted.
597 Sternum is bony matter white fibrous hyaline cartilage areolar tissue. C Sternum is
connected to cartilage connected to
ribs by ribs by hyaline
cartilage (=
giving a shiny
glass like
appearance and
gives f lexibility
and support at
the joints).
Sternum is also
called breast
bone. It is a
narrow,
elongated and
flattened
structure,
present just
under the skin in
the middle of
front of the
chest. It consists
of three parts -
manubrium,
mesosternum
and xiphoid
process.
Manubrium is
the thickest,
strongest part
and articulates
with the clavicle
of pectoral girdle
and first pair of
ribs.
Mesosternum
provide
 articulation to
second to sixth
pairs of ribs and
xiphoid process
(also called
metasternum)
articulates with
seventh pair of
ribs in
association with
mesosternum.
598 Bone related coracoid arytenoid pterygoid atlas C Pterygoid is a
with skull is process that
extends from
sphenoid bone
of skull to form a
Plate like
structure. Above
the glenoid
cavity of scapula
is present two
processes -
acromion and
coracoid.
Coracoid
process is like a
hook and is
smaller than
acromion
process
projecting
upwards. Atlas
is first cervical
vertebrae.
Arytenoid is a
cartilage that
forms part of
larynx.
599 Which of the Sternum Acetabulum Glenoid cavity Ilium C The pectoral
following girdle lies on the
components is a posterolateral
part of the aspect of the
pectoral girdle? upper region of
the thorax. It
consists of 2
 bones : scapula
and clavicle.
The scapula,
also called
shoulder blade,
is a large, flat,
triangular bone
placed at the
back of the
shoulder. It has
at its lateral
angle a shallow
concavity, the
glenoid cavity,
for the
articulation of
the head of the
humerus.
Acetabulum and
ilium are parts of
pelvic girdle.
Sternum is a
long, narrow, flat
vertical bone in
the middle of the
front wall of the
chest.
600 The cervical same as in more than that double than that less than that in A The number of
vertebrae in whale in rabbit of horse giraffe. cervical
human is vertebrae are
same in man
and whale that
is 7 in number.
601 Long bones support support, support and erythrocyte B Long bones
function in erythrocyte and erythrocyte formation. strengthen the
leucocyte synthesis legs and arms,
synthesis provide support
and also
synthesise
erythrocytes and
leucocytes due
to presence of
bone marrow in
their cavities.
602 Number of more than that less than that of same as that of more than that C The vast
cervical of rabbit rabbit whale of horse. majority of
vertebrae in mammals have
camel is seven cervical
vertebrae (neck
bones),
including camel,
bats, giraffes,
whales and
humans. The
few exceptions
include the
manatee and
the two-toed
sloth, both have
only six cervical
vertebrae and
the three-toed
sloth with nine
cervical
vertebrae.
603 A deltoid ridge radius ulna femur humerus. D Humerus bone
occurs in has V-shaped
deltoid ridge. It
is important
point of muscle
attachment.
604 Which of the Synovial joint Ball and socket Fibrous joint Cartilaginous C Fibrous or
following joints joint joint immovable
would allow no joints are the
movements? joints in which
no movement
occurs between
the bones
concerned.
White fibrous
tissue is present
between the
ends of the
bones. Fibrous
joint occurs
between the
bones of the
skull called
sutures and the
 joints between
the teeth and
the maxilla and
the teeth and
the mandible.
605 Which one of Parietal bone First vertebra is The 9th and Glenoid cavity is A The bones of
the following is and the temporal axis which 10th pairs of ribs a depression to skulls are joined
the correct bone of the skull articulates with are called the f which the thigh by white f ibrous
description of a are joined the occipital loating ribs. bone articulates. tissue which
certain part of a fibrous joint. condyles. sustain no
normal human movement
skeleton? between the
skull bones.
This kind of joint
is classified as
fibrous or
immovable
joints. Thus,
parietal and
temporal bone
of the skull are
joined by fibrous
joints. First
cervical
vertebra, atlas,
joins the second
cervical vertebra
axis to form a
joint (pivot joint)
which allows
movement in
one plane. The
atlas supports
the head and
allows
movement of
head over neck.
T he last two
pairs of ribs
(11th and 12th)
are called
floating ribs
because their
anterior ends
are not attached
 to either the
sternum or the
cartilage of
anterior rib.
Glenoid cavity is
a depression to
which humerus
articulates.
606 Elbow joint is an hinge joint gliding joint ball and socket pivot joint A Hinge joint is a
example of joint form of
diarthrosis
(freely movable
joint) that allows
angular
movement in
one plane only,
increasing or
decreasing the
angle between
the bones.
Examples are -
knee joint and
elbow joint.
607 Which of the Hinge joint – Gliding joint – Cartilaginous Fibrous joint – B Gliding joint
following pairs is Between Between joint – Skull Between permits sliding
correctly vertebrae zygapophyses bones phalanges movements of
matched? of the two bones over
successive each other.
vertebrae Hinge joint
allows
movements in
one plane only.
Knee joint,
elbow joint,
ankle joint are of
this type.
Cartilaginous
joint is a slightly
movable joint
and is found
between the
centre of
vertebrae, at the
pubic symphysis
and between
 ribs and
sternum.
Fibrous joint is
an immovable
joint which occur
between the
bones of
cranium.
608 What is the Cartilaginous Angular joint Gliding joint Fibrous joint A Cartilaginous
name of joint joint joint is present
between ribs between ribs
and sternum? and sternum. It
allows only
limited
movement. An
angular joint
allows
movement in
two directions -
side to side and
back and forth.
Wrist and
metacarpophala
ngeal joints are
of this type.
Gliding joint
permits sliding
movements of
two bones over
each other, e.g.,
joints between
sternum and
clavicles.
Fibrous joints do
not allow
movement and
are present
between the
bones of
cranium.
609 The joint angular joint hinge joint pivot joint saddle joint C Pivot joint is
between atlas present between
and axis is atlas and the
called axis in humans.
In this joint,
 articular end of
one bone is
fixed while the
other can rotate
over it. In
angular joint, an
oval condyle of
one bone fits
into an elliptical
concavity of the
other, e.g. wrist
and meta-
carpophalangeal
joints. Hinge
joint allows
movements in
one plane only,
e.g., knee joint.
In saddle joint,
small projection
of one bone fits
into a saddle-
like depression
of another bone.
610 The type of joint cartilaginous hinge joint fibrous joint synovial joint. C Fibrous joint is
between the joint present between
human skull the human skull
bones is called bones. It does
not allow
movement
because the
bones are held
firmly together
by bundles of
strong white
collagen fibres.
Cartilaginous
joints are
present between
the centre of
vertebrae, at the
pubic symphysis
and between
ribs and
sternum. Knee
 joint, elbow joint
and ankle joint
are types of
hinge joint.
Synovial joint
occurs between
limbs and
bones.
611 Which of the Botulism Tetany Muscular Myasthenia C Muscular
following dystrophy gravis dystrophy is a
muscular group of muscle
disorders is diseases,
inherited? marked by
weakness and
wasting of
skeletal
muscles, in
which there is a
recognizable
pattern of
inheritance. In
this disorder, the
mutated gene
on middle of the
short arm of X-
chromosome is
unable to
produce a
protein
dystrophin in
skeletal
muscles. It is
common in
males, female
heterozygous
carriers are
normal.
612 Osteoporosis, immune disorder high decreased level accumulation of C Osteoporosis is
an age-related affecting concentration of of estrogen uric acid leading reduction in
disease of neuromuscular Ca++ and Na+ to inflammation bone mineral
skeletal system, junction leading of joints. density,
may occur due to fatigue resulting in
to bones that are
brittle and liable
to fracture.
 Infection, injury
and synovitis
can cause
localised
osteoporosis of
adjacent bone.
Generalised
osteoporosis is
common in the
elderly and in
women after
menopause.
After
menopause the
estrogen level in
blood plasma
are much
reduced.
Estrogen helps
to regulate bone
cells called
osteoclasts
which are
responsible for
building new
bone. When
estrogen level
drop fewer
osteoclasts are
produced
resulting in
osteoporosis.
613 Select the The vertebral The joint A decreased Accumulation of D Thoracic
correct column has 10 between level of uric acid crystals vertebrae are 12
statement with thoracic adjacent progesterone in joints causes in numbers.
respect to vertebrae. vertebrae is a causes their Joints between
locomotion in fibrous joint. osteoporosis in inflammation adjacent
humans. old people. vertebrae are
cartilaginous
joints and the
opposing
surfaces are
connected by
fibrocartilage
which allows
very little
movement.
Osteoporosis is
a disease
characterised by
low bone mass
and loss of bone
tissue that may
lead to weak
and fragile
bones.
Osteoporosis
occurs when
there is an
imbalance
between new
bone formation
and old bone
resorption.
Generalised
osteoporosis is
common in
elderly people
and in women
following
menopause. In
osteoporosis,
the osteoblastic
(bone forming)
activity in the
bone usually is
less than normal
and
consequently
the rate of bone
deposition is
depressed.
Estrogen inhibit
osteoclastic
(bone
resorption)
activity in the
bones and
therefore
stimulate bone
 growth. After
menopause,
almost no
estrogens are
secreted by
ovaries. This
estrogen
deficiency leads
to increased
osteoclastic
activity in the
bones,
decreased bone
matrix and
decreased
deposition of
bone calcium
and phosphate.
In some women,
this effect result
in osteoporosis.
614 Select the Failure of Accumulation of An overdose of Rapid A Myasthenia
correct neuromuscular urea and vitamin D contractions of gravis is an
statement with transmission in creatine in the causes skeletal muscles autoimmune
respect to myasthenia joints causes osteoporosis cause muscle disorder in
disorders of gravis can their dystrophy. which
muscles in prevent normal inflammation. autoantibodies
humans. swallowing. bind to
cholinergic
receptors on
muscle cells and
impairs the
ability of the
neurotransmitter
acetylcholine to
induce muscular
contraction. This
leads to fatigue,
weakening and
paralysis of
skeletal muscles
of mouth and
throat which
may prevent
normal
 swallowing.
Gouty arthritis is
caused either
due to
excessive
formation of uric
acid or inability
to excrete it. It
gets deposited
in synovial joints
and causes
inflammation.
Osteoporosis is
a disease in
which bone
loses minerals
and fibres from
its matrix. Major
causative
factors of
osteoporosis are
imbalances of
hormones like
calcitonin of
thyroid,
parathormone of
parathyroids,
sex hormones
and deficiencies
of calcium and
vitamin D.
Muscular
dystrophy is
inborn
abnormality of
muscles
associated with
dysfunction and
ultimately with
deterioration.
615 Select the Muscular Osteoporosis – Myasthenia Myasthenia B Muscular
correct dystrophy – Age Decrease in gravis – gravis – dystrophy is
statement related bone mass and Autoimmune Autoimmune characterised by
regarding the shortening of higher chances disorder which disorder which progressive
specific disorder muscles of fractures with inhibits sliding of inhibits sliding of skeletal muscle
 of muscular or advancing age myosin filaments myosin filaments weakness,
skeletal system. defects in
muscle proteins
and the death of
muscle cells and
tissue.
Myasthenia
gravis is an
auto-immune
neuromuscular
disease in which
muscle
becomes weak,
which is caused
by circulating
antibodies that
block
acetylcholine
receptors at the
postsynaptic
neuromuscular
junction
inhibiting the
excitatory
effects of the
acetylcholine.
Gout is
inflammation of
joints which is
caused by
elevated levels
of uric acid in
the blood which
crystallises and
the crystals are
deposited in
joints, tendons
and surrounding
tissues.
616 UNIT 5: Human In a man, Movement of the Movement of the Swallowing Movement of the A Abducens is the
Physiology abducens nerve eyeball tongue neck sixth cranial
is injured. Which nerve which
one of the innervates the
following external rectus
functions will be muscle of the
 affected? eye ball. It is
responsible for
turning the eye
outwards.
Movement of
the tongue is
controlled by the
hypoglossal
nerve. Neck
movements is
controlled by the
facial nerve.
Swallowing is
controlled by
glossopharynge
al nerves.
617 5.6 Neural Injury to vagus tongue gastrointestinal pancreatic cardiac A Vagus nerve
control and nerve in humans movements movements secretion movements. arises from the
coordination: is not likely to side of medulla
Neuron and affect oblongata. It
nerves; innervates the
Nervous larynx, trachea,
system in oesophagus,
humans- stomach, lungs,
central nervous heart and
system, intestines. It is a
peripheral mixed nerve. It
nervous controls the
system and visceral
visceral sensations and
nervous visceral
system; movements, i.e.,
Generation and heart beat,
conduction of respiratory
nerve impulse; movements,
Reflex action; peristalsis,
Sense organs; sound
Elementary production, etc.
structure and Movement of
function of eye the tongue is
and ear. controlled by
hypoglossal
nerve as it
innervates the
muscles of the
 tongue.
618 Zoology Which cranial Vagus nerve Trigeminal nerve Facial nerve None of these B Trigeminal
nerve has the nerve is the
highest number largest 5th
of branches? cranial nerve. It
has 3 branches :
Ophthalamic,
Maxillary and
Mandibular.
619 Sympathetic secretion of heart beat secretion of all of these. B Sympathetic
nervous system digestive juices saliva nervous system
induces is a component
of autonomic
nervous system
consisting of a
pair of
sympathetic
trunks,
preganglionic
sympathetic
fibres,
postganglionic
sympathetic
fibres and
collateral
ganglia. It
quickens rate
and force of
heart beat while
it inhibits
secretion of
saliva and
gastric juice.
620 T he vagus 7 5 10 9 C Vagus nerve is
nerve is the the tenth cranial
cranial nerve nerve. It arises
numbering from the side of
medulla
oblongata. It
innervates the
larynx, trachea,
oesophagus,
stomach, lungs,
heart and
 intestines. It is a
mixed nerve. It
controls the
visceral
sensations and
visceral
movements, i.e.,
heart beat,
respiratory
movements,
peristalsis,
sound
production, etc.
621 By which Both SNS and Para- Sympathetic Sympathetic A The blood is
nervous system PNS, involuntary sympathetic nervous system, nervous system, supplied into
and of what nervous system involuntary voluntary visceral organs
type, the blood involuntary by both SNS
is supplied into (sympathetic
visceral organs? nervous system)
and PNS
(parasympatheti
c nervous
system)
involuntarily.
The sympathetic
fibres increase
the rate and
force of heart
beat, constrict
most blood
vessels and
raise the arterial
blood pressure.
The
parasympathetic
fibres decrease
the rate and
force of heart
beat, dilate
many blood
vessels and
lower the arterial
blood pressure.
622 T he sacral nerves 3rd, 7th, 9th and thoraco-lumbar cervical nerves. C Sympathetic
sympathetic 10th cranial nerves nervous system
 nerves, in nerves forms a part of
mammals, arise autonomic
from nervous system
that consists of
nerves which
connect the
visceral
receptors and
effectors with
the central
nervous system
through the
cranial and
spinal nerves.
Sympathetic
nerves arise
from thoraco-
lumbar nerves.
623 Afferent nerve effector organs receptors to CNS to CNS to muscles B Afferent nerve
fibres carry to CNS CNS receptors fibres carry
impulses from impulses from
the receptors to
the central
nervous system.
Efferent nerve f
ibres conduct
nerve impulses
from the central
nervous system
to the effector
organs such as
muscles and
glands.
624 One function of contraction of stimulation of acceleration of constriction of D The action of
parasympathetic hair muscles sweat glands heart beat pupil. the
nervous system parasympathetic
is nervous system
is opposite to
that of the
sympathetic
nervous system.
If the
sympathetic
nervous system
accelerates an
 action, the
parasympathetic
nervous system
slows it. The
parasympathetic
fibres constrict
the pupil,
decrease the
rate and force of
heart beat,
dilate many
blood vessels,
lower the arterial
blood pressure,
quicken the
peristaltic
movements and
contract the
urinary bladder.
625 Nissl’s bodies proteins and DNA and RNA nucleic acids free ribosomes D Nissl’s bodies,
are mainly lipids and SER and RER. also known as
composed of Nissl’s granules
are irregular
masses of rough
endoplasmic
reticulum (RER)
with numerous
as well as free
ribosomes and
polysomes,
found in cell
body or cyton of
a neuron. These
probably
synthesise
proteins for the
nerve cell.
626 Myelin sheath is astrocytes and oligodendrocyte osteoclasts and Schwann cells D Schwann cells
produced by Schwann cells s and astrocytes and and
osteoclasts oligodendrocyte oligodendrocyte
s. s form myelin
sheath around
the axon. Myelin
sheath serves
as an insulating
 layer, preventing
loss of energy of
the nerve
impulse during
its passage
along the fibre.
627 Receptor sites pre-synaptic tips of axons post-synaptic membranes of C Neurotransmitte
for membrane membrane synaptic r is a chemical
neurotransmitter vesicles. substance
s are present on responsible for
transmission of
nerve impulse
across synapse.
It is released by
synaptic vesicle
into the synaptic
cleft.
Neurotransmitte
r binds with
protein receptor
molecule
present on post
synaptic
membrane
causing its
depolarisation
and generation
of action
potential.
628 The most H+ K+ Na+ Ca++. B K+ ions
abundant predominate in
intracellular the intracellular
cation is fluid whereas
Na+ ions
predominate in
extracellular
fluid.
629 When a neuron comparatively equally impermeable to comparatively D When a neuron
is in resting more permeable permeable to both Na+ and more permeable is not
state i.e., not to Na+ ions and both Na+ and K+ ions to K+ ions and conducting any
conducting any nearly K+ ions nearly impulse, i.e.,
impulse, the impermeable to impermeable to resting, the
axonal K+ ions Na+ ions. axonal
membrane is membrane is
comparatively
 more permeable
to potassium
ions (K+) and
nearly
impermeable to
sodium ions
(Na+).
630 Alzheimer’s glutamic acid acetylcholine gamma dopamine. B Alzheimer’s
disease in aminobutyric disease is a
humans is acid (GABA) neurological
associated with disease
the deficiency of characterized by
progressive loss
of intellectual
ability. T he
disease, which
is named after
German
physician Alois
Alzheimer
(1864-1915), is
associated with
general
shrinkage of the
brain tissue,
with deposits of
β-amyloid
protein and
abnormal
filaments
composed of tau
protein in the
brain, and
changes in the
neurotransmitter
systems within
the brain that
include a loss in
the activity of
cholinergic
neurons
(neurons
releasing
acetylcholine).
Some inherited
 forms are
associated with
a genetic locus
on chromosome
21.
631 During the K+ ions from Na+ ions from K+ ions from Na+ ions from B Action potential
propagation of a intracellular fluid extracellular extracellular intracellular fluid is the change in
nerve impulse, to extracellular f fluid to fluid to to extracellular f electrical
the action luid intracellular f intracellular f luid. potential that
potential results luid luid occurs across a
from the plasma
movement of membrane
during the
passage of a
nerve impulse.
As an impulse
travels in a
wave-like
manner along
the axon of a
nerve, it causes
a localized and
transient switch
in electric
potential across
the membrane
from –60 mV
(millivolts; the
resting potential)
to + 45 mV. It is
due to the fact
that the sodium
channels open
and the
potassium
channels remain
closed. As a
result, sodium
channels permit
the influx of Na+
by diffusion from
extracellular
fluid to
intracellular
fluid.
632 During the First positive, First negative, First positive, First positive, D The signal that
transmission of then negative then positive then negative then negative travels along the
nerve impulse and continue to and continue to and again back and again back length of a
through a nerve be negative be positive to positive to positive nerve fibre and
fibre, the is the means by
potential on the which
inner side of the information is
plasma transmitted
membrane has through the
which type of nervous system
electric charge? is called nerve
impulse. During
resting phase,
inside of the
plasma
membrane is
negatively
charged
(polarized, -70
mv, resting
potential). As
the stimulus
reaches it
becomes
positively
charged (+45
mV, action
potential). This
condition is
known as
depolarization of
nerve fibres. As
impulse passes
away, it regains
its original ionic
distribution and
becomes
repolarized.
633 Which one of Cortisone Acetylcholine Epinephrine Norepinephrine A Neurotransmitte
the following rs are chemicals
does not act as that are used to
a relay, amplify
neurotransmitter and modulate
? electrical signals
between a
 neuron and
another cell.
Substances that
act as
neurotransmitter
s can be
categorized into
three major
groups: (i)
amino acids
(primarily
glutamic acid,
GABA, aspartic
acid and
glycine), (ii)
peptides
(vasopressin,
somatostatin,
neurotensin,
etc.), and (iii)
monoamines
(norepinephrine,
dopamine and
serotonin) plus
acetylcholine.
Cortisone is a
glucocorticoid
steroid
hormone,
produced by the
adrenal glands
and has anti-
inflammatory
and immune-
system
suppressing
properties.
634 Parkinson’s acetylcholine norepinephrine dopamine GABA C Parkinson’s
disease disease is
(characterized caused by
by tremors and degeneration of
progressive neurons in
rigidity of limbs) substantia nigra
is caused by tract which are
degeneration of essentially
 brain neurons dopaminergic.
that are involved This striatum
in movement controls muscle
control and tones and
make use of coordinates
neurotransmitter movements. An
imbalance is
caused by
deficiency of
dopamine (an
inhibitory
neurotransmitter
) vis-a-vis.
635 In the resting K+ into the cell K+ and Na+ out Na+ into the cell Na+ out of the C In the resting
state of the of the cell cell. nerve fibre, in
neural the external
membrane, medium (tissue
diffusion due to fluid), sodium
concentration ions (Na+)
gradients, if predominate,
allowed, would whereas within
drive the fibre
(intracellular
fluid) potassium
ions (K+)
predominate.
Due to different
concentrations
of ions on the
two sides of the
membrane,
sodium ions
tend to
passively diffuse
into the nerve
fibre and
potassium ions
tend to diffuse
out of the nerve
fibre down their
electrochemical
gradients. The
membrane of a
resting nerve
fibre is,
 however, more
permeable to
potassium than
to sodium.
Because of this
selective
permeability of
the membrane,
potassium
leaves the nerve
fibre faster than
sodium enters it.
This makes the
membrane of
the resting
nerve fibre
polarized,
extracellular
fluid outside it
being
electropositive
(positively
charged) with
respect to the
cell contents
inside it.
636 What used to be cell metabolites fat granules ribosomes mitochondria. C Cell body of a
described as nerve cell
Nissl’s granules contains
in a nerve cell basophilic
are now granules called
identified as Nissl’s granules.
These granules
appear to be
cisternae of
rough
endoplasmic
reticulum with
numerous
attached and
free ribosomes.
They probably
synthesise
proteins for the
cell.
637 Which of the Neurilemma is Myelin sheath is Both Covered by B At the level of
following discontinuous. discontinuous. neurilemma and myelin sheath. node of Ranvier
statement is myelin sheath the myelin
correct for node are sheath is
of Ranvier of discontinuous. discontinuous
nerve? but not the
neurilemma
lining. Actually
myelin sheath is
an integral part
of Schwann cell
– which form a
continuous
neurilemmal
covering. Each
Schwann cell
wrap-around the
neurite to form
concentric
layers of plasma
membrane. But
at the level of
junction
between two
Schwann cells
myelin cannot
be formed and
thus a gap
appears.
638 Depolarization equal amount of Na+ move more Na+ none of these. B Depolarization
of axolemma Na+ and K+ inside and K+ outside of a nerve cell
during nerve move out across move more membrane
conduction axolemma outside occurs during
takes place the passage of
because of an action
potential along
the axon where
the nerve is
transmitting an
impulse. During
depolarization,
the activation
gates of Na+
channels open
and the K+
 channels remain
closed. Na+
rush into the
axon. Entry of
sodium ions
leads to
depolarization
(reversal of
polarity) of the
nerve
membrane, so
that the nerve
fibre contents
become
electropositive
with respect to
the extracellular
fluid.
639 The junction constant bridge junction point a joint a synapse. D Synapse is the
between the close proximity
axon of one of the axon of
neuron and the one neuron and
dendrite of the the dendrite or
next is called cyton of another
neuron with a
gap of just about
200 Å in
between. A
nerve impulse is
transmitted
across the
synapse by the
release from the
presynaptic
membrane of
neurotransmitter
, which diffuses
across the
synaptic cleft to
the post
synaptic
membrane. This
triggers the
propagation of
the impulse from
 the dendrite
along the length
of the post
synaptic neuron.
640 Which of the Neurons Myelin sheath Axons Dendrites A Neurons or
following is nerve cells are
regarded as a the structural
unit of nervous and functional
tissue? unit of nervous
system. These
have a special
structure but
vary greatly in
size and shape.
Each neuron
has a cell body
which encloses
cytoplasm and
has a nucleus. A
number of
processes arise
from the cell
body. T here is
usually a single
axon and a
variable number
of dendrites.
The medullated
nerve fibres is
composed of a
shining, white,
fatty substance
called myelin.
641 Which part of Medulla Cerebrum Hypothalamus Corpus callosum C Hypothalamus is
the brain is oblongata thermoregulator
responsible for y centre. Hence
thermoregulatio it is called
n? “thermostat” of
the body. It
keeps body
temperature at
roughly 37°C by
means of a
complex
thermostat
 system.
642 Which of the Medulla Limbic system : Hypothalamus : Corpus callosum B Certain
following oblongata : Consists of fibre Production of : Band of fibers components of
structures or Controls tracts that releasing connecting left the cerebrum
regions is respiration and interconnect hormones and and right and
incorrectly cardiovascular different regions regulation of cerebral diencephalon
paired with its reflexes of brain controls temperature, hemispheres constitute the
functions? movement hunger and limbic system. It
thirst is sometimes
called the
emotional brain
because it
controls
emotional
behaviour
expressed in the
form of joy,
sorrow, fear,
fight, friendship,
liking and
disliking. It also
controls food
habits and sex
behaviours
necessary for
survival of the
individual.
643 Which of the Corpus callosum Cerebrum - Medulla Cerebellum - D Language
following regions - communication calculation and oblongata - language comprehension
of the brain is between the left contemplation homeostatic comprehension is a function of
incorrectly and right control cerebrum.
paired with its cerebral cortices Cerebellum
function? coordinates and
controls rapid
muscular
activities such
as running,
typing, etc.
Although it does
not initiate such
voluntary
movements, but
it is an important
centre for
 coordinating
movements and
for controlling
posture and
balance.
Cerebellum’s
function is
almost
exclusively
motor; but it is
also implicated
in some forms of
learning.
644 Injury localized short - term co-ordination executive regulation of D Hypothalamus
to the memory during functions, such body lies at the base
hypothalamus locomotion as decision temperature. of the thalamus.
would most making It provides
likely disrupt anatomical
connection
between the
nervous and
endocrine
systems by its
relationship to
the pituitary
gland.
Hypothalamus is
thermoregulator
y centre. Hence,
it is called
“thermostat” of
the body. It
keeps body
temperature at
roughly 37°C by
means of a
complex
thermostat
system. Any
localised injury
to hypothalamus
will, hence,
disrupt
regulation of
body
 temperature.
645 The human hind spinal cord corpus callosum cerebellum hypothalamus. C Brain is the
brain comprises anterior most
three parts, one part of central
of which is nervous system.
Human brain
can be divided
into three parts:
forebrain,
midbrain and
hindbrain.
Human
hindbrain
comprises pons,
cerebellum and
medulla (also
called the
medulla
oblongata).
646 Third ventricle of metacoel rhinocoel paracoel diacoel D The ventricles
brain is also consist of four
known as hollow, fluid f
illed spaces
inside the brain.
The third
ventricle is also
known as
diacoel. The
third ventricle
consists of a
narrow channel
between the
hemispheres
through the area
of the thalamus.
It is connected
by the cerebral
aqueduct or
aqueduct of
Sylvius or iter in
the midbrain
portion of the
brainstem to the
fourth ventricle
 in the pons and
medulla.
Metacoel is the
IV ventricle,
rhinocoel is the I
ventricle and
paracoel is the II
ventricle.
647 Destruction of commissural integrating sensory voluntary motor D The anterior
the anterior horn impulses impulses impulses impulses. horns of spinal
cells of the cord contains
spinal cord cells with fibres
would result in that form the
loss of anterior (motor)
root end and are
essential for the
voluntary and
reflex activity of
muscles they
innervate. If the
anterior horn
motor cells are
destroyed, the
nerves cannot
regenerate and
muscles are
never useful
again.
648 Which one of Swallowing of Pupillary reflex Peristalsis of the Knee-jerk C Options (a), (b)
the following is food intestine response and (d) are
the example of reflex actions.
the action of the Autonomic
autonomous nervous system
nervous is involved in
system? peristalsis of
intestine which
is effected
through
mysentric
plexus.
Sympathetic
fibres decrease
peristaltic
movements
while
 parasympathetic
fibres increase
these
movements.
649 Ivan Pavlov simple reflexes conditioned cardiac reflexes origin of life. B By training, a
performed reflexes particular
experiments on response can be
obtained to a
stimulus other
than the one
which normally
evokes that
response. Such
a reflex is
known as the
conditioned
reflex. The
conditioned
reflexes were
first
demonstrated in
1920’s by the
Russian
physiologist I.P.
Pavlov. He
found that the
sight and smell
of food reflexly
cause flow of
saliva in hungry
animals. He
rang a bell every
time he offered
food to a dog.
The bell did not
induce salivation
by itself in the
beginning of the
experiment.
Gradually, the
dog learnt to
associate the
bell with food.
Eventually,
mere ringing of
 bell, without
presenting food,
induced
salivation in the
dog. Thus,
ringing of bell
can substitute
sight of food to
cause salivation.
Pavlov called
sound of the bell
as conditioned
stimulus and
salivation in
response to bell
as a conditioned
response, food
itself as
unconditioned
stimulus, and
salivation, in
response to
food an
unconditioned
response. A
conditioned
reflex is
established
when a new
sensory clue
(the bell)
becomes
associated with
an inborn reflex
(salivation).
650 Which of the Cornea consists Cornea is an Cornea consists Cornea is A
following of dense matrix external, of dense convex,
statements is of collagen and transparent and connective transparent
correct? is the most protective tissue of elastin layer which is
sensitive portion proteinacious and can repair highly
of the eye. covering of the itself. vascularised
eye-ball.
651 Which of the An action Depolarisation Rods are very In the knee-jerk C Cones
following potential in an of hair cells of sensitive and reflex, stimulus contribute to
statements is axon does not cochlea results contribute to is the stretching daylight vision
 not correct? move backward in the opening of daylight vision. of muscle and whereas rods
because the the mechanically response is its contribute to
segment behind gated contraction. twilight vision.
is in a refractory potassium-ion
phase. channels.
652 The transparent ligaments ligaments smooth muscles smooth muscles A Lens is a
lens in the attached to the attached to the attached to the attached to the transparent,
human eye is ciliary body iris iris ciliary body. biconvex
held in its place structure that
by bends light
waves as they
pass through its
surface. In the
human eye, the
lens is held in its
place by
suspensory
ligaments
attached to the
ciliary body.
653 Choose the Nociceptors Meissner’s Photoreceptors Receptors do C Photoreceptors
correct respond to corpuscles are in the human not produce in human eye
statement. changes in thermoreceptors eye are graded are unique
pressure. . depolarised potentials. because they
during darkness are only type of
and become sensory cells
hyperpolarised that are
in response to relatively
the light depolarised
stimulus. (about –35mV)
when it is at rest
(i.e., in the
dark), and
hyperpolarised
(to about –
70mV) in
response to
adequate light
stimulus.
Nociceptors
respond to
potentially
damaging
stimuli that
result in pain.
 Meissner’s
corpuscles are a
type of
mechanorecept
or, responsible
for touch
sensitivity.
Receptors
generally
produce graded
potentials called
receptor
potentials.
654 Photosensitive opsin and retinol transducin and guanosine and opsin and D The rods
compound in retinene retinol retinal. contain a
human eye is photosensitive
made up of pigment called
the rhodopsin.
Rhodopsin is
composed of
opsin and
retinene. The
opsin is a
protein and is
called scotopsin
in rhodopsin.
The retinene is
an aldehyde of
vitamin A and is
called retinal.
655 In mammalian only rods are more rods than high density of the optic nerve C A small oval,
eye, the ‘fovea’ present cones are found cones occur, but leaves the eye. yellowish area
is the center of has no rods of the retina
the visual field, lying exactly
where opposite the
centre of the
cornea is named
the macula lutea
or yellow spot
which has at its
middle a shallow
depression, the
fovea centralis.
The fovea
centralis has
 cone cells only.
It is devoid of
rods and blood
vessels. T he
fovea centralis
is the place of
most distinct
vision.
656 A gymnast is tectorial organ of corti cochlea vestibular D Vestibular
able to balance membrane apparatus. apparatus is a
his body upside part of inner ear
down even in which is located
the total above the
darkness cochlea. It
because of consists of three
semicircular
canals, which
detect
movements of
the head, and
the utriculus and
sacculus which
detect the
position of head.
It does not play
any role in
hearing, but is
responsible for
maintaining the
balance of the
body and
posture.
657 Which one of Retinal is the In retina the Retinal is a Rhodopsin is the C Retinal pigment
the following light absorbing rods have the derivative of purplish red is an aldehyde
statements is portion of visual photopigment vitamin C. protein present of vitamin A.
not correct? photopigments. rhodopsin while in rods only.
cones have
three different
photopigments.
658 Cornea it is composed of it is a non-living its cells are least it has no blood D Cornea is a
transplant in enucleated cells layer penetrable by supply. transparent
humans is bacteria portion that
almost never forms the
rejected. This is anterior one-
because sixth of the eye
 ball. The cornea
admits and
helps to focus
light waves as
they enter the
eye. The cornea
is avascular
(i.e., has no
blood supply).
This part of eye
absorbs oxygen
from the air. The
cornea was one
of the first
organs to be
successfully
transplanted
because it lacks
blood vessels.
659 Bowman’s anterior pituitary female olfactory proximal end of A Bowman’s
glands are reproductive epithelium of our uriniferous gland, also
located in the system of nose tubules. called olfactory
cockroach gland is any of
the branched
tubuloalveolar
glands situated
in the mucous
membrane of
the olfactory
region of the
nasal cavity that
produce mucus
to moisten the
olfactory
epithelium and
dissolve odour-
containing
gases.
660 When we accomodation adaptation mutation photoperiodism B The rod cells of
migrate from eye contain a
dark to light, we purplish pigment
fail to see for called visual
sometime but purple, or
after a time rhodopsin. They
visibility function in dim
 becomes light and at
normal. It is night. Bright
example of light splits
rhodopsin into a
lipoprotein
scotopsin and a
carotenoid
pigment
retinene. T he
splitting of
rhodopsin
depolarizes the
rod cell. In the
dark, rhodopsin
is resynthesized
from scotopsin
and retinene.
This process is
called “dark
adaptation.” It
makes the rods
functional. It
takes some time
for rhodopsin to
be reformed.
This is why on
entering a dark
room at daytime
or on coming
out of a well
lighted room at
night, we feel
blind for a while.
When we go
from darkness
into bright light,
we feel difficulty
in seeing
properly for a
moment till
rhodopsin is
bleached and
cones become
functional.
661 In the chemistry rhodopsin melanin sclerotin retinol A Photosensitive
 of vision in means sensitive
mammals, the to light. The rod
photosensitive cells of retina
substance is contain a
called purplish pigment
called
rhodopsin. They
function in dim
light and at
night.
Rhodopsin
consists of a
protein
component,
opsin, linked to
a nonprotein
chromophore,
retinal (or
retinene), a
derivative of
vitamin A. Light
falling on the rod
is absorbed by
the retinal,
which changes
its form and
separates from
the opsin
component. This
initiates the
transmission of
a nerve impulse
to the brain.
662 Light rays pupil iris cornea lens A Pupil is the
entering the eye opening which
is controlled by controls the
amount of light
entering in eye.
When light
intensity is high,
it decrease in
size and when
light intensity is
low it dilates to
allow more light
 in the eye to
make eye
enable to see
the object.
663 Retina is most optic disc periphery macula lutea fovea centralis. D A small area of
sensitive at the optical part
of the retina
lying exactly
opposite to the
centre of the
cornea is called
the macula
lutea, or yellow
spot which has
a yellow
pigment
(xanthophyll).
The macula
lutea has at its
middle a shallow
depression, the
fovea centralis.
The fovea has
cone cells only
and is the place
of most distinct
vision. Away
from the fovea,
the rod and
cone cells occur
in equal
numbers and at
the periphery of
the retina, the
rods are more
numerous than
the cones. This
is why we see
better in dimlight
by looking out of
the corner of the
eye. The point
on the retina
from where the
optic nerve
 starts is called
the blind spot, or
optic disc, as it
lacks the
receptor cells
and is
insensitive to
light.
664 Function of iris move lens refract light rays bring about alter the size of D At the junction
is to forward and movements of pupil. of the sclera and
backward eye lids the cornea, the
vascular coat
sharply bends
into the cavity of
the eyeball to
form a thin,
coloured
partition. This
partition is
called iris. It is
perforated at the
middle by an
aperture called
pupil. The iris
contains two
sets of smooth
muscles:
sphincters and
dilators. These
muscles
regulate the
amount of light
entering the
eyeball by
varying the size
of the pupil. The
sphincter
muscles are
arranged in
rings. T heir
contraction
makes the pupil
smaller in bright
light so that less
light enters the
 eye. The dilator
muscles are
arranged in a
radial manner.
Their
contraction
widens the pupil
in dim light to let
in more light.
Iris, by
regulating the
size of the pupil,
allows light to
pass only
through the
centre of the
lens, which is
optically the
most effective
part.
665 Sensitive cornea retina sclerotic iris B The retina
pigmented layer consists of both
of eye is pigmented layer
and the sensory
layer. The
pigment cells
reinforce the
light absorbing
property of
choroid in
reducing the
scattering of
light in the eye.
The sensory
layer consists of
rods and cones
required for
vision.
666 UNIT 5: Identify the Ileum opens into Serosa is the IIeum is a highly Vermiform C Ileum opens into
Human correct small intestine. innermost layer coiled part. appendix arises the large
Physiology statement with of the alimentary from duodenum. intestine.
reference to canal. Serosa is the
human digestive outermost layer
system. of the alimentary
canal. The
 vermiform
appendix is a
vestigial organ,
arises from the
caecum.
667 5.1 Digestion Which of the Thecodont, Thecodont, Pleurodont, Pleurodont, B Majority of
and following terms Diphyodont, Diphyodont, Monophyodont, Diphyodont, mammals
absorption; describes Homodont Heterodont Homodont Heterodont including human
Alimentary human beings erupt two
canal and dentition? sets of teeth
digestive during their
glands; Role of lifetime, a set of
digestive temporary milk
enzymes and or deciduous
gastrointestinal teeth that is
hormones; replaced by a
Peristalsis, set of
digestion, permanent or
absorption and adult teeth. This
assimilation of type of dentition
proteins, is called
carbohydrates diphyodont. An
and fats; adult human has
Caloric value of 32 permanent
proteins, teeth which are
carbohydrates of four different
and fats; types
Egestion; (heterodont
Nutritional and dentition),
digestive namely, incisors
disorders – (I), canines (C),
PEM, premolars (PM)
indigestion, and molars (M).
constipation, Teeth are
vomiting, embedded in
jaundice, the sockets of
diarrhea. the jaw bones
which
represents
thecodont
dentition.
668 Digestion and A baby boy Canines Pre-molars Molars Incisors b Boy aged two
AbsorptionZool aged two years years will have
ogy is admitted to milk teeth. Milk
play school and teeth of man
 passes through include 8
a dental check- incisors, 4
up. The dentist canines, 8
observed that molars.
the boy had Premolars are
twenty teeth. absent.
Which teeth
were absent?
669 Zoology Which cells of Paneth cells Zymogen cells Kupffer cells Argentaffin cells A Paneth cells,
‘Crypts of present in the
Lieberkuhn’ bottom of crypts
secrete of Lieberkuhn,
antibacterial are rich in zinc
lysozyme? and contain
acidophilic
granules. There
is evidence that
these cells
secrete
antibacterial
lysozyme.
Zymogen cells
or peptic cells
are present in
stomach and
secrete
pepsinogen.
Kupffer cells are
present in liver.
They are
phagocytic in
nature and
engulf disease
causing
microorganisms,
dead cells, etc.
Argentaffin cells,
found in crypts
of Lieberkuhn,
synthesise
hormone
secretin and 5-
hydroxytryptami
ne.
670 Which Angiotensin and Gastrin and Cholecystokinin Insulin and C Cholecystokinin
hormones do epinephrine insulin and secretin glucagon pancreozymin
stimulate the (CCK-PZ) is a
production of hormone
pancreatic juice secreted from
and small intestine.
bicarbonate? It stimulates the
gall bladder to
release bile and
pancreas to
secrete and
release
digestive
enzymes in the
pancreatic juice.
Hormone
secretin is
secreted from
duodenum and
releases
bicarbonates in
the pancreatic
juice. It also
increases
secretion of bile
and decreases
gastric secretion
and motility.
671 Which of the Pyloric sphincter Sphincter of Semilunar valve Ileocaecal valve B The sphincter of
following guards Oddi Oddi is a
the opening of muscular valve
hepatopancreati that controls the
c duct into the flow of digestive
duodenum? juices (bile and
pancreatic juice)
through the
hepatopancreati
c duct into the
duodenum.
672 The primary Molars Incisors Canines Premolars D Milk/primary
dentition in teeth of man
human differs include 8
from permanent incisors, 4
dentition in not canines and 8
having one of molars
 the following (premolars are
type of teeth. absent). Molars
of milk teeth are
shed off and
premolars of
permanent teeth
take their place.
The permanent
teeth are 8
incisors, 4
canines, 8
premolars and
12 molars. Thus
12 teeth (8
premolars and 4
molars) are
monophyodont
(teeth which
grow only once
in life). Dental
formulae of milk
teeth and
permanent teeth
of human are
given below.
Milk teeth
2102/2102 x 2 =
20 , permanent
teeth 2123/2123
x 2 = 32 .
673 For its activity, zinc iron niacin copper. A Carboxypeptida
carboxypeptidas se is an enzyme
e requires synthesized in
pancreas and
secreted into
small intestine.
It contains Zn
(II) ions as a
metal ion
cofactor. This
enzyme helps in
protein digestion
and becomes
active in alkaline
medium. It is
 mainly involved
in the
conversion of
large peptides
or polypeptides
into dipeptides
and amino
acids.
674 One of the trypsinogen chymotrypsin trypsin enterokinase. A Duodenum
constituents of follows the
the pancreatic stomach. It is
juice which is somewhat C-
poured into the shaped and
duodenum in about 25 cm.
humans is long. It receives
the
hepatopancreati
c ampulla of the
hepatopancreati
c duct formed by
the union of bile
duct (from liver)
and pancreatic
duct (from
pancreas) and
whose opening
is guarded by
sphincter of
Oddi. Pancreatic
juice contains
proenzymes—
trypsinogen,
chymotrypsinog
en and
procarboxypepti
dase. In the
presence of
enterokinase (a
protease of
intestinal juice),
inactive
trypsinogen is
converted to
active trypsin.
Trypsin then
 activates
chymotrypsinog
en and
procarboxypepti
dase into
chymotrypsin
and
carboxypeptidas
e respectively.
This enables
simultaneous
action of all
pancreatic
proteases for a
rapid digestion
of proteins.
675 Two friends are epiglottis diaphragm neck tongue. A This coughing
eating together would have
on a dining been due to
table. One of improper
them suddenly movement of
starts coughing epiglottis.
while swallowing Epiglottis is
some food. This present in the
coughing would laryngopharynx,
have been due which is the
to improper lowest part of
movement of pharynx.
Laryngopharynx
possess two
apertures -
anterior slit-like
glottis and
posterior gullet.
Glottis leads into
trachea or
windpipe, which
is closed by
bilobed leaf-like
cartilage, the
epiglottis, during
the swallowing
of food-bolus.
Hence, during
eating one may
 suddenly
coughs due to
opening of
epiglottis and
movement of
some food
particles in the
trachea.
676 Secretin and pyloric stomach duodenum ileum oesophagus. B Brunner’s
cholecystokinin glands are
are digestive present in the
hormones. They duodenum
are secreted in region of small
intestine. They
secrete two
hormones
secretin and
cholecystokinin.
Secretin is
secreted by
cells in the
duodenum when
they are
exposed to the
acidic contents
of the emptying
stomach.
Cholecystokinin
(CCK), a
mixture of
peptides, is
secreted by
cells in the
duodenum when
they are
exposed to food.
677 Brunner’s stomach oesophagus ileum duodenum D Brunner’s
glands are glands are
present in branched
tubular glands
and are
confined to the
duodenum and
are located in
the submucosa.
 They secrete
alkaline watery
fluid that
neutralizes the
acidic chyme
leaving the
stomach, a little
enzyme and
mucus. They
are named after
Swiss anatomist
J.C. von
Brunner.
678 The layer of osteoblast odontoblast dentoblast ameloblast D Tooth is mainly
cells that made of ivory
secrete enamel like substance
of tooth is called dentine.
In crown part of
the tooth,
dentine is
covered by
enamel (hardest
substance in the
body). Enamel
is smooth, white
being rich in
minerals
containing
calcium,
especially
apatite and
secreted by
cells of
ectodermal
origin called
ameloblasts of
the oral
epithelium and
protects the
underlying
dentine of the
tooth. The pulp
cavity of tooth is
lined by dentine
forming cells
 called
odontoblasts.
Osteoblasts are
the bone
forming cells.
679 Which one of Vitamin B12 Vitamin C Vitamin D Vitamin A A Vitamin B12
the factors are (also called
required for the cyanocobalamin
maturation of e) is essential
erythrocytes ? for the formation
and maturation
of erythrocytes.
Vitamin B12 is
manufactured
only by
microorganisms
and natural
sources are
entirely of
animal origin.
One form of
vitamin B12
functions as a
coenzyme in a
number of
reactions,
including the
oxidation of fatty
acids and the
synthesis of
DNA. It also
works in
conjunction with
folic acid in the
synthesis of the
amino acid
methionine and
it is required for
normal
production of
red blood cells.
Vitamin A is
required for
maintenance of
epithelia, growth
 and is a part of
visual pigments.
Vitamin C play a
role in collagen
formation.
Vitamin D
facilitates
absorption of
calcium and
phosphorus by
intestine and
their retention in
the body and
deposition in
bones.
680 In vertebrates, oesophagus ear ileum ischium C Ileum is the part
lacteals are of small
found in intestine. Its
mucosa is
raised into
numerous
microscopic
projections
called the villi.
The villi contain
a minute blind
ended lymph
vessel lacteals.
From the
lacteals, the
lipoprotein
chylomicrons
are carried into
the blood
stream directly
via thoracic
lymphatic duct.
681 Which one of D K B1 C C Vitamin B1 is
the following synthesized by
vitamins can be symbiotic
synthesized by bacteria living
bacteria inside inside the gut.
the gut? This is
evidenced by
the fact that
 vitamin B
deficiency
occurs on taking
antibiotics which
in addition to
killing harmful
bacteria also kill
useful bacteria
forming vitamin
B1.
682 A arabinose glycogen lactose galactose B The
polysaccharide polysaccharide
which is which is
synthesized and synthesized and
stored in liver stored in the
cells is liver is glycogen.
When there is a
need of energy
in the body, the
glycogen is
converted into
glucose which is
released into the
blood to be
reached to the
target cell.
683 Kupffer’s cells spleen kidney brain liver D Kupffer cells are
occur in specialized
macrophages
that dispose of
old blood cells
and particulate
matter. Kupffer
cells, named
after Karl
Wilhelm von
Kupffer
(18291902), are
found in the
liver, attached to
the walls of the
sinusoids.
684 Pancreas three digestive three types of two digestive three digestive B Pancreas
produces enzymes and digestive enzymes and enzymes and no secretes three
one hormone enzymes and one hormone hormone. types of
 two hormones digestive
enzymes
trypsinogen,
chymotrypsinog
en and
procarboxypepti
dase. These
enzymes digest
proteins. T he
two hormones
secreted are
insulin and
glucagon that
maintain
glucose level in
the blood.
685 Pancreatic juice same cells same cells at statment is different cells. D The pancreas is
and hormones different times wrong a gland organ in
of pancreas are the digestive
produced by and endocrine
systems of
vertebrates. It is
both exocrine
(secreting
pancreatic juice
containing
digestive
enzymes) and
endocrine
(producing
several
important
hormones,
including insulin,
glucagon, and
somatostatin).
The beta cells
produce insulin,
alpha cells
produce
glucagon and
delta cells
produce
somatostatin.
There are two
 main types of
exocrine
pancreatic cells,
responsible for
two main
classes of
secretions. The
centroacinar
cells produce
bicarbonate ions
and basophilic
cells secrete
digestive
enzymes.
686 Wharton’s duct sublingual parotid salivary submaxillary Brunner’s C The Wharton’s
is associated salivary gland gland salivary gland glands. ducts are
with associated with
submaxillary
glands that lie at
the angles of the
lower jaw. T
hese ducts open
under the
tongue. Ducts of
Rivinus are
associated with
sublingual
salivary gland.
Stenson’s duct
is associated
with parotid
gland. Brunner’s
glands are
present in the
intestine.
687 Duct leading Haversian duct Stenson’s duct Wolffian duct infra-orbital duct B Parotid glands
from parotid are the largest
gland and salivary glands.
opening into T hey lie on the
vestibule is sides of the
face, just below
and in front of
the ears. The
parotid ducts,
also called
 Stenson’s ducts,
open into the
vestibule
opposite the
upper second
molar teeth.
688 Lamina propria acini liver Graafian follicle intestine D It is the middle
is connected layer of 3
with layered mucosa
(outer
muscularis
mucosa, middle
lamina propria
and inner simple
columnar
epithelium) of
intestine. It is
made up of a
highly vascular
connective
tissue
containing
lymphatic
nodules.
689 The enzyme protein into trypsinogen into caseinogen into pepsinogen into B Trypsinogen is
enterokinase polypeptides trypsin casein pepsin. activated by an
helps in enzyme,
conversion of enterokinase,
secreted by the
internal mucosa
into active
trypsin.
690 Identify the cells Duodenal cells Chief cells Goblet cells Oxyntic cells C Goblet cells or
whose secretion mucous cells
protects the are present
lining of gastro- throughout the
intestinal tract epithelium of
from various gastric glands
enzymes. and secrete
mucus, which
protects gastro-
intestinal lining
from enzymatic
action.
691 Which of the Chief cells Mucous cells Goblet cells Parietal cells D Parietal or
following gastric oxyntic cells
cells indirectly secrete HCl and
help in Castle intrinsic
erythropoiesis? factor. HCl
converts iron
present in diet
from ferric
(Fe^3^+) to
ferrous (Fe^2^+)
form in which
iron can be
absorbed.
Castle intrinsic
factor is
essential for the
absorption of
vitamin B12.
Iron, protein,
vitamin B12 and
folic acid are
essential for the
formation of
RBCs and
haemoglobin,
hence parietal
cells indirectly
help in
erythropoiesis.
692 Which of the Amylase, Peptidase, Lipase, Amylase, C The pancreatic
following options Pepsin, Amylase, Amylase, Peptidase, juice contains
best represents Trypsinogen, Pepsin, Rennin Trypsinogen, Trypsinogen, sodium
the enzyme Maltase Procarboxypepti Rennin bicarbonate,
composition of dase three
pancreatic proenzymes;
juice? trypsinogen,
chymotrypsinog
en and
procarboxypepti
dase and some
enzymes such
as elastase,
pancreatic α-
amylase,
DNase, RNase
 and pancreatic
lipase. It helps
in the digestion
of starch,
proteins, fats
and nucleic
acids.
693 In the stomach, peptic cells acidic cells gastrin secreting parietal cells. D Parietal cells are
gastric acid is cells large cells
secreted by the present on the
side walls of the
gastric glands.
They lie against
the basement
membrane.
They secrete
hydrochloric
acid and
Castle’s intrinsic
gastric factor
that helps in the
absorption of
vitamin B12 in
the ileum.
694 The enzyme that nucleosidase lipase maltase nuclease D Succus
is not present in entericus or
succus entericus intestinal juice
is (pH = 7.8) refers
to the secretion
of glands of
small intestine.
It contains many
enzymes viz
maltase,
isomaltase,
lipase, lactase,
α-dextrinase,
enterokinase,
aminopeptidase,
nucleotidase,
nucleosidase,
etc., for the
digestion of
carbohydrates,
proteins, fats,
 nucleic acids
etc. Enzyme
nuclease is not
a digestive
enzyme. It is not
present in any
digestive juice.
695 Gastric juice of pepsinogen, amylase, rennin, maltase, nuclease, A The secretion of
infants contains lipase, rennin pepsinogen pepsinogen, pepsinogen, the cells of the
rennin lipase gastric glands
form gastric
juice with pH 2
to 3.7. It
contains two
proenzymes,
pepsinogen and
prorennin and
enzyme gastric
lipase, mucous
and hydrochloric
acid. Rennin
(chymosin) is
responsible for
clotting milk by
acting on
soluble milk
protein
caseinogen, and
converting it into
insoluble casein.
This ensures
that milk
remains in
stomach long
enough to be
acted on by
protein digesting
enzymes.
Rennin’s
concentration is
highest in young
mammals (as
their primary
diet is milk)
which reduces
 gradually with
age.
696 Which of the Oxyntic cells are Acini are Brunner’s Goblet cells are C The Brunner’s
following present in the present in the glands are present in the glands are
statements is mucosa of pancreas and present in the mucosa of branched
not correct? stomach and secrete submucosa of intestine and tubular glands
secrete HCl. carboxypeptidas stomach and secrete mucus. which occur only
e. secrete in the
pepsinogen. duodenum.
They secrete
alkaline watery
fluid, a little
enzyme and
mucus. They
open into the
crypts of
Lieberkuhn.
697 The initial step lipase trypsin rennin pepsin C Rennin is
in the digestion secreted by
of milk in peptic cells
humans is present in
carried out by epithelium of
gastric glands. It
is found in the
gastric juice of
human beings
during infancy
and in calf. In
adults gastric
juice is devoid of
rennin. It
converts milk
protein casein
into paracasein,
leading to milk
coagulation.
698 A healthy 126 164 112 144 D Physiological
person eats the value is the
following diet-5 energy
gm raw sugar, 4 produced by 1
gm albumin, 10 gm of food on
gm pure buffalo oxidation in the
ghee adultrated body. For
with 2 gm carbohydrates it
vegetable ghee is 4.0 Kcal/g, for
 (hydrogenated proteins it is 4.0
vegetable oil) Kcal/g and it is
and 5 gm lignin. 9.0 Kcal/g for
How many fats. Lignin is a
calories he is fibre that is
likely to get? present in plant
cells but it does
not produce
energy. Hence,
5 g raw sugar
will yield 5 × 4.0
= 20.0 Kcal 4 g
albumin will
yield 4 × 4.0 =
16.0 Kcal (10 +
2) g of fat will
yield 12 × 9.0 =
108.0 Kcal Total
yield = 144 Kcal.
699 Which enzymes Pancreatic Disaccharidase Salivary Salivary maltase C Baked potatoes
are likely to act amylase → like maltase → amylase → → consist of starch
on the baked Salivary Lipases → Pancreatic Carboxypeptida which is a
potatoes eaten amylase → Nucleases amylase → se → polysaccharide.
by a man, Lipases Disaccharidases Trypsinogen In oral cavity,
starting from the the food is
mouth and as it mixed with
moves down the saliva. The
alimentary saliva contains
canal? an enzyme
called salivary
amylase (also
called ptyalin)
which converts
starch into
maltose,
isomaltose and
small dextrins.
Salivary
amylase is
activated in the
saliva by the
chloride ions.
Starch Salivary
amylase →
Maltose +
 Isomaltose + α-
Dextrins T he
pancreatic juice
(present in small
intestine)
contains starch
digesting
enzyme, called
pancreatic
amylase which
700 If for some production of secretion of maturation of smooth D The intestinal
reason our somatostatin sebum from the sperms movement of mucosal
goblet cells are sebaceous food down the epithelium has
nonfunctional, glands intestine goblet cells
this will which secrete
adversely affect mucus. The
mucus
lubricates the
food for an easy
passage. Thus,
if for some
reason goblet
cells become
non-functional, it
will adversely
affect smooth
movement of
food down the
intestine. It
along with
bicarbonates
from the
pancreas also
protects the
intestinal
mucosa from
acid as well as
provide an
alkaline medium
for enzymatic
activities.
701 If for some The pancreatic The pH of Steapsin will be Proteins will not D Parietal or
reason the enzymes and stomach will fall more effective. be adequately oxyntic cells
parietal cells of specially the abruptly. hydrolysed by secrete HCl
the gut trypsin and pepsin into (due to which
 epithelium lipase will not proteoses and pH of stomach
become partially work efficiently. peptones. is highly acidic)
non-functional, and intrinsic
what is likely to factor. Parietal
happen? glands also
secrete
pepsinogen to
which
hydrochloric
acid acts to
convert it into
pepsin. Pepsin
in return causes
digestion of
proteins. If
parietal cells
become non-
functional it will
directly affect
protein
digestion.
702 Which one of Starch and fat Fat and Starch and Protein and B Saliva contains
the following cellulose cellulose starch no lipase. The
pairs of food stomach also
components in lacks any fat-
humans reaches emulsifying
the stomach agents. Fat is
totally largely digested
undigested ? in the small
intestine.
Cellulose is not
digested in
human beings.
703 Which one of Small intestine : Stomach : Fats Duodenum : Small intestine : D In small
the following is Proteins Pepsin Lipase → Triglycerides Starch α- intestine the
the correct → Amino Micelles Monoglycerides Amylase → food meets two
matching of the acids Disaccharid juices :
site of action on (maltose) pancreatic and
the given intestinal juice.
substrate, the Pancreatic juice
enzyme acting contains starch
upon it and the digesting
end product? enzyme called
pancreatic α-
amylase which
 converts starch
into maltose,
isomaltose and
α dextrins.
Maltose and
isomaltose are
disaccharides.
Starch
Pancreatic / α-
amylase →
Maltose +
Isomaltose + α-
dextrins
704 What will In the absence Enterokinase Gastric juice will Gastric juice will A The parietal or
happen if the of HCl secretion, will not be be deficient in be deficient in acid or oxyntic
secretion of inactive released from chymosin. pepsinogen. cells of gastric
parietal cells of pepsinogen is the duodenal glands secrete
gastric glands is not converted mucosa and so HCl
blocked with an into the active trypsinogen is (hydrochloric
inhibitor? enzyme pepsin. not converted to acid). In the
trypsin. presence of
HCl, pepsinogen
(proenzyme)
which is an
inactive
precursor of
pepsin enzyme,
gets converted
to an active
form, i.e.,
pepsin. The
activated pepsin
by autocatalysis
activates more
pepsinogen to
pepsin. This
pepsin enzyme
is the principle
protease or
proteolytic
enzyme of the
stomach.
Pepsinogen
(Inactive form)
HCl -> Pepsin
 (Active form)
So, in the
absence of HCl
secretion,
inactive
pepsinogen is
not converted
into the active
enzyme pepsin.
705 Hydrolytic proteases α-amylases hydrolases peroxidases A Stomach has
enzymes which low pH due to
act on low pH secretion of HCl.
are called as Protease, an
enzyme for
digesting protein
acts in low pH
i.e. in stomach.
Amylase is a
starch
(carbohydrate)
digesting
enzyme and
carbohydrate
digestion does
not occur in
stomach. All
digestive
enzymes are
hydrolases.
Peroxidase is an
iron containing
enzyme, found
mainly in plants
but also present
in leucocytes
and milk, that
catalyses the
dehydrogenatio
n (oxidation) of
various
substances in
the presence of
hydrogen
peroxide.
706 In mammals rennin amylase intestinal invertase. A Rennin is the
milk is digested bacteria enzyme
by the action of secreted by
stomach. It
hydrolyzes the
soluble milk
protein casein
into paracasein
and whey
protein.
Paracasein is
spontaneously
precipitated in
the presence of
calcium as
insoluble
calcium
paracaseinate,
forming
coagulated milk.
Amylase
degrade starch,
glycogen and
other
polysaccharides
. Plants contain
both α and β-
amylases found
in pancreatic
juice and also in
saliva. Intestinal
bacteria help by
digesting
cellulose.
Invertase acts
on sucrose.
707 A person who is cellulose which starch which is lactose which is DNA which can B Boiled potatoes
eating boiled is digested by digested not digested be digested by do not contain
potato, his food cellulase pancreatic lactose; and
contains the DNase. cellulose which
component if present is not
digested in man
as he lacks
cellulase. Starch
is the major food
 component
which is present
in boiled potato
and is broken
down into
maltose and
isomaltose due
to salivary
amylase and is
hence digested.
DNA is broken
down into
purines,
pyrimidines and
sugars by
pancreatic
nuclease (such
as DNase).
708 If pancreas is proteins carbohydrates fats all of these. D Pancreas
removed, the secretes
compound pancreatic juice
which remain that acts on all
undigested is type of foods. It
contains
pancreatic
amylase for the
digestion of
carbohydrates;
trypsinogen,
chymotrypsinog
en and
procarboxypepti
dases for the
digestion of
proteins,
pancreatic
lipase for the
digestion of fats
and nuclease for
nucleic acid.
709 What is common These are These act at a These all are These all are C Amylase, rennin
among amylase, produced in pH lower than 7. proteins. proteolytic and trypsin are
rennin and stomach. enzymes. enzymes and as
trypsin? all enzymes are
proteins so
 these three are
also proteins.
710 Choose the Carbohydrate - Maltase - Rennin - Casein Protein - C Rennin is the
correct enzyme - Lipase Lactose Amylase enzyme that
substrate pair. acts on casein
which is a milk
protein. It is
secreted by the
gastric glands in
an inactive form
prorennin which
is activated by
HCl. Rennin
converts
caesinogen into
calcium
paracaesinate in
the presence of
calcium ions.
This ensures
that milk
remains in the
stomach as long
as possible. The
largest amount
of rennin are
present in the
stomach of
young
mammals.
Carbohydrate,
maltose and
protein are
acted upon by
carbohydrase,
maltase and
protease
respectively.
711 Which of the It inhibits the It stimulates the It stimulates the It regulates the A Enterogastrone
following is the secretion of secretion of flow of flow of bile. hormone is
function of gastric juice. digestive juices pancreatic juice released from
enterogastrone? in the stomach. duodenum and
it slows gastric
contraction to
delay emptying
 of stomach and
stops secretion
of gastric juice.
Enterogastrone
is released
when the
stomach
contents pass
into the small
intestine.
712 Most of the fat rectum stomach duodenum small intestine D Fat is largely
digestion occurs digested in the
in small intestine.
Bile salts of the
bile break down
fat droplets into
many small
ones by
reducing the
surface tension
of fat droplets. T
his process is
called
emulsification.
This increases
lipase action on
fat.
713 Where is protein Stomach Ileum Rectum Duodenum B Protein
digestion digestion starts
accomplished? in the stomach
with the action
of enzyme
pepsin. Then in
the duodenum it
is carried out by
the action of
trypsin,
chymotrypsin
and
carboxypeptidas
es. Then it is
done by
aminopeptidase
s and
dipeptidases,
 enterokinases in
jejunum and
then it ends in
the ileum.
714 In man the cardiac part of pyloric part of duodenum fundic part of D Zymogen or
zymogen or stomach stomach stomach. chief cells are
chief cells are present in the
mainly found in fundic part of
stomach. Chief
cells are usually
basal in location
and secrete
gastric digestive
enzymes as
proenzymes or
zymogens;
pepsinogen and
prorennin.
715 Emulsification of bile pigments bile salts HCl pancreatic juice. B Bile contains no
fat is carried out enzyme, and
by has no chemical
action on food.
However, it has
salts, namely,
sodium
glycocholate
and sodium
taurocholate.
These salts
reduce the
surface tension
of large fat
droplets and
break them into
many small
ones. This
process is called
emulsification.
They also form
thin coating
around tiny fat
droplets to keep
them from
coalescing. This
increases lipase
 action on fats.
716 Release of enterokinase cholecystokinin trypsinogen secretin D Cholecystokinin
pancreatic juice (in fact it is
is stimulated by cholecystokinin
pancreozymin)
is a hormone
which is
secreted by
small intestine
and stimulates
pancreas to
secrete and
release
digestive
enzymes in
pancreatic juice.
Secretin causes
the release of
bicarbonates in
the pancreatic
juice.
Enterokinase is
an enzyme that
converts
trypsinogen (a
proenzyme) into
trypsin.
717 Fructose is active transport facilitated simple diffusion co-transport B Fructose and
absorbed into transport mechanism. mannose are
the blood absorbed
through mucosa through
cells of intestine facilitated
by the process diffusion that is
called by the help of
the carrier
molecule. It is
along the
concentration
gradient (higher
concentration to
low
concentration).
718 Carrier ions like amino acids and glucose and fatty acids and fructose and A The absorption
Na+ facilitate glucose fatty acids glycerol some amino of glucose and
 the absorption of acids. amino acids is
substances like mediated by
carrier ions like
Na+. The
concentration of
Na+ is higher in
the intestinal
lumen
compared to
mucosal cells.
Na+, therefore
moves into the
cells along its
concentration
gradient and
simultaneously
glucose is
transported into
the intestinal
cells. Thus Na+
diffuses into the
cell and it drags
glucose along
with it. The
intestinal Na+
gradient is the
immediate
energy source.
T he mechanism
for transport of
amino acids is
same as
glucose.
Fructose
absorption does
not require
energy and is
independent of
Na+ transport.
719 A young infant Bile pigments Undigested milk Pancreatic juice Intestinal juice A The yellow
may be feeding passed through protein casein poured into colour is due to
entirely on bile juice duodenum the presence of
mother’s milk bile pigments
which is white in (bilirubin-
colour but the yellow). Bile
 stools which the pigments are
infant passes excretory
out is quite products. Bile is
yellowish. What a bitter-tasting
is this yellow greenish-yellow
colour due to? alkaline f luid
produced by the
liver, stored in
the gall bladder,
and secreted
into the
duodenum of
vertebrates. It
assists the
digestion and
absorption of
fats by the
action of bile
salts, which
chemically
reduce fatty
substances and
decrease the
surface tension
of fat droplets so
that they are
broken down
and emulsified.
720 Which one of Fructose and Chylomicrons About 60% of Oxyntic cells in A Glucose and
the following amino acids are are small starch is our stomach galactose are
statements is absorbed lipoprotein hydrolysed by secrete the absorbed by
true regarding through particles that are salivary amylase proenzyme active transport.
digestion and intestinal transported from in our mouth. pepsinogen. Sodium pump of
absorption of mucosa with the intestine into the cell
food in humans? help of carrier blood capillaries. membrane
ions like Na+. helps in it active
take up.
Fructose is
absorbed by
facilitated
diffusion that
involves a
specific
transmembrane
carrier. Amino
 acids are
absorbed by
active transport
coupled with
active sodium
transport. They
also enter the
blood stream.
721 Epithelial cells of pinocytic microvilli zymogen phagocytic B Microvilli are
the intestine vesicles granules vesicles. countless
involved in food minute, closely -
absorption have set projections
on their surface from the free
surface of the
mucosal cells of
the intestine.
There may be
about 500
microvilli on
each cell. These
are meant to
increase the
absorptive
surface area of
the intestine.
Pinocytic
vesicles are
involved in
intake of
extracellular
fluid. Phagocytic
vesicles are
involved in
engulfing of
large solid
particles.
Zymogen
granules contain
proteolytic
enzymes in an
inactive form.
722 During First First fats, next First First proteins, A During
prolonged carbohydrates, carbohydrates carbohydrates, next lipids and prolonged
fastings, in what next fats and and lastly next proteins lastly fasting, first
sequence are lastly proteins proteins and lastly lipids carbohydrates carbohydrates
 the following are used up
organic then fats and
compounds proteins are
used up by the used at the last.
body ? Carbohydrate
and fat
metabolism can
easily produce
energy than
protein and they
follow a more or
less simpler
pathway to enter
into TCA cycle.
When all
carbohydrates
of the body are
used up then
fats are
converted into
carbohydrates
and when all
fats are used up
then ultimately
proteins of the
body are
converted into
carbohydrates
to be used up by
the body.
723 Anxiety and indigestion jaundice diarrhoea vomiting A Indigestion is
eating spicy the condition in
food together in which the food
an otherwise is not properly
normal human, digested leading
may lead to to a feeling of
fullness. The
causes of
indigestion are
inadequate
enzyme
secretion,
anxiety, food
poisoning, over
eating and spicy
 food.
724 Jaundice is a excretory skin and eyes digestive system circulatoy C Jaundice is a
disorder of system system. disorder in
which skin and
eyes turn yellow
due to the
deposition of
bile pigment.
This happens
when bile made
in the liver fails
to reach the
intestine due to
obstruction of
the bile duct. As
a result, the bile
is absorbed into
the blood
instead of going
to the
duodenum and
cause yellowing
of eyes and
skin.
725 When breast rickets kwashiorkor pellagra marasmus D Marasmus is
feeding is common in
replaced by less infants under
nutritive food one year of age.
low in proteins It develops due
and calories; the to deficiency of
infants below proteins and
the age of one calories. It can
year are likely to be cured by
suffer from providing
adequate
proteins, fats
and
carbohydrates.
726 Which one of Retinol - Cobalamine - Calciferol- Ascorbic acid - A Retinol (vitamin
the following is a Xerophthalmia Beri-beri Pellagra Scurvy A) and calciferol
fat-soluble (vitamin D) are
vitamin and its fat soluble
related vitamins but the
deficiency pellagra is not
disease? the deficient
disease of
calciferol.
Vitamin A
cannot be
synthesised by
mammals and
other
vertebrates and
must be
provided in the
diet. Green
plants contain
precursors of
the vitamin,
notably
carotenes, that
are converted to
vitamin A in the
intestinal wall
and liver. The
aldehyde
derivative of
vitamin A,
retinal, is a
constituent of
the visual
pigment
rhodopsin.
Deficiency
affects the eyes,
causing night
blindness,
xerophthalmia
(dryness and
thickening of the
cornea), and
eventually total
blindness.
Pellagra is
caused by the
deficiency of
vitamin B3 or
nicotinic acid or
niacin.
 Cobalamine and
ascorbic acid
(vitamin C) are
water soluble
vitamins. They
are generally
found together
in the same
foods with the
exception of
B12
(cobalamine). T
he deficient
disorders
related to
cobalamine,
vitamin C and
calciferol are
Cobalamine –
Pernicious
anaemia
Ascorbic acid
(vitamin C) –
Scurvy
Calciferol
(vitamin D) –
Rickets (in
children) and
osteomalacia in
adults. Beri-beri
is caused by the
deficiency of
vitamin B1
(Thiamine).
727 Examination of Iron compounds Thiamine Folic acid and Riboflavin C Anaemia is not
blood of a cobalamine a disease. It is a
person symptom of
suspected of various
having anaemia diseases which
shows large, may result from
immature, excessive blood
nucleated loss, excessive
erythrocytes blood cell
without destruction, or
haemoglobin. decreased blood
 Supplementing cell formation.
his diet with Folic acid is a
which of the part of
following is likely coenzymes for
to alleviate his protein and
symptoms? nucleic acid
metabolism and
is essential for
growth and
formation of
RBCs. Its
deficiency leads
to anaemia,
failure of RBCs
to mature and
sprue. Vitamin
B12 or
cyanocobalamin
e acts as a
coenzyme for
nucleic acid
metabolism and
is essential for
formation of
RBCs and
myelin
formation. Its
deficiency leads
to Pernicious
(injurious)
anaemia and
malformation of
RBCs.
728 A patient is scurvy kwashiorkor rickets anaemia B Kwashiorkor is
generally caused due to
advised to the deficiency of
specially protein. Meat,
consume more lentils, milk and
meat, lentils, eggs are rich
milk and eggs in sources of
diet only when proteins. Scurvy
he suffers from is caused due to
deficiency of
vitamin C whose
sources are
 citrus fruit,
tomatoes,
peppers, leafy
green
vegetables.
Deficiency of
vitamin D
(sources - milk,
egg yolk and
liver) leads to
rickets. Anaemia
is caused due to
deficiency of
folic acid
(sources - yeast,
liver, fish, green
vegetables) or
vitamin B12
(sources - liver,
eggs, meat, fish)
or iron (egg
yolk, spinach).
729 Which group of 2, 4 and 5 1, 2 and 4 1, 3 and 5 2, 3 and 5 A Beri-beri which
three of the is caused due to
following five the deficiency of
statements (1-5) vitamin B1, is
contain all three characterized by
correct pain from
statements neuritis,
regarding beri- paralysis,
beri? 1. A muscle wasting,
crippling disease oedema, mental
prevalent among deterioration
the native and finally heart
population of failure. It occurs
sub-Saharan in those
Africa. 2. A countries
deficiency (coastal districts
disease caused of A.P.) where
by lack of the diet is based
thiamine on polished rice,
(vitamin B1). 3. which lacks the
A nutritional thiamine-rich
disorder in seed coat.
infants and
 young children
when the diet is
persistently
deficient in
essential
protein. 4.
Occurs in those
countries where
the staple diet is
polished rice. 5.
The symptoms
are pain from
neuritis,
paralysis,
muscle wasting,
progressive
oedema, mental
deterioration
and finally heart
failure.
730 The richest goat’s liver and chocolate and rice and hen’s carrot and A Goat’s liver and
sources of Spirulina green gram egg chicken’s breast. Spirulina (a
vitamin B12 are cyanobacterium)
are the richest
sources of
vitamin B12.
Other sources
are eggs, meat,
fish, etc.
731 Which one of Vitamin B12 - Vitamin B6 - Vitamin B1 - Vitamin B2 - D Deficiency of
the following Pernicious Convulsions Beri-beri Pellagra vitamin B2 leads
pairs is not anaemia to inflammation
correctly of eyes, sores
matched? on the lips and
skin diseases.
Pellagra is
caused due to
deficiency of
nicotinic acid or
vitamin B3. It is
characterised by
dermatitis (skin
inflammation),
diarrhoea and
dementia
 (nervous
disorder).
732 Stool of a Pancreas Spleen Kidney Liver D Bilirubin and
person is whitish biliverdin are the
grey coloured pigments
due to present in the
malfunction of bile juice
which of the secreted from
following organ? liver. They
provide
yellowish brown
colour to the
stool. So,
malfunction of
liver leads to
appearance of
whitish grey
stool.
733 Continuous vitamin A vitamin B vitamin K vitamin E. C Vitamin K is
bleeding from an necessary for
injured part of the synthesis of
body is due to prothrombin in
deficiency of the liver.
Prothrombin is a
factor which is
required for
blood clotting.
Deficiency of
vitamin K leads
to slow rate of
blood clotting.
Vitamin A
deficiency leads
to night
blindness,
xerophthalmia
and retarded
growth. Vitamin
B deficiency
causes beri-beri,
pellagra,
anaemia etc.
Deficiency of
vitamin E leads
to destruction of
 RBCs.
734 Which one of Vitamin E - Vitamin D - Vitamin B - Vitamin A - A Vitamin E is
the following is Tocopherol Riboflavin Calciferol Thiamine known as
correctly tocopherol. It
matched? prevents
breakage of red
blood cells, may
act as an
antioxidant,
prevents
oxidation of
certain materials
and maintains
normal
membrane
structure.
Vitamin D and
Vitamin A are
known as
calciferol and
retinol
respectively.
735 Which food Carrot and ripe Guava, banana Mango and None of the A Deficiency of
should be eaten papayas potato above rhodopsin in
during eyes occurs due
deficiency of to deficiency of
rhodopsin in vitamin A.
eyes? Carrot and ripe
papayas are rich
sources of
vitamin A so
these should be
eaten in
deficiency of
rhodopsin in
eyes.
736 To which of the Vitamin C Vitamin B Vitamin K Vitamin A B Vitamin B
following complex complex is a
families do folic group of water
acid and soluble vitamins
pantothenic acid that
belong? characteristically
serve as
components of
 coenzymes.
Plants and
many
microorganisms
can
manufacture B-
vitamins but
dietary sources
are essential for
most animals.
Heat and light
tend to destroy
B vitamins. The
vitamin B
complex
consists of 8
different
components -
B1, B2, B3,
pantothenic
acid, B6, folic
acid, biotin and
B12.
Pantothenic acid
functions as a
part of
coenzyme A in
cell respiration
while folic acid
functions as part
of coenzymes in
protein and
nucleic acid
metabolism.
737 Which of the Vitamin A - Vitamin D - Vitamin K - Beri- Vitamin C - C Deficiency of
following is Xerophthalmia Rickets beri Scurvy vitamin K
mismatched? causes
haemorrhage,
which is
characterized by
profuse
bleeding. Beri-
beri is caused
due to
deficiency of
 vitamin B1.
738 Which one of Kwashiorkor Night blindness Eczema Cirrhosis A Kwashiorkor is a
the following is a protein
protein deficiency
deficiency disease. Its
disease? symptoms are
underweight,
stunted growth,
poor brain
development,
loss of appetite,
anaemia,
protuding belly,
slender legs and
bulging eyes.
Night blindness
is the inability to
see in dimlight
or at night. It
occurs due to
deficiency of
vitamin A.
Eczema is a
common itchy
skin disease
characterized by
reddening and
vesicle
formation.
Cirrhosis is a
condition in
which the liver
responds to
injury or death
of some of its
cell by
producing
interlacing
strands of
fibrous tissue
between which
are nodules of
regenerating
cells.
739 Pellagra disease niacin tocopherol riboflavin folic acid. A Niacin (nicotinic
is caused by the acid) is a
deficiency of vitamin that acts
as a part of
coenzymes
(NAD, NADP)
which serve as
hydrogen
acceptors and
donors for many
enzymes. Its
deficiency in the
body causes
pellagra which is
characterized by
dermatitis (skin
inflammation),
diarrhoea and
dementia
(nervous
disorder).
Deficiency of
tocopherol
(vitamin E)
leads to
destruction of
RBCs.
Deficiency of
riboflavin
(vitamin B2)
causes
inflammation of
eyes, sores on
the lips and skin
diseases. Folic
acid deficiency
leads to
anaemia and
failure of RBCs
to mature.
740 High cholesterol ghee, butter and groundnut oil, fatty oil and cheese, dalda B Cholesterol is a
patients are oils margarine and butter and ghee. fat like material
advised to use vegetable oils (a sterol)
present in the
blood and most
 tissues
especially
nervous tissue.
Cholesterol is
synthesised in
the body from
acetate, mainly
in the liver and
blood
concentration is
normally 140-
300 mg/100 mL.
It can exists as
a free sterol or
esterified with a
long chain fatty
acids. High
cholesterol is
harmful for the
body. So, high
cholesterol
patients are
advised to take
groundnut oil,
margarine and
vegetable oils,
as these contain
polyunsaturated
fatty acids that
contain less
cholesterol in
them.
741 The vitamin K vitamin B12 vitamin A vitamin B1. A Haemorrhagic
haemorrhagic disease is
disease of new characterised by
born is caused profuse bleeding
due to the in the newborn.
deficiency of Deficiency of
vitamin K, an
anti-
haemorrhagic
factor causes
delayed blood
clotting in case
of injuries.
742 The vitamin C or scurvy antibody rickets pellagra. A Scurvy is
ascorbic acid synthesis characterised by
prevents bleeding gums
and swollen
joints as well as
decreased
resistance to
common cold.
This occurs due
to the deficiency
of vitamin C.
Vitamin C is a
water soluble
vitamin with
antioxidant
properties that is
essential in
maintaining
healthy
connective
tissues and the
integrity of cell
walls. It is
essential for the
synthesis of
collagen.
Rickets and
pellagra are
caused due to
deficiency of
vitamin D and
vitamin B3
respectively in
the body.
743 Calcium vitamin C vitamin D vitamin B vitamin E. B Calcium is an
deficiency in the important
body occurs in constituent of
the absence of bones and
teeth. It is
present in the
blood at a
concentration of
about 10
mg/100 mL,
being
 maintained at
this level by
hormones -
calcitonin and
parathyroid
hormone. Ca
absorption is
enhanced by
vitamin D. Thus,
deficiency of
vitamin D
hampers Ca
absorption
resulting in
conditions such
as rickets,
osteoporosis
and
osteomalacia. A
deficiency of
calcium in the
blood may lead
to tetany.
744 Which of the Thiamine – Beri- Protein – Nicotinamide – Iodine – Goitre C Pellagra is a
following pair is beri Kwashiorkor Pellagra disease that
characterised by occurs due to
swollen lips, deficiency of
thick pigmented vitamin
skin of hands nicotinamide. Its
and legs and symptoms are
irritability? swollen lips,
diarrohea, thick
pigmented skin
of hands and
legs and
nervous
disorder
(irritability).
745 UNIT 1: Five kingdom presence or mode of mode of nutrition complexity of B R.H. Whittaker
Diversity in system of absence of a reproduction body considered
Living World classification well defined organisation. complexity of
suggested by nucleus cell structure
R.H. Whittaker and structural
is not based on (body)
organisation,
 mode of
nutrition,
ecological life
style and
phylogenetic
relationships for
the five kingdom
system of
classification.
746 1.2 Five Maximum fungi animalia monera plantae C Compared to
kingdom nutritional many other
classification; diversity is found group,
salient features in the group monerans
(bacteria) show
and
the most
classification of extensive
Monera; Protista metabolic
and Fungi into diversity. Some
major groups; of the bacteria
Lichens; Viruses are autotrophic,
and Viroids. i.e., they
synthesize their
own food from
inorganic
substrates. They
may be
photosynthetic
autotrophic or
chemosynthetic
autotrophic. The
vast majority of
bacteria are
heterotrophs,
i.e., they do not
synthesize their
own food but
depend on other
organisms or on
dead organic
matter for food.
747 Zoology - In the five protista algae plantae monera A In order to
Biological kingdom develop
Classification classification, phylogenetic
Chlamydomona classification,
s and Chlorella R.H. Whittaker
have been (1969), an
included in American
taxonomist,
divided all the
organisms into
five kingdoms.
Whittaker has
used five criteria
for delimiting the
different
kingdoms. (i)
Complexity of
cell structure,
prokaryotic and
eukaryotic (ii)
Complexity of
body structure
or structural
organization,
unicellular and
multicellular. (iii)
Mode of
nutrition which is
divergent in
multicellular
kingdoms. (iv)
Ecological life
style like
producers
(plantae),
decomposers
(fungi) and
consumers
(animalia), (v)
Phylogenetic
relationship.
When such
characteristics
were
considered, the
fungi were
placed in a
separate
kingdom –
Kingdom Fungi.
 All prokaryotic
organisms were
grouped
together under
Kingdom
Monera and the
unicellular
eukaryotic
organisms were
placed in
Kingdom
Protista.
Kingdom
Protista has
brought together
Chlamydomona
s, Chlorella
(earlier placed in
Algae within
Plants and both
having cell
walls) with
Paramecium
and Amoeba
(which were
earlier placed in
the animal
kingdom which
lack cell wall). It
has put together
organisms
which, in earlier
classifications,
were placed in
different
kingdoms. This
happened
because the
criteria for
classification
has changed.
748 In which Plantae Fungi Protista Monera D The Kingdom
kingdom would Monera includes
you classify the all prokaryotes.
archaea and T hey are
 nitrogen-fixing basically
organisms, if the unicellular. The
five kingdom archaea and
system of nitrogenf ixing
classification is organisms are
used ? placed under
monera. All
others fungi,
plantae, protists
and animalia are
eukaryotic.
749 In five kingdom structure of mode of nutrition structure of cell asexual B Whittaker’s
system, the nucleus wall reproduction system is based
main basis of on the following
classification is three criteria – •
complexity of
cell structure •
complexity of
the body
organization •
mode of
nutrition. On the
basis of these
criteria,
Whittaker
divided
organisms into
five kingdoms.
These five
kingdoms are
monera,
protista, algae,
fungi and
animalia. In the f
ive kingdom
classification, all
prokaryotes
have been
placed in
Kingdom
Monera, all
unicellular
eukaryotes in
Kingdom
Protista, Fungi
 (except slime
moulds and
water moulds) in
their separate
Kingdom while
Kingdom
Plantae and
Kingdom
Animalia have
been retained
for multicellular,
autotrophic and
multicellular
holozoic
organisms
respectively.
750 In the five Plantae Protista Monera Fungi C R.H. Whittaker
kingdom system had proposed a
of classification, five kingdom
which single system of
kingdom out of biological
the following can classification in
include blue- 1969. It is based
green algae, on complexity of
nitrogen fixing cell structure,
bacteria and body
methanogenic organization and
archaebacteria? mode of
nutrition. The
Kingdom
Monera includes
all prokaryotes.
The blue-green
algae, nitrogen
fixing bacteria
and
methanogenic
archaebacteria
are all
unicellular
prokaryotes so
they are
included in the
Kingdom
Monera.
751 Which of the Nuclear Plasma Glycocalyx Cell wall C Halophiles, a
following membrane membrane type of
components archaebacteria,
provides sticky usually occur in
character to the extreme saline
bacterial cell? conditions like
salt pans, salt
beds and salt
marshes.
752 DNA replication within nucleolus prior to fission just before during S phase. B Mycoplasmas
in bacteria transcription are the smallest
occurs living cells,
known without a
definite cell wall.
They are
pathogenic to
both plants and
animals and can
survive without
oxygen.
753 Methanogens eubacteria archaebacteria dinoflagellates slime moulds. B Glycocalyx is
belong to the outermost
mucilage layer
of the cell
envelope which
consists of non-
cellulosic
polysaccharides
with or without
proteins. It gives
sticky character
to the cell.
754 Archaebacteria cell membrane mode of nutrition cell shape mode of A DNA replicates
differ from structure reproduction. in bacteria just
eubacteria in before they
divide by fission.
755 Which of the Blue-green Saprophytic Archaebacteria Eubacteria C Methanogens
following are algae fungi belong to
likely to be archaebacteria.
present in deep T hey include
sea water? methane
producing
genera such as
Methanobacillus
and
 Methanothrix.
Methanogens
are obligate
anaerobes
found in oxygen-
deficient
environments,
such as
marshes,
swamps, sludge
(formed during
sewage
treatment) and
the digestive
systems of
ruminants.
Mostly they
obtain their
energy by
reducing carbon
dioxide and
oxidising
hydrogen, with
the production
of methane.
756 The protists golden algae slime moulds blue green D The
cyanobacteria algae. archaebacteria
are also referred are the ‘ancient’
to as bacteria that
include
extremophiles
like
methanogens,
halophiles and
thermophiles.
They represent
some of the
most ancient of
life forms that
persist today.
They have both
eubacterial and
eukaryotic
characters
besides the
 features unique
to them. Their
mode of
reproduction,
nutrition and cell
shape and size
resembles a
typical
eubacteria. T
heir cell walls
are made of a
variety of
polymers, but do
not contain
peptidoglycan
unlike
eubacteria.
Lipids of their
cytoplasmic
membranes are
either linked
unlike
eubacteria
which contain
glycerol ester
lipids in their cell
membrane.
757 The most cyanobacteria archaebacteria chemosynthetic heterotrophic D Archaebacteria
abundant autotrophs bacteria. belong to a
prokaryotes group of
helpful to prokaryotic
humans in organisms
making curd called Monera.
from milk and in These include
production of the
antibiotics are methanogens,
the ones which produce
categorised as methane; the
thermoacidophili
c bacteria,
which live in
extremely hot
and acidic
environments
(such as hot
 springs); and
the halophilic
bacteria, which
can only
function at high
salt
concentrations
and are
abundant in the
world’s oceans
758 In eubacteria, a plasma nucleus ribosomes cell wall. A Chromatophore
cellular membrane is a pigmented
component that lamellar or
resembles vesicular
eukaryotic cell is structure that
can be isolated
from disrupted
photosynthetic
bacteria or
cyanobacteria.
Their plasma
membrane may
be projected in
folds into the
cytoplasm
forming lamellae
that have,
therefore,
double
unitmembrane
structure. The
pigments and
most of the
enzymes
required for the
light-induced
electron
transport and
phosphorylation
processes of
photosynthesis,
are located in
the plasma
membrane and
lamellae.
759 Some eubacteria and cyanobacteria protists and liverworts and A Cyanobacteria
hyperthermophili archaea and diatoms mosses yeasts. consist of two
c organisms that groups of
grow in highly photosynthetic
acidic (pH 2) eubacteria: the
habitats belong blue-green
to the two bacteria
groups (formerly known
as blue-green
algae, or
cyanophyta),
which comprise
the vast majority
of members and
the grass-green
bacteria, or
chloroxybacteria
.
760 Bacterial leaf Alternaria Erwinia Xanthomonas Pseudomonas C Maximum
blight of rice is number of
caused by a antibiotics are
species produced by
mycelial
bacteria known
as
actinomycetes
and most of the
actinomycetes
are saprotrophic
(heterotrophic).
Lactic acid
bacteria that are
used in
preparation of
curd are also
heterotrophic
ones.
761 Thermococcus, bacteria whose bacteria that archaebacteria archaebacteria C Thermococcus,
Methanococcus DNA is relaxed contain a that contain that lack any Methanococcus
and or positively cytoskeleton protein histones and
Methanobacteriu supercoiled but and ribosomes homologous to resembling Methanobacteri
m exemplify which have a eukaryotic core those found in um are
cytoskeleton as histones eukaryotes but examples of
well as whose DNA is archaebacteria
mitochondria negatively which are
 supercoiled. characterized by
a unique cell
wall that lack
peptidoglycan
and consist of
polysaccharides
and protein and
closely
resemble the
eukaryotic cell in
the mechanism
of protein
synthesis,
structural
protein and RNA
compliments of
the ribosomes.
762 In the light of Archaea Archaea Archaea Archaea have D Archaebacteria
recent completely differ completely differ resemble some novel represent a cell
classification of from both from eukarya in all features that are type that seems
living organisms prokaryotes and prokaryotes. respects. absent in other to possess the
into three eukaryotes. prokaryotes and characteristics
domains of life eukaryotes. of both
(bacteria, prokaryotes as
archaea and well as
eukarya), which eukaryotes. In
one of the size, the
following archaebacteria
statements is are about 1 µm
true about in diameter, the
archaea? size of typical
prokaryotes lack
membrane-
bound
organelles,
nuclear bodies
are not bound
by nuclear
membranes as it
is in eukaryotes
and ribosomes
are 70S, the
size of those
found in typical
prokaryotes.
 They have
unique cell wall
that lacks
peptidoglycan,
closely
resemble the
eukaryotic cells
in the
mechanisms of
protein
synthesis,
structural
proteins.
Archaebacteria
also possess
unique
characteristic
found in neither
eukaryotes nor
prokaryotes. For
example, their
membrane
contain
branched chain
lipids with other.
This enables
them to tolerate
extremes of
heat and pH.
763 Which one of They are They are They cause They are also B Mycoplasma are
the following pleomorphic. sensitive to diseases in called PPLO. small,
statements penicillin. plants. unicellular,
about (nonmotile)
mycoplasma is prokaryotic
wrong? organisms. They
are
pleomorphic. T
herefore they
are known as
pleuro
pneumonia like
organisms
(PPLO). They
lack cell wall. It
contains
 cytoplasm,
ribosomes and
DNA. They are
inhibited by
tetracyclines but
insensitive to
penicillin. They
cause various
diseases.
764 Curing of tea fungi bacteria mycorrhiza viruses B Curing is a
leaves is process done to
brought about add special
by the activity of flavour and taste
in tea leaves. It
is also done for
tobacco. In this
process after
harvesting the
cured leaves are
hung in shade
and are
permitted for the
action of
bacteria. The
curing of tea
leaves is done
by Micrococcus
candidans.
Micrococcus is a
gram positive
aerobic
bacterium which
is a member of
micrococcaceae
.
765 All of the can induce root can fix nitrogen cannot fix like Rhizobium, B Frankia, is a
following nodules on in the free-living specialized it usually infects nitrogen fixing
statements many plant state vesicles in which its host plant symbiotic
concerning the species the nitrogenase through root hair bacteria. It
actinomycetous is protected from deformation and induces root
filamentous soil oxygen by a stimulates cell nodules just like
bacterium chemical barrier proliferation in Rhizobium. It is
Frankia are involving the host’s associated
correct except triterpene cortex. symbiotically
that Frankia hopanoids with the root
 nodules of
several non-
legume plants
like Casuarina,
Alnus, Rubus,
etc. It cannot fix
nitrogen in free
state.
766 For retting of methanophilic butyric acid Helicobacter Streptococcus B Retting is the
jute the bacteria bacteria pylori lactin. process of
fermenting separating fibres
microbe used is that are held
together in close
association
using a variety
of bacteria.
Fibres of jute
are held
together in close
association and
they are
separated by
the action of
butyric acid
bacteria, e.g.,
Clostridium
butyricum.
These plants
are immersed in
water so that
they absorb
water and swell.
Due to the
activity of
bacteria, the
pectic
substances of
middle lamella
are hydrolysed
and the f ibres
are separated.
These
separated fibres
are used in
making of ropes
 and sacks.
767 Basophilic grow and occur in water readily grow and grow slowly in A Basophilic
prokaryotes multiply in very containing high divide in sea highly alkaline prokaryotes are
deep marine concentrations water enriched frozen lakes at facultatively
sediments of barium in any soluble high altitudes. anaerobic
hydroxide salt of barium bacteria. They
grow and
multiply in very
deep marine
sediments. Most
basophiles grow
better at a pH of
8.5 or higher.
768 Which statement Transfer of Transfer of Bacteria Bacteria A In transduction,
is correct for some genes genes from one obtained its obtained DNA genetic material
bacterial from one bacteria to DNA directly from other of one bacterial
transduction? bacteria to another bacteria from mother cell. external source. cell goes to
another bacteria by conjugation. other bacterial
through virus. cell by agency
of
bacteriophages
or phages
(viruses,
infecting
bacteria).
Transduction
was first of all
reported in
Salmonella
typhimurium by
Zinder and
Lederberg
(1952).
Transduction is
used for gene
mapping and
analysis in
bacteria and
also for strain
construction.
769 In bacteria, extra main DNA non functional repetitive gene. A In addition to the
plasmid is chromosomal DNA nucleoid,
material bacterial
cytoplasm
 normally
contains many
small, separate
pieces of DNA,
called plasmids.
These circular
DNA units are
1/100 the size of
the main nuclear
DNA (nucleoid)
and are also not
enclosed in a
membrane
structure. When
found in
cytoplasm,
entirely
independent of
the bacterial
chromosome,
they replicate
autonomously.
Sometimes it
becomes
integrated into
the main DNA
and replicates
with it. During
conjugation, the
plasmids,
sometimes
called
episomes, help
in the transfer of
the genetic
material
between
different
bacteria. It may
carry some
genes of
resistance to a
variety of
antibiotics.
770 Organisms photoautotrophs chemoautotroph saprozoic coproheterotrop B Chemoautotrop
 which obtain s hs hs are
energy by the organisms that
oxidation of are capable of
reduced manufacturing
inorganic their organic
compounds are food utilising
called chemical energy
released in
oxidation of
some inorganic
substances. The
process of
manufacture of
food in such
organisms is
called
chemosynthesis
. It includes
some aerobic
bacteria.
Photoautotroph
obtain energy
for their
synthesis of
food from light.
Fungi living on
dead or
decaying plant
or animal
remains and
also growing on
dung of
herbivores are
saprophytes.
771 What is true for All halophiles All All fossils Oldest living D Archaebacteria
archaebacteria? photosynthetics beings are believed to
have originated
at a time when
there were
extreme
conditions in the
biosphere. Even
today they are
found in
environments
 where other
kinds of bacteria
cannot survive.
So they are
considered to be
the oldest of the
living fossils,
e.g.,
Methanobacteri
um,
Methanococcus,
etc. All of them
are not
halophiles. Only
some forms like
Halobacterium,
Halococcus can
survive under
extreme saline
conditions. All of
them are not
fossils because
many forms are
still surviving
and flourishing.
772 Difference in Oldest living cell membrane ribosome cytoplasm. A Using Gram
Gram positive beings stain, developed
and Gram by Danish
negative physician,
bacteria is due Christian Gram
to in 1884, two
kinds of bacteria
were noted -
those species of
bacteria that are
decolorized by
alcohol are
called Gram
negative and
those that retain
the stain are
called Gram
positive. This
property of
bacteria is
 related with the
structure and
compositional
differences
between the
walls of gram
positive and
gram negative
forms. In the cell
wall of Gram+ve
bacteria, both
horizontal and
vertical peptide
linkages are
present, due to
which mesh is
dense and
hence the stain
does not come
out. Further
outer layer of
cell wall of Gram
+ve bacteria is
made of teichoic
acid. In the cell
wall of Gram–ve
bacteria, either
horizontal or
vertical peptide
linkage are
present, due to
which mesh is
loose and hence
stain comes out.
Further
outermost layer
of cell wall of
Gram–ve
bacteria is made
of
lipopolysacchari
des.
773 Transfer of bacteriophages another physical contact conjugation A Transduction is
genetic released from bacterium between donor between the
information from the donor having special and recipient opposite strain phenomenon of
 one bacterium to bacterial strain organ for strains bacterium. transfer of
another in the conjugation genetic material
transduction from one
process is bacterial cell to
through another through
the agency of
virus. The
viruses carry a
segment of DNA
from one host
and infect
another host
which is
different from
the first one, the
latter may inherit
some of the
properties of the
former host due
to transfer of
DNA segment
through infecting
phage.
774 A bacterium 35 × 105 cells 32 × 105 cells 175 × 105 cells 85 × 105 cells B A bacterium
divides every 35 divides every 35
minutes. If a minutes. \ In 175
culture minutes it would
containing 105 be 2^175/35
cells per mL is times = 25
grown for 175 times. \ In 175
minutes, what minutes 105
will be the cell bacterium cells
concentration would be = 25 ×
per mL after 175 105 = 32 ×
minutes? 105/mL.
775 The DNA of double stranded double stranded single stranded single stranded B E. coli is a
E.coli is and linear and circular and linear and circular. Gram-negative,
rod shaped,
motile or non-
motile bacteria.
E. coli contains
a double
stranded DNA
as its genetic
material. The
 DNA is not
associated with
any histone
proteins so it is
referred to as
naked DNA.
This DNA is
circular with no
free ends.
776 The main role of chemosynthesis digestion or photosynthesis assimilation of B Bacteria are
bacteria in the breakdown of nitrogenous responsible for
carbon cycle organic compounds. maintaining the
involves compounds conditions of life
as the earth by
virtue of their
powers of
decomposition
of plant and
animal bodies
by which the
limited supply of
CO2 available
for
photosynthesis
is replenished.
Thus, they act
as decomposers
in the carbon
cycle. Bacteria
mainly function
as decomposers
in the carbon
cycle.
777 A few organisms thermophilic hot spring blue- methanogenic marine A Thermoacidophil
are known to sulphur bacteria green algae archaebacteria archaebacteria. es (temperature
grow and and acid loving)
multiply at archaebacteria
temperatures of are found in hot
100-105oC. sulphur springs.
They belong to Although they
are microscopic,
single-celled
organisms, they
flourish under
conditions which
 would kill higher
organisms.
These are
aerobic bacteria
and have the
capacity to
oxidize sulphur
to H2SO4 at
high
temperature and
high acidity (pH
= 2.0). Some of
them are also
able to reduce
sulphur to H2S
under anaerobic
conditions. As a
rule, they grow
best between
80°C and 100°C
and several
species do not
grow below
80°C.
778 Azotobacter and pathogenic decomposers symbiotic N2 non-symbiotic D Symbiosis is a
Bacillus bacteria fixer N2 fixer. mutually
polymyxa are beneficial
the examples of relationship or
interaction
between
individuals of
two different
species with
none of the two
capable of living
separately. E.g.,
Rhizobium is
associated with
root nodules of
legumes. It fixes
nitrogen for the
plant and the
plant provides it
food and
shelter.
 Azotobacter is a
free-living
bacteria which
occurs in the
soil and fixes
nitrogen directly.
Bacillus is also a
free living
bacteria which
acts upon
nitrogenous
excretions and
proteins of dead
bodies of living
organisms.
These are
therefore, non-
symbiotic N2
fixing bacteria.
779 What are the Sex pili Plasmid Circular DNA Gametes A Sex pili are
sex organs minute and non-
provided in flagellar hair like
some bacteria? structures
projecting from
the wall of many
Gram negative
bacteria and few
Gram positive
ones. They are
entirely
composed of a
protein called
pilin. They are
used as sex
organs during
conjugation,
forms
conjugation tube
during
conjugation.
They confer the
property of
stickiness
whereby
bacteria tend to
 adhere to one
another (clump
formation).
Naked circular
DNA is the
genetic material
which is not
enclosed by
nuclear
membrane and
non complexed
with proteins. It
is called
nucleoid or
genophore.
Plasmids
(Hayes and
Lederberg,
1952) are
additional or
extrachromoso
mal small rings
of DNA having a
few useful but
non-vital genes,
e.g., for fertility
factor, R-factors
or resistance
factor.
780 Which type of Circular free Membrane Straight DNA Helical DNA A Bacterial cells
DNA is found in DNA bound DNA do not have
bacteria? nucleus.
Nuclear material
of bacteria lies
free in the cell in
the form of an
irregular, thin
fibrillar and
circular single
molecule of
DNA called
nucleoid or
chromatin body.
781 A large number Azotobacter Chemolithotroph Mycoplasma Pseudomonas B Chemolithotroph
of organic s s can derive the
 compounds can energy required
be decomposed for growth from
by the oxidation of
inorganic
components.
782 Many blue- mitochondrial importance of cell wall modern cell C Some algae
green algae structure homopolar structure organization. withstand or
occur in thermal bonds in their tolerate a very
springs (hot- proteins high
water springs). temperature and
The temperature these are often
tolerance of called thermal
these algae algae. Such
have been forms are known
attributed to to grow upto
their 85°C, nearly
boiling water. T
heir cell wall is
hard and
protective. A
typical cell wall
of algae
consists of two
nonliving layers.
The inner layer
is firm consisting
of microfibrils
and outer layer
is gelatinous
and amorphous.
Various
polysaccharides
such as
cellulose, pectin,
mucilage
constitute the
typical cell wall.
The mucilage
covering of the
cell is thick and
dense and is
called the
sheath. This
sheath holds the
cells in colonies
 together, is
having water
absorbing and
water retaining
capacity. It thus
protects them
under
dessicating
conditions. Thus
they are able to
survive under
high
temperature.
783 Organisms, bacteria green algae soil fungi mosses. A A few free living
which fix bacteria are
atmospheric able to pick up
nitrogen in the dinitrogen from
soil, fall under the soil
the category of atmosphere and
convert it into
organic
nitrogenous
materials like
amino acids,
e.g.,
Azotobacter.
Symbiotic
nitrogen fixing
bacteria of the
genus
Rhizobium
occur in the root
nodules of a
number of
legumes. Root
nodules
containing
symbiotic
nitrogen
bacteria also
occur in
Casuarina and
Alnus. Leaf
nodules
containing such
 bacteria are
found in Ardisia.
Many
cyanobacteria
(blue-green
algae) fix
atmospheric
nitrogen due to
presence of
heterocysts.
784 Genophore/bact histones and RNA and a single double a single C Bacteria has no
erial genome or non-histones histones stranded DNA stranded DNA. nuclear
nucleoid is membrane
made of hence it is called
as nucleoid. The
genetic material
is referred to as
genophore.
Genophore is
the bacterial
chromosome. It
has a double
stranded circular
supercoiled
DNA. DNA has
about 10,000
genes in E.coli.
Double stranded
DNA in bacteria
is without
histones.
785 Escherichia coli easily cultured easily available easy to handle easily multiplied A E. coli bacteria
is used in host. acts as a human
extensively in symbionts and it
biological is found in
research as it is human intestine,
synthesize
vitamin K and B
and also help in
food
fermentation. It
is easily cultured
in any nutrient
medium in the
laboratory.
786 Bacteria lack neither syngamy distinct no conjugation no exchange of A In sexual
alternation of nor reduction chromosomes genetic material. reproduction,
generation division are absent syngamy and
because there is meiotic division
takes place but
in bacteria,
during sexual
reproduction
there is no
formation of
gametes hence
no syngamy and
reduction
division occurs,
bacteria lack
alternation of
generation.
Conjugation and
exchange of
genetic material
takes place in
bacteria.
787 Name the Chemosynthetic Pathogenic Symbiotic Mould A Chemosynthetic
organisms which bacteria bacteria bacteria bacteria do not
do not derive derive energy
energy directly directly or
or indirectly from indirectly from
sun. sun. The source
of energy of
these bacteria is
inorganic
substances.
They utilise the
energy liberated
by oxidation of
inorganic
compounds and
synthesize
organic
compounds.
788 Which one Amoeba Escherichia Gelidium Spirogyra B All prokaryotic
belongs to organisms come
Monera? under Kingdom
Monera.
Escherichia coli
 is a bacterium.
Monera includes
bacteria,
mycoplasmas,
cyanobacteria
(blue green
algae) and
actinomycetes.
789 Which of the Dinoflagellates Diatoms Cyanobacteria Euglenoids B Diatoms are the
following most common
organisms form of
phytoplankton in
the ocean. They
have the
pigment
chlorophyll
which helps in
photosynthesis.
Since, they are
the primary
producers of the
aquatic food
chain and the
marine
ecosystem
depends on
them. They are
called chief
producers in the
oceans.
790 Ciliates differ using flagella for having a using having two types D Ciliates differ
from all other locomotion contractile pseudopodia for of nuclei. from other
protozoans in vacuole for capturing prey protozoans in
removing having two
excess water types of nuclei :
macronucleus
and
micronucleus
(nuclear
dimorphism).
E.g.,
Paramecium
has
macronucleus
which controls
 metabolic
activities as well
as growth and
micronucleus
that takes part in
reproduction.
791 Select the wrong The walls of ‘Diatomaceous Diatoms are Diatoms are A Diatoms are
statement. diatoms are earth’ is formed chief producers microscopic and marine or
easily by the cell walls in the oceans. float passively in freshwater
destructible. of diatoms. water. unicellular
organisms
which have cell
walls (frustules)
composed of
pectin
impregnated
with silica and
consisting of two
halves, one
overlapping the
other. The
siliceous
frustules of
diatoms do not
decay easily.
792 Chrysophytes, Fungi Animalia Monera Protista. D Protista is a
Euglenoids, kingdom of
Dinoflagellates unicellular
and Slime eukaryotic
moulds are organisms. It
included in the includes
Kingdom photosynthetic
protists
(dinoflagellates,
chrysophytes
and euglenoids),
consumer-
decomposer
protists (slime
moulds) and
protozoan
protists.
793 In which group Dinoflagellates Slime moulds Chrysophytes Euglenoids C Chrysophytes
of organisms the include diatoms
cell walls form and desmids. T
 two thin he body of
overlapping diatoms is
shells which fit covered by a
together? transparent
siliceous shell
(silica deposited
in cell wall)
known as
frustule. The
frustule is made
of two valves,
epitheca and
hypotheca,
which fit
together like a
soap box.
794 Which one of Paramecium Escherichia coli Euglena viridis Amoeba proteus B Escherichia coli
the following caudatum (bacterium) is
organisms is not not an example
an eukaryote? of eukaryotic
cell. It is a
typical example
of prokaryotic
cell.
795 Which one of Physarum Thiobacillus Anabaena Rhizopus A Slime moulds
the following is a are peculiar
slime mould? protists that
normally take
the form of
amoebae, but
under certain
conditions
develop fruiting
bodies that
release spores,
superficially
similar to the
sporangia of
fungi. The order
physarales
include
Physarum
species. The
fruiting bodies
(sporangia) are
 characterized by
the presence of
abundant
amount of
calcium salt.
The order
comprises 142
species which
are placed
under 12
genera.
Physarum
polycephalum is
the best known.
The somatic
phase is
multinucleate,
diploid
holocarpic
plasmodium
which is the
product of
syngamy.
796 Auxospores and some diatoms some several several D Until 1907,
hormogonia are and several cyanobacteria cyanobacteria cyanobacteria auxospore
formed, cyanobacteria and many and several and several formation was
respectively, by diatoms diatoms diatoms regarded as
asexual process
but now it is
considered as
an act of sexual
process. The
auxospores may
be autogamous,
isogamous,
anisogamous or
oogamous.
Their pattern of
formation differs
in pennate and
centric diatoms.
Formation of
hormogonia is
the common
method of
 reproduction in
Nostoc which
are produced by
accidental
breaking of
trichome into
several pieces.
It may also be
formed by death
and decay of
ordinary
intercalary cells.
Soon, the
hormogonium
escapes from
mucilage and
grows into a
new filament
and then into a
new colony.
797 When a fresh- increase in disappear increase in size decrease in D Amoeba is a
water protozoan number size. fresh water
possessing a protozoan
contractile containing
vacuole, is contractile
placed in a glass vacuole that is
containing meant for
marine water, osmoregulation.
the vacuole will When Amoeba
is placed in a
marine water,
then the water
from the
contractile
vacuole will
move out
resulting in
decrease in size
of it. Contractile
vacuole will
increase in size
if it is placed in
hypotonic
solution. Water
will enter into
 contractile
vacuole, thus
increasing its
size and
ultimately it will
burst and
disappear.
798 The chief the ability to the ability to protection from the chance to A Amoeba forms a
advantage of survive during survive during parasites and get rid of cyst and
encystment of adverse physical adverse physical predators accumulated reproduces by
an Amoeba is conditions conditions waste products. multiple fission,
during adverse
environmental
conditions. The
animal secretes
a three-layered,
protective,
chitinous cyst
around it and
becomes
inactive. Inside
the cyst, the
nucleus
repeatedly
divides to form
several
daughter nuclei,
which arrange
themselves near
the periphery.
Each daughter
nucleus
becomes
enveloped by a
small amount of
cytoplasm, thus
forming a
daughter
Amoeba, called
amoebula or
pseudopodiospo
re. When
favourable
conditions
arrive, the cyst
 breaks off
liberating the
young
pseudopodiospo
res, each with
fine
pseudopodia.
They feed and
grow rapidly to
become adults
and lead an
independent life.
799 In which of the Amoeba proteus Trypanosoma Plasmodium Paramecium D Dimorphic
following gambiense vivax caudatum nucleus means
animals two types of
dimorphic nuclei are
nucleus is present in P.
found? caudatum –
large
macronucleus
and small
micronucleus.
The
macronucleus is
roughly kidney-
shaped and with
inconspicuous
nuclear
membrane.
Macronucleus is
the somatic or
vegetative
nucleus and
controls the day-
to-day metabolic
activities of the
cell. The
micronucleus is
lodged in a
depression on
the surface of
the
macronucleus. It
is usually
spherical, with a
 nuclear
membrane and
with diploid
number of
chromosomes. It
controls the
reproductive
activities of the
organism.
Amoeba,
Trypanosoma
and
Plasmodium
have only one
nucleus.
800 In protozoa like contractile mitochondria nucleus food vacuole. A The function of
Amoeba and vacuole contractile
Paramecium, vacuole is
the organ for osmoregulatory.
osmoregulation Water in
is freshwater
protozoan
enters the
organism by
endosmosis
during feeding.
If the organism
does not
possess a
mechanism to
get rid of this
excess water, it
will swell to the
point of rupture
and dissolution.
The mechanism
which is
assumed to
effect water
regulation is the
contractile
vacuole. The
vacuole
periodically
increases in
 volume
(diastole) to get
filled with water
and contracts
(systole) to
discharge its
water content to
the surrounding
environment.
801 Which of the Euglena Paramecium Bacteria Mycoplasma A Euglena
following possesses the
organisms characteristics
possesses of both plant
characteristics and animal. It
of a plant and an has chlorophyll,
animal? thus it is
autotrophic like
plants. In
contrast to this,
it has flagellated
locomotion like
animals.
802 The protists only free nucleic membrane gene containing nucleoprotein in B Protists include
have acid aggregates bound nucleoproteins direct contact all unicellular
nucleoproteins condensed with the rest of and colonial
lying embedded together in loose the cell eukaryotes
in the cytoplasm mass substance. except those of
green and red
algae. They are
broadly divided
into three
groups -
photosynthetic,
slime moulds
and protozoans.
The protistan
cells are
typically
eukaryotic
having
membrane
bound
organelles like
mitochondria,
chloroplasts,
 Golgi bodies,
endoplasmic
reticulum,
nucleus, etc.,
Nucleus is well
defined. Protists
can be
uninucleate,
binucleate or
multinucleate.
The genetic
material is linear
DNA, enclosed
by nuclear
envelope,
complexed with
proteins and
organised into
distinct
chromosomes.
803 In Amoeba and pseudopodia nucleus contractile general surface C In Amoeba and
Paramecium vacuole Paramecium,
osmoregulation osmoregulation
occurs through occurs through
contractile
vacoule.
Osmoregulation
is a
phenomenon in
which contractile
vacuole plays
an important
role in
maintaining the
water balance of
the cell.
Paramecium
contains two
contractile
vacuoles which
have fixed
position. One
contractile
vacuole is
present near the
anterior end
while another is
present towards
posterior end of
the body. Each
contractile
vacuole is
surrounded by
5-12 radial
canals. Excess
of water is
transferred from
the cytoplasm to
the radial
canals. The
latter pour water
into the
contractile
vacuole. T he
contractile
vacuole expels
water outside
the body. T hus
the contractile
vacuoles and
radial canals are
for
osmoregulation.
In Amoeba the
endoplasm, at
its posterior end,
contains a
single, clear
rounded and
pulsating
contractile
vacuole, filled
with a watery
fluid and
enclosed by a
unit membrane.
Surrounding this
membrane is a
region
containing many
 tiny feeder
vacuoles and
mitochondria. It
helps in the
osmoregulatory
and excretory
activities of the
animal.
804 Which is true Polymorphic Monogenetic Facultative Non-pathogenic A Trypanosoma is
about parasite polymorphic,
Trypanosoma? i.e., it has more
than one form. It
has at least four
forms that are
recognized on
the basis of the
positions of
kinetoplast and
blepharoplast
and the course
taken by the
flagellum. Two
or more such
forms occur
either in one or
both the hosts in
the life cycles of
various species
of
Trypanosoma. T
hese forms are
(i) Leishmanial
(amastigote) :
Round or oval
form with a
nucleus,
blepharoplast
and kinetoplast.
Flagellum
reduced and
fibril-like,
embedded in
cytoplasm. (ii)
Leptomonad
(promastigote) :
 Body elongate,
nucleus large
and anteriorly
located
blepharoplast
and kinetoplast.
Flagellum short
and unattached.
(iii) Crithidial
(epimastigote) :
Body elongate
blepharoplast
and kinetoplast
placed
immediately
anterior to
nucleus.
Undulating
membrane
inconspicuous.
(iv)
Trypanosomid
(trypomastigote)
: Body elongate
and slender.
Blepharoplast
and kinetoplast
situated at or
near posterior
end. Undulating
membrane
conspicuous.
Trypanosoma is
digenetic, i.e., it
completes its life
cycle in two
hosts. It is an
obligate parasite
and is
pathogenic.
805 Genetic micronucleus macronucleus both mitochondria A Paramecium
information in micronucleus contains a
Paramecium is and single large
contained in macronucleus macronucleus
and one small
 micronucleus.
The
macronucleus
controls
metabolism
such as feeding
and
maintenance,
whereas the
micronucleus
takes an
important role in
reproduction
and stores
genetic
information,
hence it is also
termed as
reproductive
nucleus
whereas
macronucleus is
termed as
vegetative
nucleus.
806 Which of the Yeasts have Morels and Claviceps is a Conidia are A Yeast is a non-
following filamentous truffles are source of many produced mycelial
statements is bodies with long edible alkaloids and exogenously unicellular
incorrect? thread like delicacies. LSD and ascospores ascomycetes
hyphae. endogenously. fungus.
807 Which among Saccharomyces Mycobacterium Nostoc Oscillatoria A Saccharomyces,
the following is i.e., yeast is a
not a eukaryote
prokaryote? unicellular
fungus.
Prokaryotes
include bacteria
(Mycobacterium
), cyanobacteria
(Nostoc and
Oscillatoria),
mycoplasma
and
archaebacteria.
808 After karyogamy Neurospora Alternaria Agaricus Saccharomyces C In Agaricus,
followed by (member of
meiosis, spores Basidiomycetes)
are produced , basidium
exogenously in commonly
produces four
meiospores or
basidiospores
exogenously.
Neurospora
(member of
Ascomycetes)
produces
ascospores,
endogenously
inside the
fruiting body,
ascus.
Alternaria
(member of
Deuteromycetes
) does not
produce any
sexual spores.
Saccharomyces
(member of
Ascomycetes)
produces
ascospores
endogenously.
809 Which one of They are All fungi They are They are both B Cell wall in fungi
the following is eukaryotic. possess a heterotrophic. unicellular and is composed of
wrong for fungi? purely cellulosic multicellular. chitin, a
cell wall. polysaccharide
comprising N-
acetyl-D-
glucosamine (a
derivative of
glucose).
810 Which one of Eubacteria are Phycomycetes Cyanobacteria Golden algae A Eubacteria are
the following also called false are also called are also called are also called also called true
statements is bacteria. algal fungi. blue-green desmids. bacteria.
wrong? algae.
811 One of the major cellulose hemicellulose chitin peptidoglycan C Fungal cell wall
components of contains chitin
 cell wall of most or fungal
fungi is cellulose along
with other
polysaccharides
, proteins, lipids
and a number of
other
substances.
812 The imperfect Phycomycetes Ascomycetes Deuteromycetes Basidiomycetes C Deuteromycetes
fungi which are are the
decomposers of imperfect fungi
litter and help in which include all
mineral cycling those fungi in
belong to which sexual
stage is either
absent or not
known. Some
members are
saprophytes or
parasites while
a large number
of them are
decomposers of
litter and help in
mineral cycling.
E.g.,
Colletotrichum,
Helminthosporiu
m, etc.
813 Choose the Morels and Yeast is Penicillium is Neurospora is A Morels are
wrong truffles are unicellular and multicellular and used in the Ascomycetes
statement. poisonous useful in produces study of with edible
mushrooms. fermentation. antibiotics. biochemical ascocarps that
genetics. have fleshy
sponge-like
conical cap or
pileus and a
stalk like stipe,
e.g., Morchella
esculenta.
Truffles are also
edible members
of Ascomycetes
with tuber-like
subterranean
 ascocarps that
are often dug
out with the help
of trained dogs
and pigs, e.g.,
Tuber aestivum.
814 Which one of Mucor Agaricus Phytophthora Alternaria D Alternaria is a
the following Reproduction by Parasitic Aseptate Sexual Deuteromycetes
matches is Ascomycetes fungusBasidiom Basidiomycetes Deuteromycetes member which
correct? conjugation ycetes mycelium reproduction are also known
absent as fungi
imperfecti. Their
perfect stages
(sexually
reproducing
stages) are
either absent or
not known. Now,
Alternaria
belongs to
Ascomycetes.
815 Which one of Morchella Amanita Neurospora sp. Ustilago sp. B Amanita
the following esculenta muscaria muscaria is a
fungi contains member of
hallucinogens? Class
Basidiomycetes.
It is a poisonous
mushroom and
has
hallucinogenic
properties. It
produces a toxic
alkaloid,
muscarine,
which mimics
the effects of
acetylcholine
and binds to
muscarinic
receptors as
well as ibotenic
acid which also
binds to different
receptors. This
leads to
 excitation of
neurons bearing
these receptors
and hence
hallucinations.
816 Which one of They lack a rigid They are They lack They are B Fungi are
the following is cell wall. heterotrophs. nuclear phagotrophs. achlorophyllous,
true for fungi? membrane. heterotrophic,
spore forming,
non-vascular,
eukaryotic
organisms
which often
contain chitin or
fungal cellulose
in their walls.
Hence, their cell
wall is rigid.
817 The pathogen Taenia, a Wuchereria, a Rhizopus, a Ascaris, a round C The pathogen
Microsporum tapeworm filarial worm mould worm. Microsporum is
responsible for genus of
ringworm Kingdom Fungi
disease in that causes
humans belongs diseases of skin
to the same and hair in
kingdom of humans and
organisms as animals like
that of dog, cat,
monkey.
Ringworm is
caused by the
dermatophyte
fungi- species of
Microsporum,
Trichophyton
and
Epidermophyton
. Rhizopus, a
black bread
mould belongs
to group
zygomycetes of
Kingdom Fungi.
818 Single-celled protista fungi archaea monera A Protista include
eukaryotes are all unicellular
included in and colonial
eukaryotes
except those of
green and red
algae. The
protistan cells
are typically
eukaryotic
having
membrane
bound
organelles like
mitochondria,
chloroplasts,
Golgi bodies,
endoplasmic
reticulum,
nucleus, etc.
Protista is
commonly
known as
kingdom of
unicellular
eukaryotes.
Kingdom Fungi
contains
achlorophyllous,
spore
producing,
heterotrophic,
multicellular or
multinucleate
eukaryotic
organisms
(unicellular
yeasts are also
included
amongst fungi
because their
sexual
reproduction is
similar to that of
some fungi).
Monerans are
basically
 unicellular
prokaryotes.
Archaea
(ancient
bacteria) are
also a type of
monerans which
live in primitive
environment like
high
temperature,
high salt
content, acidic
pH, etc.
819 Membrane- Saccharomyces Streptococcus Chlamydomona Plasmodium B Streptococcus is
bound s a bacteria which
organelles are is included
absent in under Kingdom
Monera.
Monerans have
prokaryotic cell
organisation in
which
membrane
bound
organelles like
mitochondria,
E.R., Golgi
bodies, etc., are
absent. All the
other three i.e.,
Saccharomyces
(a fungus),
Chlamydomona
s (an algae) and
Plasmodium (a
protozoan
protist) are
eukaryotes
containing true
membrane
bound
organelles.
820 Black (stem) Alternaria solani Ustilago nuda Puccinia Xanthomonas C Black stem rust
rust of wheat is graminis oryzae. is caused by
 caused by Puccinia
graminis tritici.
The genus
Puccinia
includes 700
species, which
cause rust
diseases of
many economic
plants such as
wheat, barley,
oats, etc.
821 Which one is the Black rust of Loose smut of Root knot of Late blight of D Late blight of
wrong pairing for wheat-Puccinia wheat-Ustilago vegetables- potato-Alternaria potato disease
the disease and graminis nuda Meloidogyne sp. solani is caused by
its causal Phytophthora
organism? infestans. It is a
phycomycetes
fungus.
Alternaria solani
is the causal
organism of
early blight of
potato disease.
822 Which pair of Puffballs and Peziza and stink Morchella and Birds nest fungi D The Cyathus is
the following Claviceps horns mushrooms and puffballs known as bird’s
belongs to nest fungi, and
basidiomycetes? Lycoperdon is
called puffballs.
Both these fungi
belong to the
group of club
fungi or
basidiomycetes.
These fungi
produce spores
inside club
shaped fruit
bodies called
basidium.
Typically
basidium has 4
basidiospores
produced
exogenously.
 Peziza,
Morchella and
Claviceps
belong to
ascomycetes
(produce
ascospores in
ascocarps).
Mushroom are
basidiomycetes
fungi.
823 Which of the B, C and F only A, C and E only A, D and E only B, D and E only C Mucor is a
following filamentous
environmental fungus found in
conditions are the humus of
essential for soil decaying
optimum growth fruits,
of Mucor on a vegetables. It is
piece of bread ? commonly
A. Temperature known as black
of about 25°C B. mould. Most of
Temperature of the Mucor sp.
about 5°C C. are unable to
Relative grow at 37°C
humidity of and the strains
about 5% D. isolated from
Relative human
humidity of infections are
about 95% E. A usually one of
shady place F. A the few
brightly thermotolerant
illuminated place Mucor sp.
Choose the Colonies of
answer from the Mucor grow
following rapidly at 25-
options. 30°C, humidity
about 90-95%
and quickly
cover the
surface of the
agar. It requires
moist and shady
place for its
growth. Many
sp. of Mucor are
 responsible for
causing rotting
of fruit and
vegetables. A
few sp. e.g.,
Mucor pusillus
are pathogenic
to man.
824 Which fungal Loose smut of Corn smut Covered smut of Soft rot of potato A Loose smut of
disease spreads wheat barley wheat infects
by seed and the healthy
flowers? wheat plants at
the time of
flowering. Here
chlamydospores
, from smutted
heads (blown by
the wind)
germinate on
the stigmas and
produce
infection
threads,
infecting the
ovaries and
stigma.
Ultimately, the
fungus
continues to
grow within the
embryo, as the
seed matures.
With the
germination of
these infected
seeds, internal
dormant fungal
mycelium
resumes its
activity again. In
covered smut of
Barley, fungal
spores are
liberated out
only by rupturing
 the wall of the
grains, specially
at the time of
threshing. This
type of infection
takes place
during the
young seedling
stage. Seedling
infection occurs
in covered smut
of Barley. Shoot
infection occurs
in corn smut.
825 Which of the Aspergillus Penicillium Fusarium Colletotrichum A Penicillium and
following Aspergillus both
secretes toxins produce toxins
during storage in stored seeds
conditions of and grains.
crop plants? Aspergillus
produces
aflatoxin in
fruits,
vegetables, food
grains and
seeds, etc.
Penicillium
produces yellow
rice toxins in
rice, barley and
corns.
826 Black rust of Puccinia Ustilago Albugo Phytophthora A Black stem rust
wheat is caused is caused by
by Puccinia
graminis tritici.
The genus
Puccinia
includes 700
species, which
cause rust
diseases of
many economic
plants such as
wheat, barley,
oats, etc.
827 Columella is a Spirogyra Ulothrix Rhizopus none of these. C Rhizopus is a
specialized saprophytic
structure found fungus that
in the grows on dead
sporangium of organic matter.
The mycelium is
differentiated
into three kinds
of hyphae
rhizoidal,
stolons and
sporangiophore
s. The rhizoidal
hyphae are for
anchorage and
absorbing food
by secreting
enzymes.
Stolons grow
horizontally over
the surface of
the substratum.
Sporangiophore
s are
specialized
hyphae that
bear a
sporangium at
their tip (inside
columella a
dome shaped
sterile portion
the sporangia).
It helps in
dispersal of
spores and
usually persists
even after
bursting of the
sporangium.
828 Puccinia forms telia on wheat aecia on pycnia on aecia on wheat A Puccinia is a
uredia and leaves barberry leaves barberry leaves leaves. macrocyclic and
heteroecious
rust fungus. It
produces uredia
 and telia stages
on wheat plant.
The spores
produced on
wheat are
uredospores
(stage II) and
teleutospores
(stage III).
Uredospores
can re-infect
wheat but
teleutospores
cannot do it.
Instead they
give rise to
basidia (stage
IV).
Basidiospores
infect barberry.
Pycnidia (stage
I) develop on
the upper
surface of
barberry leaves.
Dikaryotisation
occurs. It gives
rise to aecidial
stage (stage
zero). Aecidia
develop on the
lower surface of
barberry leaves.
They form
aecidiospores
which infect
wheat. Thus
basidial stage is
produced on
ground and
pycnidial and
aecidial stages
are produced on
barberry plant.
829 Mycorrhiza is parasitic symbiotic symbiosis of relation of ants B Association
 correctly association relationship algae and fungi with the stem of between roots of
described as between roots between fungi some trees. higher plants,
and some fungi and roots of e.g., pine, birch
some higher and fungal
plants hyphae is called
mycorrhiza. It
exhibits the
phenomenon of
symbiosis. Here
both the
organisms in
association are
mutually
benefitted. In
this, fungal
hyphae take
nutrition from
the plant and in
return increase
surface area for
absorption of
water and
minerals for the
plant.
830 The black rust of Albugo candida Puccinia Melampsora lini Claviceps B Puccinia
wheat is a graminis tritici purpurea. graminis tritici
fungal disease belongs to
caused by basidiomycotina
and causes
black rust of
wheat. It is
internal obligate
parasite. It is
found
everywhere,
where wheat is
grown. The
teleutospores of
the fungus
causes the rust.
They are
produced inside
teleutosori.
These telia form
elongated, dark
 brown to black
pustules on the
surface of stems
and leaves of
the wheat.
Albugo candida
causes white
rust of crucifers.
Melampsora lini
causes linseed
rust. Claviceps
purpurea
causes ergot of
Graminae.
831 Select the wrong Cell wall is Mushrooms Pseudopodia Mitochondria are C Pseudopodia is
statement. present in belong to are locomotory the powerhouse the locomotory
members of basidiomycetes. and feeding of the cell in all organ in
fungi and structures in kingdoms amoeboid
plantae. sporozoans. except monera. protozoans,
e.g., Amoeba.
Flagellated
protozoans
possess flagella
for locomotion,
e.g.,
Trypanosoma.
In sporozoans,
locomotory
organelles (cilia,
flagella,
pseudopodia,
etc.) are absent,
e.g.,
Plasmodium.
Ciliated
protozoans
possess cilia as
locomotory
organelles, e.g.,
Paramecium.
832 Cell wall is Mycoplasma Nostoc Aspergillus Funaria A Mycoplasma
absent in (Kingdom-
Monera) are the
simplest and
smallest free
 living
prokaryotes
which are
devoid of a cell
wall. Plasma
membrane
forms the outer
boundary of the
cell of
mycoplasma.
Nostoc is a
cyanobacterium
(Kingdom-
Monera), in
which cell wall
comprises of
peptidoglycans.
Aspergillus is a
fungus
(Kingdom-
Fungi) in which
cell wall is
mainly made of
chitin. Funaria is
a bryophyte
(Kingdom-
Plantae) in
which cell wall is
cellulosic in
nature.
833 True nucleus is Vaucheria Volvox Anabaena Mucor C Anabaena is a
absent in prokaryotic
organism. It is a
cyanobacteria
(blue-green
algae) which
belongs to
Kingdom
Monera. Like all
other
prokaryotes, it
lacks a true
nucleus and
other cell
organelles.
834 Nuclear Penicillium Agaricus Volvox Nostoc D Penicillium and
membrane is Agaricus are
absent in fungi while
Volvox is an
alga. All three
are eukaryotes
thus have a
membrane
bound nucleus.
Nostoc is a
cyanobacterium,
i.e., prokaryote,
so it lacks true
nucleus, thus
nuclear
membrane is
absent.
835 Absorptive algae fungi bryophytes pteridophytes B The true fungi or
heterotrophic the eumycetes
nutrition is are special
exhibited by types of
achlorophyllous
thallophytic
organisms living
a parasitic or a
saprophytic
mode of
existence; they
are always
heterophytes
and never
autophytes.
They depend on
others for food,
but all other
groups as algae,
bryophytes and
pteridophytes
are chlorophyll
containing green
plants that are
autotrophic.
836 Pick up the Some fungi are Nuclear Cell wall is Protists have B Kingdom
wrong edible. membrane is absent in photosynthetic Monera consists
statement. present in Animalia. and of prokaryotic
 Monera. heterotrophic organisms,
modes of characterised by
nutrition. absence of
nuclear
envelope
around nucleus
and absence of
membrane-
bound cell
organelles.
837 Which one of Cyanobacteria Sea-fan Saccharomyces Blue-green B Gorgonia (sea-
the following (Gorgonia) algae fan) is an animal
living organisms belonging to
completely lacks Phylum
a cell wall? Coelenterata. All
animals lack cell
wall.
838 Which of the They have RNA They have free They have DNA They have free B Viroids are free
following is with protein RNA without with protein DNA without RNA particles
correct about coat. protein coat. coat. protein coat. that lack protein
viroids? coat. They are
infectious
agents smaller
than viruses.
839 Which of the Prions consist of Viroids lack a Viruses are Infective D Infective
following abnormally protein coat. obligate constituent in constituent in
statements is folded proteins parasites. viruses is the the viruses is
incorrect? protein coat. the genetic
material, i.e.,
either DNA or
RNA.
840 Which of the They cause Their RNA is of They lack a They are smaller B RNA of viroid
following infections. high molecular protein coat. than viruses. has low
statements is weight. molecular
wrong for weight.
viroids?
841 Select the wrong The term Mosaic disease The viroids were W.M. Stanley C Viroids are
statement. ‘contagium in tobacco and discovered by showed that infectious RNA
vivum fluidum’ AIDS in human D.J. Ivanowsky. viruses could be particles which
was coined by being are crystallised. were discovered
M. W. Beijerinck. caused by by T.O. Diener
viruses. (1971). These
are devoid of
protein coat and
cause diseases
 in plants only,
e.g., potato
spindle tuber,
chrysanthemum
stunt, etc.
842 Which of the Polio virus Tobacco mosaic Measles virus Retrovirus B Tobacco mosaic
following shows virus virus is a RNA
coiled RNA virus that
strand and causes tobacco
capsomeres? mosaic disease.
It has single
stranded coiled
RNA molecule
as its genetic
material a part
of which hangs
outside the
protein coat.
Protein coat
consists of
approximately
2130
capsomeres
which are
helically
arranged to form
a hollow cylinder
of about 4 nm
diameter.
843 Viruses have DNA enclosed in prokaryotic single both DNA and A Viruses are
a protein coat nucleus chromosome RNA. nucleoprotein
entities which
are able to
utilize synthetic
machinery of a
living cell of the
host organism
for its
multiplication
which does not
involve growth
and division.
They have
either RNA or
DNA as genetic
 material and a
protein coat.
844 Which statement All are parasites. All of them have They have Antibiotics have B In viruses, three
is wrong for helical ability to no effect on architectural
viruses? symmetry. synthesize them. forms are found
nucleic acids – helical
and proteins. (elongated
body, e.g.,
TMV), cuboidal
(short broad
body with
rhombic,
rounded,
polyhedral
shape, e.g,.
poliovirus) and
binal (with both
cuboidal and
helical parts,
e.g., T2 phage).
845 Which one Paramecium Lichen is a Yeast used in Nostoc and C Yeast is a group
single organism and Plasmodium composite making bread Anabaena are of unicellular
or the pair of belong to the organism and beer is a examples of fungi of the
organisms is same kingdom formed from the fungus. protista. class
correctly as that of symbiotic ascomycetes.
assigned to its Penicillium. association of They occur as
or their named an algae and a single cell or as
taxonomic protozoan. a group or chain
group? of cells. Yeast of
the genus
Saccharomyces
ferments sugar
and are used to
make bread and
beer.
846 Virus envelope capsid virion nucleoprotein core. A The nucleic acid
is known as of a virus is
surrounded by a
protein coat
called the
capsid. The
capsid is
composed of
protein subunits
called
 capsomeres. In
some viruses,
the capsid is
covered by an
envelope, which
usually consists
of some
combination of
lipids, proteins
and
carbohydrates.
847 There exists a provides provides food for fixes the releases oxygen A Lichens are
close protection, the alga atmospheric for the alga. peculiar dual
association anchorage and nitrogen for the organisms
between the absorption for alga produced by the
alga and the the algae intimate
fungus within a association of
lichen. The two organisms:
fungus a fungus and an
alga. The
association
between the two
organisms is
symbiosis. Both
the organisms
are mutually
benefitted in this
association and
are dependent
on each other.
The algal cell
photosynthesize
s with the help
of chloroplast. T
herefore lichens
are autotrophic.
A part of these
manufactured
carbohydrates
are used by the
alga in its
nutrition, the
rest is supplied
to the fungal
partner. The
 fungus in turn
provides water
and nutrients
which it absorbs
from the soil
using the
rhizoidal
hyphae. Thus
both the
partners get
benefitted from
each other. The
algal partner is
called
phycobiont and
the fungal
partner is called
mycobiont.
848 Which of the DNA is not Retroviruses The genetic Retroviruses are A Retroviruses
following present at any carry gene for material in causative contain RNA as
statements is stage in the life RNA-dependent mature agents for genetic material
not true for cycle of DNA retroviruses is certain kinds of and this RNA is
retroviruses? retroviruses. polymerase. RNA. cancer in man. converted to
DNA using
enzyme reverse
transcriptase.
849 Viruses that lysozymes lipolytic lytic lysogenic C Viruses like
infect bacteria bacteriophage
multiply and T4 undergo lytic
cause their lysis, cycle that
are called involves lysis of
bacteria. The
replication cycle
of
bacteriophage
T4 consists of
following phases
(i) Adsorption of
the phage to
bacterial or host
cell. T hen the
viral genetic
material
penetrates into
the host cell. (ii)
 Eclipse period
involves the
synthesis of new
phage DNA and
proteins. (iii)
Maturation
involves the
assembly of
phage DNA into
the protein coat.
(iv) Lysis of host
cell occurs and
releases
infective
progeny phases.
850 Which one of Viruses possess All viruses Viruses are Nucleic acid of C Viruses contain
the following their own contain both obligate viruses is known a protein coat
statements metabolic RNA and DNA. parasites as capsid. known as capsid
about viruses is system. which encloses
correct ? a single type of
nucleic acid,
either RNA or
DNA. They do
not have
enzymes for
protein
synthesis. T hey
multiply only
inside the living
host cell and for
multiplication
they take over
the machinery of
the host cell.
Thus viruses are
obligatory
intercellular
parasites. T hey
lack cell division
and enzymes for
protein
synthesis. T hey
do not have cell
organelles like
mitochondria,
 Golgi complex,
lysosomes,
ribosomes, etc.,
so they cannot
live or
reproduce
separately.
851 Tobacco mosaic 300 × 10 nm 300 × 5 nm 300 × 20 nm 700 × 30 nm. C TMV is rod
virus is a tubular shaped
filament of size measuring 300
× 20 nm. It is
made of RNA
and proteins.
852 Cauliflower ss RNA ds RNA ds DNA ss DNA. C Cauliflower
mosaic virus mosaic virus
contains contain dsDNA.
It is circular and
shows
semidiscontinuo
us type of
replication.
853 Viruses possess ribosomes to organelle for its either DNA or none of these. C Viruses always
synthesize vital mechanism RNA contain only a
protein single kind of
nucleic acid. It
can be either
DNA or RNA.
The nucleic acid
may occur as
single or double
strands.
854 Most of the green algae and brown algae and blue green algae red algae and A Lichens are
lichens consist ascomycetes higher plant and ascomycetes. peculiar dual
of basidiomycetes organisms
produced by the
intimate
association of
two organisms –
a fungus and an
alga. The
association
between the two
organisms is
called
symbiosis. On
 the basis of
fungal partner,
lichens are of
two types : (i)
Ascolichens : In
which
ascomycetes
member is the
fungal partner.
Further in
ascolichens,
algal partner is
mostly member
of green algae
and rarely blue-
green algae. (ii)
Basidiolichens :
Where
basidiomycetes
member is
fungal partner.
In them algal
partner is
generally
bluegreen
algae. In 80%
cases algal
partner is
member of
green algae or
chlorophyceae
and in 20%
cases,
bluegreen algae
or
myxophyceae.
Important
members of
green algae
found in lichens
are: Trebauxia,
Pleurococcus,
Trentepohlia
and Cladophora.
855 What is the Double helical RNA Single helix None of these B Influenza
 genetic material DNA DNA viruses are
in influenza spherical in
virus? shape
measuring
about 800-
1200Å in
diameter. It has
a protein capsid
that encloses a
single stranded
RNA. The single
stranded RNA is
generally linear
and constitutes
about 10% of
the virus
particle. RNA is
genetic material
in other viruses
like
poliomyelitis,
foot and mouth
disease virus
and tobacco
mosaic virus,
etc.
856 Which one of These grow very They show Some of its These are A Lichens grow by
the following rapidly (2 cm per fungal and algal species are pollution extending their
statement about day). symbiotic eaten by indicators. thallus outwards
lichens is relationships. reindeers. from either tips
wrong? or edges. They
grow very
slowly. Rates of
growth can vary
from 0.5 mm per
year to 500 mm
per year. This
slow growth rate
equates with
their long life.
857 The tailed motile on non-motile motile on actively motile in A The tailed
bacteriophages surface of surface of plant water. bacteriophages
are bacteria leaves contain a hollow
helical tail which
serves both as
 cell attachment
organ and as a
tube that
facilitates the
entry of nucleic
acid into the
host cell. The
tail consist of tail
plate and the
caudal f ibres.
858 Tobacco mosaic single stranded double stranded proteinaceous double stranded A Tobacco Mosaic
virus (TMV) RNA DNA RNA. Virus is a
genes are ribovirus and
contains single
stranded RNA.
859 Organisms mosses lichens mushrooms puffballs B Lichens are
which are found in Artic
indicator of SO2 Tundra region
pollution of air where no other
plant can grow.
Lichens prefer
to grow in
pollution free
environment.
They are often
used as a
indicator of
pollution and
also they are
very sensitive to
SO2. They are
first to die in a
polluted
environment
(more SO2).
860 UNIT 3: Biology By which Out crossing Mutational Mutational Inbreeding C
and Human method was a breeding breeding
Welfare new breed
‘Hisardale’ of
sheep formed by
using Bikaneri
ewes and
Marino rams?
861 3.2 Select the Inbreeding helps Inbreeding Inbreeding is Inbreeding D
Improvement in incorrect in accumulation increases essential to selects harmful
 food statement. of superior homozygosity. evolve recessive gene
production; genes and purelines, in any that reduce
Plant breeding, elimination of animal. fertility and
tissue culture, undesirable productivity.
single cell genes.
protein,
Biofortification;
Apiculture and
Animal
husbandry.
862 Zoology Homozygous mating of mating of mating of related D
purelines in unrelated individuals of individuals of
cattle can be individuals of different species same breed.
obtained by same breed
863 Interspecific animals within two different superior males more closely B
hybridisation is same breed related species and females of related
the mating of without having different breeds individuals
common within same
ancestors breed for 4-6
generations.
864 Among the Mystus Mangur Mrigala Mackerel D
following edible
fishes, which
one is a marine
fish having rich
source of
omega-3 fatty
acids?
865 Outbreeding is is useful in exposes harmful helps in is useful in A
an important overcoming recessive genes accumulation of producing
strategy of inbreeding that are superior genes purelines of
animal depression eliminated by animals.
husbandry selection
because it
866 Compared to a higher levels of lower levels of lower levels of higher levels of B
bull a bullock is cortisone blood adrenaline/nora thyroxine.
docile because testosterone drenaline in its
of blood
867 In cloning of in the eight cell in the eight cell from this upto the egg is A
cattle a fertilized stage, cells are stage the eight identical divided into 4
egg is taken out separated and individual cells twins can be pairs of cells
of the mother’s cultured until are separated produced which are
womb and small embryos under electrical implanted into
are formed field for further the womb of
which are development in other cows.
 implanted into culture media
the womb of
other cows
868 Which one of Coryza New castle Pasteurellosis Salmonellosis B
the following is a disease
viral disease of
poultry?
869 The world’s goat sheep goat-sheep Kashmir sheep - A
highly prized cross Afghan sheep
wool yielding cross.
‘Pashmina’
breed is
870 Which fish Gambusia Rohu Clarias Exocoetus A Gambusia
selectively feed affinis is
on larva of regarded as a
mosquito? larvicidal fish as
it selectively
feeds on
mosquito larvae.
It forms an
effective tool for
biological
control of
mosquitoes.
871 Which statement A. indica is Wax is waste Workers are the Drone of C A highly
is correct? largest wild material of smallest of the honeybee is organised
honeybee. honeybee. three castes. diploid. division of
labour is found
in the colony of
honeybees. A
good and well
developed
colony of bees
had 40 to 50
thousand
individuals
consisting of 3
castes viz.,
queen, drone
and worker.
Although the
workers are the
smallest of the
three castes but
they function as
 the main spring
of the
complicated
machinery like
honeybee
colony. It takes
21 days in the
development
from the egg to
the adult and
the total life
span of a
workerbee is
about 6 weeks.
The workers are
atrophied
female which
sacrifice
themselves for
the wellbeing of
the colony. The
total indoor and
outdoor duties
of the colony are
performed by
the workers
only. Apis
dorsata is the
largest
honeybee and
A. indica is
slightly smaller
than it. Bees
wax is a
byproduct of
honeybee and
drone of
honeybee is
haploid in
nature.
872 The term inland fisheries aspergillosis marine fisheries both (a) and (c) D Aquaculture
aquaculture involves
means production of
useful aquatic
plants and
 animals such as
fishes, prawns,
shrimps,
lobsters, crabs,
molluscs by
proper utilization
of small and
large bodies of
water. The
production of
fishes is called
pisciculture.
Inland fishery
deals with the
fishery aspects
of waters other
than marine
water. Marine
fishery deals
with the fishery
aspects of the
sea water or
ocean.
873 High milk use of surrogate superovulation artificial all of these. D High milk
yielding varieties mothers insemination yielding varieties
of cows are of cows are
obtained by obtained by use
of surrogate
mothers,
superovulation,
artificial
insemination. To
get an increased
yield of milk
surrogate
mothers are
used in dairy.
Superovulation
is the hormonal
stimulation of
multiple ovarian
follicles resulting
in release from
the ovary of a
larger number of
 oocytes (ova)
than normal. So,
implantation into
surrogate
mothers
increases the
number of
offspring,
usually from
highly selected
cows. Artificial
insemination is
a reasonably
straight forward
process to
remove semen
from a chosen
male animal and
transfer it into a
female, at the
appropriate
stage of the
oestrous cycle.
This process is
well developed
in case of dairy
cattle breeding
for more milk
production.
874 Honey is alkaline basic after some acidic neutral C Honey is very
days acidic. Its pH is
between 3 and 4
about the same
as orange juice
or a can of coke.
875 Pebrine is a silkworm lac insect honeybee fish A Pebrine is a
disease of disease of
silkworm caused
by a small
parasite
Nosema which
has a
devastating
effect on silk
industry.
876 Which one of Nitrogen Magnesium Potassium Phosphorus A Silk is a pasty
the following secretion of the
constitutes silkworm
natural silk? produced by the
salivary gland of
the larva. As this
pasty secretion
comes in
contact with air,
it becomes hard
and forms
strong and
pliable silk
strands. This
secretion forms
two cores of
fibroin: (i) a
tough elastic
insoluble protein
consisting of
75% of the
fibre’s weight
and cemented
together with
sericin from the
middle region of
the silk gland at
the time of
secretion, and
(ii) a gelatious
protein which is
easily soluble in
warm water. As
proteins consist
of nitrogen
component so, it
is a main
constituent of
natural silk.
877 Which one of Mystus singhala Clarius Labeo rohita Pomfret D Pomfret fish is
the following fish batrachus the one, which
is introduced was introduced
into India by in India by
foreigners? foreigners. It is
consumed as an
 edible fish.
878 Which among Honey Propolis Pollen Beewax D Beewax is a
the following is very useful by-
the real product product of bee
of the keeping
honeybee? industry. It is
yellowish to
greyish brown in
colour and
insoluble in
water but
completely
soluble in ether.
Beewax is a
natural secretion
of the worker
bees and is
poured out in
thin delicate
scales or flakes.
It is secreted by
pair of wax
glands placed
ventrally on the
abdomen.
Beewax is used
in the
manufacture of
cosmetics, for
Catholic
churches, face
cream, paints,
ointments,
insulators,
plastic works,
polishes, carbon
paper, lubricant,
etc. Honey is
not the real
product of
honeybees. It is
a mixture of
nectar, pollen,
cane sugar and
saliva of
 honeybees.
879 Silk thread is pupal stage larval stage nymph stage adult stage A The mulberry
obtained from silk moth has
silk moth during been the most
commercially
important
beneficial insect.
The silk is
obtained by
killing the pupa
inside the hot
water. Then, the
silk thread is
wound.
880 A system of strip farming shifting ley farming contour farming. C Ley farming is
rotating crops agriculture an agricultural
with legume or system where
grass pasture to the field is
improve soil alternately
structure and seeded for grain
fertility is called and left fallow
for growing hay
or used for
pasture. During
the fallow/
pasture period
the soil is filled
with roots of
grasses and
other plants.
New ploughing
mixes them in
the soil and also
increases the
amount of
nitrogen in the
soil especially
when legume
forage are used.
It also protects
soil from erosion
by maintaining
constant soil
coverage.
881 A cell at somaclonal polyteny aneuploidy polyploidy D Polyploidy is the
telophase stage variation phenomenon of
is observed by a occurrence of
student in a more than two
plant brought sets of
from the field. chromosomes in
He tells his the nucleus of a
teacher that this cell. Polyploidy
cell is not like is more common
other cells at in plants.
telophase stage. Polyploidy
There is no arises as a
formation of cell result of total
plate and thus non-disjunction
the cell is of chromosomes
containing more during mitosis or
number of meiosis.
chromosomes
as compared to
other dividing
cells. This would
result in
882 In plant breeding evaluation and germplasm selection of cross- B Germplasm of
programmes, selection of collection superior hybridisation any crop
the entire parents recombinants among the species consists
collection (of selected of (i) cultivated
plants/seeds) parents. improved
having all the varieties, (ii)
diverse alleles improved
for all genes in a varieties that are
given crop is no more in
called cultivation, (iii)
old local or ‘desi’
varieties, (iv)
purelines and
(v) wild species
related to the
crop species.
883 Green revolution 1960’s 1970’s 1980’s 1950’s. A The
in India occurred development
during and usage of
several high
yield varieties of
wheat and rice,
better irrigation
 facilities,
fertilizer
application,
weed, pest and
pathogen
control and
better
agricultural
management in
1960s,
increased the
yields per unit
area. This
phase is often
called green
revolution. In
India, it was
witnessed
during mid
1960s. Norman
E. Borlaug is
known as Father
of Green
Revolution as
he developed
the semi-dwarf
varieties of
wheat.
884 A collection of herbarium germplasm gene library genome B The entire
plants and seed collection (of
having diverse plants/seeds)
alleles of all the having all the
genes of a crop diverse alleles
is called for all genes in a
given crop is
called
germplasm
collection.
885 “Jaya” and maize rice wheat bajra B Green
“Ratna” Revolution was
developed for one of the major
green revolution task for
in India are the agricultural
varieties of scientists in
India to produce
 sufficient food
for increasing
population.
Better yielding
semi-dwarf
varieties of rice,
“Jaya” and
“Ratna” were
developed for
green
revolution.
886 ‘Himgiri’ chilli maize sugarcane wheat D ‘Himgiri’ is a
developed by variety of wheat.
hybridisation HS-375 and
and selection for HS375 are the
disease two common
resistance varieties of
against rust Himgiri. HS375
pathogens is a is produced on
variety of irrigated/rain-fed
area. It is
medium fertility
and late sown
hybrid of
Himgiri, while
HS375 is
produced on
very high
altitude i.e., in
the Northern
Himalayan and
Garhwal region.
‘Himgiri’ is
resistance to
leaf and stripe
rust and hill bunt
diseases.
887 Breeding of somatic biofortification biomagnification micropropagatio B Breeding of
crops with high hybridisation n crops with
levels of higher levels of
minerals, vitamins and
vitamins and minerals or
proteins is called higher protein
and healthier
fats is called
 biofortification.
This is the most
practical aspect
to improve the
health of the
people.
888 Haploids are haploids are all mutations, haploids are mutagens B Haploid plants,
more suitable for more abundant whether reproductively penetrate in are always pure
mutation studies in nature than dominant or more stable than haploids more because they
than the diploids recessive are diploids effectively than possess only
diploids. This is expressed in in diploids. one set of
because haploids chromosomes.
So, the
mutations are
expressed very
easily in haploid
plants as
compared to
diploid plants.
889 Which one of Loose smut of Black rust of Bacterial leaf Downy mildew D First inorganic
the following is wheat wheat blight of rice of grapes fungicide was
linked to the developed by
discovery of R.M.A. Millardet
Bordeaux (1882) against
mixture as a downy mildew
popular (Plasmopara
fungicide? viticola) of
grape-vine at
the University of
Bordeaux and
commonly
known as
Bordeaux
mixture. It
consists of
copper sulphate,
lime and water.
890 Consider the (C) and (D) (A) and (D) (B) and (C) (A) and (B) B Bacterial blight
following four of chickpea is
measures (A-D) caused by
that could be bacterium
taken to Xanthomonas
successfully campestris. The
grow chickpea in stems and the
an area where leaves of
 bacterial blight infected plant
disease is give blighted or
common. (A) burnt up
Spray with appearance.
Bordeaux Control
mixture (B) measures
Control of the includes
insect vector of rogueing, 3-year
the disease crop rotation,
pathogen (C) disease free
Use of only seeds, spray of
disease-free copper
seeds (D) Use fungicides
of varieties (Bordeaux
resistant to the mixture) and
disease Which antibiotics
two of the above besides sowing
measures can disease
control the resistant
disease? varieties.
891 In maize, hybrid crossing of two harvesting inducing bombarding the A Hybridisation or
vigour is inbred parental seeds from the mutations seeds with DNA. heterosis or
exploited by lines most productive hybrid vigour is
plants defined as
superiority of
hybrid over
parents. It has
been
commercially
exploited in
different
commercial
crops like
maize, sorghum,
bajra, etc. The
main steps
include:
selection of
parents, selfing
of parents,
emasculation,
bagging,
crossing of
desired and
selected parents
 and f inally seed
setting and
harvesting.
892 In the hexaploid n = 21 and x = n = 21 and x = n = 21 and x = 7 n = 7 and x = 21 C Hexaploid wheat
wheat, the 21 14 is a result of
haploid (n) and allopolyploidy
basic (x) induced by
numbers of doubling the
chromosomes chromosome
are number of the
hybrid produced
by crossing two
different plants.
In hexaploid
wheat Triticale
2n = 6x = 42. So
x stands for
basic
chromosome
number and n
for haploid
chromosome
number. So, n =
21 and x = 7 for
hexaploid
wheat.
893 Crop plants highly prone to low in yield free from characterised by A Monoculture
grown in pests intraspecific poor root describes
monoculture are competition system. systems that
have very low
diversity.
Monoculture is
the destruction
of a diverse
ecosystem and
replacement
with a single
species or crop.
It depletes the
soil, fruits and
vegetables
become more
susceptible to
pests and
diseases than
 those grown in a
diverse crop
environment,
thus requiring
larger amount of
chemical spray.
894 In maize, hybrid inducing bombarding the crossing of two harvesting C
vigour is mutations protoplast with inbred parental seeds from the
exploited by DNA lines most productive
plants.
895 Triticale, the first barley rye pearl millet sugarcane. B Triticale is the
man-made first man made
cereal crop, has cereal or crop,
been obtained which has been
by crossing produced by
wheat with intergeneric
hybridization
between
common wheat
(Triticum
aestivum) and
European rye
(Secale cereale)
with a view to
combine
characters of
these two parent
plants. Triticale
is hexaploid, i.e,
2n = 6x = 62
(when tetraploid
wheat is used)
or octaploid, i.e.,
2n = 8x = 56
(when hexaploid
wheat is used).
Triticale or
Triticosecale is
not suitable for
purpose of
bread making
due to low
glutein content,
but it is a good
forage crop.
896 Three crops that wheat, rice and wheat, rice and wheat, maize rice, maize and A Most important
contribute maize barley and sorghum sorghum. source of food in
maximum to the world are
global food grain cereals. They
production are are a rich
source of
carbohydrates,
present in
endosperms
which is the
edible portion in
cereals. Wheat,
maize and rice
contribute to
about two thirds
of the total
world’s food.
Rice alone is the
staple food of
60% of world
population and
more than 50%
Indians. Wheat
is world’s most
widely cultivated
crop. Maize is
an important
kharif crop of
India and also
contributes to
food production.
897 Which of the X-rays UV (260 nm) Gamma rays Alpha particles C Gamma rays
following is (from cobalt-60) are produced
generally used when an
for induced unstable atomic
mutagenesis in nucleus like
crop plants? cobalt-60
releases energy
to gain stability.
Sharbati Sonora
and Pusa Lerma
are the two
important
varieties of
wheat that are
 responsible for
green revolution
in India. These
are produced by
gamma rays
treatment of
Sonora-64 and
Lerma Rojo-64
which are
Mexican dwarf
wheat varieties.
898 India’s wheat hybrid seeds increased mutations quantitative trait D Dr. M.S.
yield revolution chlorophyll resulting in plant mutations. Swaminathan,
in the 1960s content height reduction pioneer
was possible mutation
primarily due to breeder has
produced
Sharbati
Sonora, a
variety of wheat
by mutation,
which is
responsible for
green revolution
in India. Dr.
Swaminathan is
called Father of
Green
Revolution in
India.
899 When a diploid tetraploidy pentaploidy diploidy triploidy A Endosperm is
female plant is formed due to
crossed with a fusion of the
tetraploid male, haploid male
the ploidy of gamete with the
endosperm cells polar nucleus of
in the resulting the embryo sac.
seed is But in this case
the male plant is
tetraploid so that
its gametes
would be
diploid. When
these diploid
gametes fuse
 with two polar
nuclei of the
embryo sac the
resultant
endosperm
would be
tetraploid.
900 If a diploid cell is triploid tetraploid diploid monoploid B Colchicine is an
treated with alkaloid
colchicine then it extracted from
becomes seed and corm
of Colchicum
autumnale. It
has the property
of arresting and
breaking the
spindle so that a
cell division
without cell wall
formation may
be affected
leading to
doubling of
chromosome
number. So a
diploid cell will
become
tetraploid by
chromosome
doubling.
901 Which of the Cashewnut, Mango, tea Tea, rubber, Coffee A New world crops
following crops potato, rubber mango are those which
have been have their
brought to India center of origin
from New as America.
world? Cashewnut and
rubber have
their center of
origin in Brazil
and potato and
tomato have
center of origin
in Peru. All of
them have been
brought to India
 from New
World.
902 The new introduction and selection and selection and mutation and C The new plant
varieties of mutation introduction hybridization selection varieties are
plants are produced by
produced by selection and
hybridization.
Selection is a
non-random
process which
leads to
individuals of
different
genotypes being
represented
unequally in
their progeny in
later
generations of a
population of
self propagating
units. It can be
natural or
artificial.
Hybridization is
the crossing of
two varieties,
species or
genera having
desired genes
by bringing
together the
useful
characters of
these into one
progeny. Both
these processes
produce new
plant varieties.
903 The reason for they are more once a desired they can be they have a B Hybrid vigour or
vegetatively resistant to hybrid produced, easily longer life span. heterosis is
reproducing diseases no chances of propagated defined as the
crop plants to losing it superiority of the
suit for hybrid over its
maintaining parents. It is lost
 hybrid vigour is on inbreeding. It
that is lost in the F2
generation in
self pollinated
plants and
declines slowly
in cross
pollinated
plants. So it is
more profitable
in vegetatively
propagated
plants as they
do not involve
sexual
reproduction
and so hybrid
vigour is not lost
in subsequent
crops, e.g.,
sweet potato,
sugarcane,
strawberry,
grapes, etc.
904 If an tetraploid pentaploid haploid triploid B If the female
angiospermic plant is
male plant is tetraploid, then
diploid and the central cell
female plant of embryo sac,
tetraploid, the which is a fused
ploidy level of polar nuclei, will
endosperm will also be
be tetraploid.
Fusion of the
tetraploid central
cell to the
haploid male
gamete forms a
pentaploid
endosperm in
the given
example.
905 Which of the Red pepper Black pepper Ginger Cardamom A New World
following is the crops are those
New World which have their
 spice, that has centre of origin
become an in America. Red
essential part of pepper is the
Indian cuisine? dried ripe fruits
of Capsicum
sp., indigenous
to the American
tropics and
subtropics and
the West Indies.
It is a New
World crop.
906 Haploid plants pollen grains root tips young leaves endosperm A Haploid plants
can be obtained are those plants
by culturing which have
single set of
chromosomes.
Pollen grains
are haploid as
they are
produced after
meiosis so they
are used for
haploid
production. It
was first made
in Datura
innoxia by Guha
and Maheshwari
in 1964.
Haploids are
important in
plant breeding
as mutation can
be easily
detected in them
and they are
also used to
produce
homozygous
diploids.
907 Haploid plants recessive induction of culturing is dominant A Haploids are
are preferred mutation mutations is easier mutation preferred over
over diploids for express easier express diploids for
mutation study immediately immediately. mutation study
 because in because in
haploids haploids
recessive
mutation is
easier. Most of
the induced
mutations are
recessive and
these have to be
in double to be
expressed
phenotypically.
Mutations are
not seen in
heterozygous
conditions. So,
in haploid
plants,
recessive
mutation
expresses
immediately.
908 Which crop Reimei of rice Prabhat of arhar Sharbati Sonora Aruna of castor D Aruna of castor
variety is not of wheat is a crop variety
due to induced which is not due
mutations? to induced
mutations.
Aruna variety
has been
developed by
mutation, where
maturity period
has been
reduced from
normal 270 days
to 102 days.
909 In crop require one half are helpful in grow better form perfect D In crop
movement of nutrients study of meiosis under adverse homozygous. movement
programme, conditions programme,
haploids are haploids are
important important
because they because they
form perfect
homozygous
lines.
 Homozygous
are the pureline
selection plants
resulting from
self pollination.
In this way,
considerable
homozygosity is
obtained.
Haploids are
those plants
which possess a
gametophytic
number of
chromosomes.
Haploids are
used in plant
breeding,
especially for
the production
of homozygous
plants and in
their studies in
the detection of
mutation.
910 An alga which Ulothrix Chlorella Spirogyra Polysiphonia B Chlorella is a
can be single celled
employed as chlorophycean
food for human alga with rich
being is protein content.
It is considered
as a source of
SCP (single cell
protein) and
also as food
source during
long space
travels.
911 A protoplast is a undergoing without cell wall without plasma without nucleus. B A protoplast is a
cell division membrane cell which has
its cell wall
removed by
mechanical or
enzymatic
means.
912 A technique of protoplast fusion embryo rescue somatic somatic D Micropropagatio
micropropagatio hybridisation embryogenesis. n is the latest
n is method of
obtaining a large
number of
plantlets from
plant tissue
culture. It is
called
micropropagatio
n because of the
minute size of
the propagules.
It involves
repeated
subculture of the
explant by
changing the
medium so as to
form a large
number of
plantlets from
that single
explant. Somatic
embryogenesis
i.e., developing
embryos from
somatic cells is
one of the
techniques of
micropropagatio
n.
913 Which of the IAA and kinetin IAA and Sodium chloride Polyethylene D When a hybrid
following gibberellins and potassium glycol and is produced by
enhances or chloride sodium nitrate fusion of
induces fusion somatic cells of
of protoplasts? two varieties or
species, it is
known as
somatic hybrid.
The process of
producing
somatic hybrids
is called somatic
hybridization.
 First, the cell
wall of the plant
cells are
removed then
the protoplasts
of the two cells
are brought in
contact and
made to fuse by
means of
electrofusion or
chemicals like
polyethylene
glycol (PEG)
and sodium
nitrate. The
fused
protoplasts soon
develop their
own walls and
are called
somatic hybrids.
914 To obtain virus - Apical meristem Palisade Both apical and Epidermis only C Meristem is a
free healthy only parenchyma axillary localized group
plants from a meristems of cells, which
diseased one by are actively
tissue culture dividing and
technique, which undifferentiated
part/parts of the but ultimately
diseased plant giving rise to
will be taken? permanent
tissue. Although
the plant is
infected with a
virus, yet the
meristem is free
of virus. T
herefore,
meristem can be
removed and
grown in vitro to
obtain virus free
plants.
Cultivation of
axillary or apical
 shoot meristems
is called
meristem
culture. The
apical or axillary
meristems are
generally free
from virus.
915 Tissue culture genetically homozygous new species variants through A Plant tissue
technique can uniform diploid plants picking up culture, also
produce infinite population somaclonal called
number of new identical to the variations. micropropagatio
plants from a original parent n, is the growth
small parental of plant cells
tissue. T he outside the plant
economic body in a
importance of suitable culture
the technique is medium which
in raising contains mixture
of nutrients in
solid or liquid
form, under
controlled
environmental
condition.
Tissue culture
technique is
based on
totipotent nature
of plant cell or
phenomenon of
totipotency i.e.,
each and every
plant cell has
inherent
capacity to
develop into
complete plant.
The entirely
vegetatively
produced
descendents of
somatic cells
are collectively
called clone.
 They are
genetically
identical to
parents.
916 Which of the The pattern of Somatic Somatic embryo A somatic B Somatic
following development of embryos can is induced embryo embryos
statements is a somatic develop from usually by an develops from a develop from
not true about embryo is microspores. auxin such as 2, somatic cell. somatic cells. T
somatic comparable to 4-D. heir
embryogenesis? that of a zygotic development is
embryo. comparable to
that of a zygotic
embryo. They
are just like a
normal embryo
except that their
development is
induced from a
diploid somatic
cell. Somatic
embryo culture
is induced by a
high
concentration of
an auxin.
Microspores are
haploid cells
which do not
give rise to
somatic embryo.
917 UNIT 4: Bt cotton variety insect pests fungal diseases plant nematodes insect predators. A Bt cotton is
Biotechnology that was resistance to
and Its developed by cotton bollworm
Applications the introduction infestation. The
of toxin gene of genes cry I Ac
Bacillus and cry IIAb
thuringiensis control cotton
(Bt) is resistant bollworms, thus
to acts as bio-
pesticide.
918 4.2 Application What triggers Acidic pH of Body Moist surface of Alkaline pH of D Some strains of
of activation of stomach temperature midgut gut Bacillus
Biotechnology protoxin to thuringiensis
in health and active toxin of produce
Bacillus proteins that kill
 agriculture: thuringiensis in certain insects
Human insulin bollworm? such as
and vaccine lepidopterans
production, gene and dipterans.
B. thuringiensis
therapy;
forms protein
Genetically crystals during a
modified particular phase
organisms-Bt of their growth.
crops; These crystals
Transgenic contain a toxic
Animals; insecticidal
Biosafety protein which
issues-Biopiracy exists as
and patents. inactive
protoxins but
once an insect
ingest the
inactive toxin, it
is converted into
an active form of
toxin due to the
alkaline pH of
the gut which
solubilise the
crystals.
919 Botany Which of the It has yellow It is vitamin A It is pest It is drought B Rice is a staple
following is true grains, because enriched, with a resistant, with a tolerant, food in many
for Golden rice? of a gene gene from gene from developed using countries,
introduced from daffodil. Bacillus Agrobacterium particularly in
a primitive thuringiensis. vector. Asia, but does
variety of rice. not contain
vitamin A or its
immediate
precursors. By
inserting two
genes from
daffodil and one
gene from a
bacterial
species into rice
plants, Swiss
researchers
have produced
rice capable of
 synthesising b-
carotene, the
precursor of
vitamin A.
Vitamin A is
required by all
individuals as it
is present in
retina of eyes.
Deficiency of
vitamin A
causes night
blindness and
skin disorders.
This rice is
called ‘Golden
rice’ because of
yellow colour of
rice grains due
to the presence
of β-carotene.
920 Which part of Stem Root Flower Leaf B Meloidogyne
the tobacco incognita is a
plant is infected nematode which
by Meloidogyne infects the roots
incognita? of the tobacco
plants and
causes a great
reduction in the
yield.
921 Golden rice is a omega 3 vitamin A vitamin B vitamin C. B Golden rice is a
genetically transgenic
modified crop variety of rice
plant where the (Oryza sativa)
incorporated which contains
gene is meant good quantities
for biosynthesis of b-carotene
of (provitamin A -
inactive state of
vitamin A). b-
carotene is a
principal source
of vitamin A.
Since the grains
of this rice is
 yellow in colour
due to b-
carotene, it is
commonly
called golden
rice.
922 In Bt cotton, the action of gut presence of alkaline pH of acidic pH of the C Soil bacterium
Bt toxin present microorganisms conversion the insect gut insect gut. Bacillus
in plant tissue as factors in insect thuringiensis
protoxin is gut produces
converted into proteins that kill
active toxin due certain insects
to like
lepidopterans
(tobacco
budworm,
armyworm),
coleopterans
(beetles) and
dipterans (flies,
mosquitoes). B.
thuringiensis
forms some
protein crystals.
These crystals
contain a toxic
insecticidal
protein. This
toxin does not
kill the Bacillus
(bacterium)
because it exists
as inactive
protoxins in
them. But, once
an insect
ingests it, it is
converted into
an active form of
toxin due to the
alkaline pH of
the alimentary
canal. The
activated toxin
binds to the
 surface of
midgut epithelial
cells and create
pores that cause
swelling and
lysis and finally
cause death of
the insect.
923 The crops insects herbicides fungi bacteria B Glyphosate is a
engineered for broad spectrum
glyphosate are herbicide which
resistant/tolerant especially kills
to broad leaved
herbs. Crop
plants may also
get affected by
the herbicide,
thus now crop
plants are
genetically
engineered for
glyphosate
resistance. So,
when
glyphosate
herbicide is
applied, only
weeds and no
crop plants get
harmed.
924 Which of the Brinjal Soybean Maize Cotton D Bt toxin genes
following Bt were isolated
crops is being from Bacillus
grown in India thuringiensis
by the farmers? and
incorporated
into the several
crop plants such
as cotton. The
choice of genes
depends upon
the crop and
targeted pest,
as most Bt
toxins are insect
 group specific.
The toxin is
coded by a gene
named cry. T
here are
numerous
genes. Two cry
genes cry I Ac
and cry II Ab
have been
incorporated in
cotton. The
genetically
modified crop is
called Bt cotton
as it contains Bt
toxin genes
against cotton
bollworms.
925 RNA synthesis of silencing of interference of synthesis of B RNA
interference cDNA and RNA specific mRNA RNA in mRNA from interference
involves using reverse due to synthesis of DNA. (RNAi) is the
transcriptase complementary DNA phenomenon of
RNA inhibiting activity
of a gene
through
production of
both sense and
antisense RNA.
RNAi takes
place in all
eukaryotic
organisms as a
method of
cellular defense.
T his method
involves a
specific mRNA
silencing. It is
due to a
complementary
RNA molecule
which binds to
and prevents
translation of the
 mRNA causing
its silencing.
926 Tobacco plants both sense and a particular an antifeedant a toxic protein. A Many
resistant to a anti-sense RNA hormone nematodes live
nematode have in plants and
been developed animals
by the including human
introduction of beings. A
DNA that nematode
produces (in the Meloidogyne
host cells) incognita infests
the roots of
tobacco plants
and causes a
great reduction
in yield. A novel
strategy was
adopted to
prevent this
infection that
was based on
the process of
RNA
interference
(RNAi). RNA
interference
(RNAi) is the
phenomenon of
inhibiting activity
of a gene by
synthesis of
RNA molecules
complementary
to the mRNA.
The normal (in
vivo
synthesized)
mRNA of a gene
is said to be
“sense” because
it carries the
codons that are
“read” during
translation.
Normally, the
 complement to
the mRNA
“sense” strand
will not contain a
sequence of
codons that can
be translated to
produce a
functional
protein; thus,
this
complementary
strand is called
“antisense
RNA”. The anti-
sense RNA and
mRNA
molecules will
anneal to form
duplex RNA
molecules (or
double stranded
RNA) and the
duplex RNA
molecules can
not be
translated.
Thus, the
presence of
anti-sense RNA
will block
translation of the
mRNA of the
affected gene.
927 Bacillus binds with is coded by is activated by does not kill the A B. thuringiensis
thuringiensis epithelial cells of several genes acid pH of the carrier forms some
forms protein midgut of the including the foregut of the bacterium which protein crystals.
crystals which insect pest gene cry insect pest is itself resistant T hese crystals
contain ultimately killing to this toxin. contain a toxic
insecticidal it inactive
protein. This insecticidal
protein protein. When
an insect
ingests it, it is
converted into
 an active form of
toxin. The
activated toxin
binds to the
surface of
midgut epithelial
cells and create
pores that cause
swelling and
lysis and finally
cause death of
the insect.
928 The genetically- insect-resistance enhancing shelf enhancing drought- A The genetically
modified (GM) life mineral content resistance. modified (GM)
brinjal in India Bt brinjal in India
has been has been
developed for developed
mainly for insect
resistance. T
hrough genetic
engineering Bt
toxin genes
were isolated
from Bacillus
thuringiensis
and
incorporated
into the several
crop plants such
as cotton,
brinjal, etc.
929 Some of the long fibre and medium yield, high yield and high yield and D Bt toxin genes
characteristics resistance to long fibre and production of resistance to were isolated
of Bt cotton are aphids resistance to toxic protein bollworms. from Bacillus
beetle pests crystals which thuringiensis
kill dipteran and
pests incorporated
into cotton plant.
The genetically
modified crop is
called Bt cotton.
Bt cotton has
the following
useful
characteristics:
 pest resistance,
herbicide
tolerance, high
yield and
resistance to
boll worm
infestation.
930 Transgenic generated by produced after grown in artificial produced by a A The plants
plants are the introducing protoplast fusion medium after somatic embryo produced
ones foreign DNA into in artificial hybridization in in artificial through genetic
a cell and medium the field medium. engineering
regenerating a contain gene or
plant from that genes usually
cell from an
unrelated
organism. Such
genes are called
transgenes and
the plants
having
transgenes are
called
transgenic
plants.
Recombinant
DNA techniques
are being used
to improve crop
plants by
increasing their
productivity, by
making them
more nutritious
and by
developing
disease
resistance.
Transgenic
plants may have
resistance to
herbicides,
pests and
abiotic stresses.
931 The bacterium insecticide agent for source of indicator of A Some strains of
Bacillus production of industrial water pollution Bacillus
 thuringiensis is dairy products enzyme thuringiensis
widely used in produce
contemporary proteins that kill
biology as certain insects
such as
lepidopterans
and dipterans.
932 Main objective encourage eco- reduce herbicide eliminate weeds eliminate weeds C Genetic
of friendly accumulation in from the field from the field engineering has
production/use herbicides food articles for without the use without the use helped to
of herbicide health safety of manual labour of herbicides. develop such
resistant GM transgenic crop
crops is to plants which are
resistant to
herbicides so
that they are not
damaged when
farmers spray
herbicides in the
fields. Herbicide
resistant plants
have been
developed in
such a way that
they continue to
produce normal
crop yield and at
the same time
remain
unaffected by
the activity of
herbicides.
These plants
also reduces the
use of weeding
labour, farmer’s
cost and
increases yield.
933 Golden rice is a producing a alleviation of pest resistance herbicide B Golden rice is a
promising petrol-like fuel vitamin A tolerance. transgenic
transgenic crop. from rice deficiency variety of rice
When released (Oryza sativa)
for cultivation, it which contains
will help in good quantities
of b-carotene. β-
 carotene is a
principal source
of vitamin A, so
it will help in
alleviation of
vitamin A
deficiency.
934 Bacillus biofertilizers bio-metallurgical bio- bioinsecticidal D Bacillus
thuringiensis techniques mineralization plants. thuringiensis
(Bt) strains have processes strains have
been used for been used for
designing novel designing bio-
insecticidal
plants. A gene
from this
bacteria have
insecticidal
property which
is transferred to
cotton plants to
produce Bt
cotton which is
resistant to
bollworm insect
which is a major
pest of cotton.
Similarly,
insects affecting
maize; cabbage,
sunflower, etc.,
are also
controlled by
mutant strains of
Bacillus
thuringiensis
bacteria.
935 Golden rice is a insect resistance high lysine high protein high protein D Golden rice is a
transgenic crop (essential amino content content transgenic crop
of the future with acid) content rice with high
the following vitamin A
improved trait content. It has
been developed
by transferring
beta carotene
synthesizing
 gene into the
transgenic rice.
Beta carotene is
the precursor of
vitamin A. This
transgenic rice
has been
crossed with the
already adapted
varieties of rice
to make them
grow well in a
particular area.
It is very useful
for the people
suffering from
vision
impairment due
to vitamin A
deficiency.
936 The first tobacco cotton pea flax. A Transgenic
transgenic crop plants are those
was plants in which a
foreign gene
has been
introduced and
stably integrated
into host DNA.
The first
transgenic
plants were
produced in
tobacco
(Nicotiana
tabacum). A
gene resistant to
PPT (L-
phosphinothricin
), an active
ingredient of
herbicide
‘Basta’, was
isolated from
Medicago
sativa. It inhibits
 the enzyme GS
(glutamine
synthase) which
is involved in
ammonia
assimilation.
This gene
resistant to PPT
was
incorporated
into tobacco, as
a result of which
transgenic
tobacco was
produced which
was resistant to
PPT.
937 Which of the In man insulin is The proinsulin The functional Genetically C Insulin consists
following synthesised as a has an extra insulin has A engineered of two short
statements is proinsulin. peptide called and B chains insulin is polypeptide
not correct? C-peptide. linked together produced in chains : Chain A
by hydrogen E.Coli. and chain B,
bonds. that are linked
together by
disulphide
bridges.
938 Which kind of Gene therapy Chemotherapy Immunotherapy Radiation A Gene therapy is
therapy was therapy a technique of
given in 1990 to genetic
a four-year-old engineering
girl with which involves
adenosine replacement of
deaminase a faulty/ disease
(ADA) causing gene by
deficiency? a normal healthy
functional gene.
The first clinical
gene therapy
was given in
1990 to a 4-year
old girl with
adenosine
deaminase
(ADA)
deficiency. This
 enzyme is very
important for the
immune system
to function. The
deficiency of this
enzyme can
lead to severe
combined
immune
deficiency
(SCID).
939 The two covalent bond disulphide hydrogen bonds phosphodiester B Human insulin is
polypeptides of bridges bond. made up of 51
human insulin amino acids
are linked arranged in two
together by polypeptide
chains. Chain A
has 21 amino
acids and chain
B has 30 amino
acids. The two
polypeptide
chains are
interconnected
by disulphide
bridges or S-S-
linkages.
940 The first human insulin estrogen thyroxin progesterone A The
hormone recombinant
produced by DNA
recombinant technological
DNA technology processes have
is made great
impact in the
area of health
care by mass
production of
safe and more
effective
therapeutic
drugs. In 1983,
Eli Lily, an
American
company, first
prepared two
 DNA sequences
corresponding
to A and B
chains of human
insulin and
introduced them
in plasmids of
Escherichia coli
to produce
insulin chains.
Chains A and B
were produced
separately,
extracted and
combined by
creating
disulphide
bonds to form
human insulin
(humulin).
941 Which one of Adenovirus Cosmid Ri plasmid Ti plasmid A Gene therapy is
the following a corrective
vectors is used therapy that is
to replace the given to patients
defective gene with diseases
in gene therapy? caused by some
gene defects.
Here, genes are
inserted into a
person’s cells
and tissues to
treat disease by
replacing the
defective gene.
The normal
gene delivered
into the
individual or
embryo takes
over the function
and compensate
for the non-
functional gene.
Viral vectors like
adenovirus are
 generally used
to deliver the
normal gene.
942 The first clinical diabetes mellitus chicken pox rheumatoid adenosine D Gene therapy is
gene therapy arthritis deaminase a collection of
was given for deficiency. methods that
treating allows
correction of a
gene defect that
has been
diagnosed in a
child/embryo.
Here genes are
inserted into a
person’s cells
and tissues to
treat a disease.
Correction of a
genetic defect
involves delivery
of a normal
gene into the
individual or
embryo to take
over the function
of and
compensate for
the non-
functional gene.
The first clinical
gene therapy
was given in
1990 to a 4 -
year old girl with
adenosine
deaminase
(ADA)
deficiency. This
enzyme is very
important for the
immune system
to function.
SCID is caused
due to defect in
the gene for the
 enzyme
adenosine
deaminase. In
some children
ADA deficiency
can be cured by
bone marrow
transplantation.
Here, the
isolated gene
from bone
marrow cells
producing ADA
is introduced
into cells at
early embryonic
stages; it can be
a permanent
cure.
943 Which one of Nicotine Morphine Quinine Insulin D Insulin is now
the following is being
now being commercially
commercially produced by
produced by genetic
biotechnological engineering.
procedures? Insulin consists
of two short
polypeptide
chains: chain A
and chain B,
that are linked
together by
disulphide
bonds. Insulin,
in mammal is
synthesised as
a prohormone
which contains
an extra stretch
called the C-
peptide. During
maturation this
C-peptide is
removed. T he
major problem
 for production of
insulin using
rDNA technique
was getting
insulin
assembled in
mature form. T
his problem was
solved in 1988
by Eli Lilly, an
American
company which
prepared
functionable
insulin from two
DNA sequences
corresponding
to A and B
chains of human
insulin and
introduced them
in plasmids of
E.coli to
produce insulin
chains. In this
way, chains A
and B were
produced
separately
which was
extracted and
combined by
creating
disulphide
bonds to get
human insulin.
944 The genetic administering introducing bone enzyme periodic infusion B ADA deficiency
defect– adenosine marrow cells replacement of genetically can be
adenosine deaminase producing ADA therapy engineered permanently
deaminase activators into cells at early lymphocytes cured if the
(ADA) deficiency embryonic having isolated gene
may be cured stages functional ADA from bone
permanently by cDNA. marrow cells
producing ADA
is introduced
 into cells at
early embryonic
stages.
945 Human insulin is Rhizobium Saccharomyces Escherichia Mycobacterium. C Insulin is now
being being
commercially commercially
produced from a produced by
transgenic genetic
species of engineering with
the help of E.coli
bacteria.
946 ELISA is used to alkaline catalase DNA probe RNase. A ELISA (enzyme
detect viruses phosphatase linked
where the key immunosorbent
reagent is assay)
screening test is
the initial test to
diagnose AIDS.
The test works
by detecting
antibodies/subst
ances or protein
which are
produced in the
blood when
virus is present.
Alkaline
phosphatase
and peroxidases
are commonly
used enzymes
as key reagent
to perform the
ELISA test. T
hese enzymes
are used to
provide
antibody-antigen
complex in a
specialised
ELISA plate or
tray. In ELISA
test for detecting
a particular
antigen, its
 antibody is
buffered and a
drop of serum
(supernatant of
centrifuged
blood) poured
over it. If the
latter contains
antigen, it will
produce
antigen-antibody
complex. A
second enzyme
labelled
antibody is
added. It forms
enzyme-
antigenantibody
complex, if the
antigen is
present.
Substrate is now
added. It
produces a stain
if the antigen is
present.
947 Maximum insulin interferons vaccines edible proteins. C Maximum
application of application of
animal cell animal cell
culture culture
technology technology is in
today is in the the production
production of of vaccines.
Vaccines are
chemical
substances
prepared from
the proteins of
other animals
which confer
immunity to a
particular virus.
Some of the
vaccines
synthesized
 biologically
through genetic
engineering are
vaccines for
hepatitis-B virus,
vaccines for
rabies virus,
vaccines for
poliovirus and
vaccines for
small pox virus,
etc.
948 The term hydrolytic powerful human insulin isoenzyme. C Human insulin
‘humulin’ is used enzyme antibiotic (humulin) is the
for first therapeutic
product
produced by
means of
recombinant
DNA technology
by Eli lilly and
Co. on July 5,
1983.
949 Hybridoma cells only cells having product of spore nervous cells of hybrid cells D Hybridoma is
are oncogenes formation in frog resulting from hybrid cell
bacteria myeloma cells. resulting from
the artificial
fusion of an
antibody-
producing
lymphocyte and
a myeloma cell
from a lymphoid
tumour. Such
cells can
produce a clone
that may be
maintained in
tissue culture
and used for the
continuing
production of
monoclonal
antibody.
950 Genetic transgenic mice transgenic mice transgenic cow- animals like A Many transgenic
engineering has for testing safety for testing safety Rosie which bulls for farm animals are
been of polio vaccine of polio vaccine produces high work as they designed to
successfully before use in before use in fat milk for have super increase our
used for humans humans making ghee power. understanding
producing of how genes
contribute to the
development of
diseases. These
are specially
made to serve
as models for
human diseases
so that
investigation of
new treatments
for diseases is
made possible.
Today
transgenic
models exist for
many human
diseases such
as cancer, cystic
f ibrosis,
rheumatoid
arthritis and
Alzheimer’s.
Transgenic mice
are being
developed for
use in testing
the safety of
vaccines before
they are used
on humans.
Transgenic mice
are being used
to test the safety
of the polio
vaccine.
951 Production of a the human the mechanism bacterial cell can the genetic code D Genetic code
human protein in chromosome of gene carry out the is universal. may be defined
bacteria by can replicate in regulation is RNA splicing as the sequence
genetic bacterial cell identical in reactions of nucleotides in
 engineering is humans and polynucleotide
possible bacteria chain which
because determines the
sequence of
amino acids in a
polypeptide
chain. T he
genetic code is
universal. It
means that each
codon codes for
the same amino
acid in all
organisms
including
bacteria, plants
and animals.
952 In transgenics, enhancer transgene promoter reporter. D The plants, in
expression of which a
transgene in functional
target tissue is foreign gene
determined by has been
incorporated by
any
biotechnological
methods that
generally is not
present in plant,
are called
transgenic
plants. When
plant cell are
transformed by
any of the
transformation
methods it is
necessary to
isolate the
transformed
cells/tissue.
There are
certain
selectable
marker genes
present in
 vectors that
facilitate the
selection
process. In
transformed
cells the
selectable
marker genes
are introduced
through vector.
There is a
number of
marker genes
which are
commonly
described as
reporter genes
screenable
genes. Some of
the reporter
genes which are
most commonly
used in plant
transformation
are : cat, gus,
lux, nptII., etc.
953 The transgenic foreign RNA in foreign DNA in foreign DNA in both (a) and (b). C Transgenic
animals are all its cells some of its cells all its cells organism is one
those which that has become
have transformed
following the
introduction of
novel genes into
its genome. It is
most frequently
achieved by
integration of
cloned DNA
sequences
following their
injection into the
fertilized egg.
This fertilized
egg divides
mitotically to
 form the whole
organism so that
all the cells of
the organism
will carry the
transferred
gene. The
transferred
genes are
known as
transgenes.
Transgenesis
can be done by
microinjection
and somatic cell
nuclear transfer
or cloning.
Transgenic
animals
produced by this
technology
include mice,
Drosophila,
Xenopus and
some of the fish
species.
954 A ‘new’ variety Co-667 Sharbati Sonora Lerma Rojo Basmati. D In 1997, a
of rice was Texas company
patented by a got patent rights
foreign on Basmati rice
company, through the US
though such Patent and
varieties have Trademark
been present in Office. T his
India for a long allowed the
time. This is company to sell
related to a ‘new’ variety
of Basmati, in
the US and
abroad. This
new variety of
Basmati had
actually been
derived from
Indian farmers’
 varieties. Indian
Basmati was
crossed with
semi-dwarf
varieties and
claimed as an
invention or a
novelty. It
caused a brief
diplomatic crisis
between India
and United
States with India
threatening to
take the matter
to WTO (World
Trade
Organisation) as
a violation of
TRIPS (Trade
Related Aspects
of Intellectual
Property
Rights). Both
voluntarily and
due to review
decisions by
United States
patent office,
Rice Tec lost
most of the
claims of the
patent.
955 In India, the Indian Council of Council for Research Genetic D Indian
organisation Medical Scientific and Committee on Engineering government has
responsible for Research Industrial Genetic Appraisal set up
assessing the (ICMR) Research Manipulation Committee organisation
safety of (CSIR) (RCGM) (GEAC). such as GEAC
introducing (Genetic
genetically Engineering
modified Appraisal
organisms for Committee)
public use is which makes
decisions
regarding the
 validity of GM
research and
safety of
introducing GM
organisms for
public services.
956 Use of bio-infringement biopiracy biodegradation bioexploitation. B Some
bioresources by organisations
multinational and
companies and multinational
organisations companies
without exploit or patent
authorisation biological
from the resources or
concerned bioresources of
country and its other nations
people is called without proper
authorisation
from the
countries
concerned. This
is called
biopiracy.
957 Which body of Genetic Research Bio-safety Indian Council of A Genetic
the Government Engineering Committee on committee Agricultural modification of
of India Approval Genetic Research organisms can
regulates GM Committee Manipulation have
research and unpredictable
safety of results, when
introducing GM such organisms
organisms for are introduced
public services? into the
ecosystem.
Therefore, the
Indian
Government has
set up
organizations
such as GEAC
(Genetic
Engineering
Approval
Committee),
(now, changed
as Genetic
 Engineering
Appraisal
Committee)
which makes
decisions
regarding the
validity of GM
research and
the safety of
introducing GM-
organisms for
public services.
958 UNIT 3: Biology Conversion of vitamin D vitamin A vitamin B12 vitamin E. C
and Human milk to curd
Welfare improves its
nutritional value
by increasing
the amount of
959 3.3 Microbes in Dough kept absorption of fermentation cohesion osmosis. B Microbes in
human welfare: overnight in carbon dioxide Industrial
In household warm weather from Products
food becomes soft atmosphere
processing, and spongy
industrial because of
production,
sewage
treatment,
energy
generation and
as biocontrol
agents and
biofertilizers.
960 Botany - During the yeast bacteria virus protozoans A
Biology in formation of
Human Welfare bread it
becomes porous
due to release of
CO2 by the
action of
961 In cheese the ripening only the souring of the development both the souring D
manufacture, milk only of resistance to and the ripening
the spoilage only processes.
microorganisms
are important for
962 Which of the Lipases Cyclosporin A Statin Streptokinase C
following is a
commercial
blood
cholesterol
lowering agent?
963 Which of the Methanobacteriu Penicillium Sacchromyces Acetobacter C
following is m : Lactic acid notatum : Acetic cerevisiae : aceti :
correctly acid Ethanol Antibiotics
matched for the
product
produced by
them?
964 A good producer Clostridium Saccharomyces Aspergillus Pseudomonas. C
of citric acid is
965 Monascus ethanol streptokinase for citric acid blood D
purpureus is a removing clots cholesterol
yeast used from the blood lowering statins.
commercially in vessels
the production of
966 A patient penicillin streptokinase cyclosporin-A statins. B
brought to a
hospital with
myocardial
infarction is
normally
immediately
given
967 Read the Two Three Four One B
following four
statements (A-
D).(A)
Colostrum is
recommended
for the new born
because it is rich
in antigens.(B)
Chikungunya is
caused by a
Gram negative
bacterium.(C)
Tissue culture
has proved
useful in
obtaining virus-
 free plants.(D)
Beer is
manufactured by
distillation of
fermented grape
juice. How many
of the above
statements are
wrong?
968 Ethanol is Saccharomyces Saccharomyces Trichoderma Aspergillus A
commercially
produced
through a
particular
species of
969 Continuous produce obtain antibiotics purify enzymes degrade C
addition of methane sewage.
sugars in ‘fed
batch’
fermentation is
done to
970 Which one of Yeast – Statins Acetobacter Clostridium Aspergillus niger C
the following is a aceti – Acetic butylicum – – Citric acid
wrong matching acid Lactic acid
of a microbe and
its industrial
product, while
the remaining
three are
correct?
971 Which one of Alcohol - Fruit juice - Textile - Detergents - A
the following Nitrogenase Pectinase Amylase Lipase
pairs is wrongly
matched?
972 Probiotics are cancer inducing new kind of food live microbial safe antibiotics. C
microbes allergens food supplement
973 Which of the Aspergillus niger Rhizopus Lactobacillus Penicillium A
following nigricans bulgaris citrinum
microorganisms
is used for
production of
citric acid in
industries?
974 Which of the Some persons Antibiotics are This term was Antibiotics is B
following is the have allergy capable of given by produced by
 false statement from antibiotics. curing any Waksman in microorganisms.
about disease. 1942.
antibiotics?
975 The main decreased insensitivity of development of inactivation of C
reason why efficiency of the the individual mutant strains antibiotics by
antibodies could immune system following resistant to bacterial
not solve all the prolonged antibodies enzymes.
problems of exposure to
bacteria antibiotics
mediated
disease is
976 Which of the Primary sludge Floating debris Effluents of Activated sludge D
following is put primary
into anaerobic treatment
sludge digester
for further
sewage
treatment?
977 Which of the Secondary Primary Sludge Tertiary B
following in treatment treatment treatment treatment
sewage
treatment
removes
suspended
solids?
978 What gases are Methane and Methane, Methane, Hydrogen B
produced in CO2 only Hydrogen Hydrogen sulphide and
anaerobic sulphide and sulphide and O2 CO2
sludge CO2
digesters?
979 The domestic has a high BOD is processed by when treated in has very high B
sewage in large as it contains aerobic and STPs does not amount of
cities both aerobic and then anaerobic really require the suspended
anaerobic bacteria in the aeration step as solids and
bacteria secondary the sewage dissolved salts.
treatment in contains
Sewage adequate
Treatment oxygen
Plants (STPs)
980 Which of the Laughing gas Propane Mustard gas Marsh gas D
following is
mainly produced
by the activity of
anaerobic
bacteria on
 sewage?
981 The guts of cow methanogens cyanobacteria Fucus sp. Chlorella sp. A
and buffalo
possess
982 In gobar gas, butane methane propane carbon dioxide. B
the maximum
amount is that of
983 Organisms sulphur rock cattle yard polluted stream hot spring B
called
methanogens
are most
abundant in a
984 Which one of Yeast - Ethanol Streptomycetes Coliforms - Methanogens - C
the following - Antibiotic Vinegar Gobar gas
pairs is wrongly
matched?
985 During Lipids Lignin Hemi-cellulose Cellulose B
anaerobic
digestion of
organic waste,
such as in
producing
biogas, which
one of the
following is left
undegraded ?
986 Gobar gas CO2 + H2 CO2 + H2O CH4 only CH4 + CO2. D
contains mainly
987 Which of the Lactobacillus Trichoderma Chlorella Chlorella B
following can be
used as a
biocontrol agent
in the treatment
of plant
disease?
988 Microbe used for Saccharomyces Bacillus Streptococcus Streptococcus B
biocontrol of cerevisiae thuringiensis sp. sp.
pest butterfly
caterpillars is
989 Which one of Trichoderma sp. Nucleopolyhedr Bt-cotton to Lady bird beetle A
the following is against certain ovirus against increase cotton against aphids
an example of plant pathogens. white rust in yield. in mustard.
carrying out Brassica.
biological control
 of
pests/diseases
using microbes?
990 UNIT 1: Consider Annelida, Annelida, Annelida, Arthropoda, B Mollusca shows
Diversity in following Mollusca and Arthropoda and Arthropoda and Mollusca and organ system
Living World features. (A) Chordata Chordata Mollusca Chordata level of
Organ system organisation
level of with
organisation (B) unsegmented
Bilateral body (except
symmetry (C) Neopilina which
True coelomates is a segmented
with mollusc) having
segmentation of distinct head,
body Select the muscular foot
correct option of and visceral
animal groups hump. They
which possess usually show
all the above bilateral
characteristics. symmetry but
some molluscs
(example Pila)
become
asymmetrical
due to torsion.
991 1.4 Salient Which of the Adult Aschelminthes Platyhelminthes Annelids D
features and following Echinoderms
classification animals are true
of animals- coelomates with
nonchordate bilateral
up to phyla symmetry?
level and
chordate up to
classes level
(three to five
salient features
and at least
two examples).
992 Zoology- Which one of Flatworms Sponges Ctenophores Corals A Triploblastic is a
Animal the following condition which
Diversity kinds of animals describes an
are triploblastic? animal having a
body composed
of three
embryonic germ
 layers : the
ectoderm,
mesoderm and
endoderm. Most
multicellular
animals
belonging to
Phylum
Platyhelminthes
to Phylum
Chordata are
triploblastic.
Ctenophores,
sponges and
corals are
diploblastic.
993 Which one of Roundworms Molluscs are Insects are Flatworms A Acoelomates
the following (Aschelminthes) acoelomates. pseudocoelomat (Platyhelminthes are animals
statements are es ) are having no body
about certain pseudocoelomat coelomates. cavity or
given animals is es. coelom.
correct? Examples are
poriferans,
coelenterates,
ctenophora,
platyhelminthes.
In
pseudocoelomat
es, body space
is
pseudocoelom
or false coelom.
Examples are
aschelminthes.
In coelomates,
body space is a
true coelom
enclosed by
mesoderm on
both sides.
Remaining
phyla from
annelida to
arthropoda are
coelomates.
 Molluscs and
insects are
coelomates
while flatworms
are
acoelomates.
994 Which one of Aschelminthes Ctenophores Sponges Coelenterates A Aschelminthes
the following (roundworms) (cnidarians) is a phylum
groups of consisting of
animals is pseudocoelomat
bilaterally es. These are
symmetrical and mostly aquatic,
triploblastic? free living or
parasitic. Their
body is slender,
bilaterally
symmetrical and
triploblastic.
995 Metameric mollusca and platyhelminthes echinodermata annelida and D The term
segmentation is chordata and arthropoda and annelida arthropoda. metamerism
the refers to a linear
characteristic of repetition of
parts in an
animal body. It
occurs in three
highly organized
phyla : Annelida,
Arthropoda and
Chordata. Each
segment is
called a
metamere, or
somite.
Segmentation
often affects
both external
and internal
structures. Such
a condition is
called
metameric
segmentation. In
chordates, the
segmentation is
apparent only in
 the embryonic
stage. In the
adult chordates,
segmentation is
visible in the
internal
structures, such
as vertebrae,
ribs, nerves and
blood vessels.
996 The animals Annelida Mollusca Cnidaria Echinodermata. D Echinoderms
with bilateral are triploblastic
symmetry in animals with
young stage and organ system
radial level of
pentamerous organisation.
symmetry in the Larval forms
adult stage, possess
belong to the bilateral
Phylum symmetry while
adults have
radial symmetry.
997 Which of the Sponge Hydra Liver fluke Ascaris B Hydra, has
following tissue level of
animals have organization. Its
scattered cells body is
with cell - tissue multicellular and
grade the cells occur
organisation? in 2 distinct
layers or tissues
of specialized
cells. Sponges
have cellular
level of
organization.
Liver fluke and
Ascaris have
organ-system
level of
organization.
998 Coelom is found body wall and ectoderm and mesoderm and mesoderm and C Coelom is a
between ectoderm endoderm body wall ectoderm. fluid-filled cavity
(endoderm) that forms the
main body
cavity of
 vertebrate and
most
invertebrate
animals. It is
found between
mesoderm and
body wall
(endoderm).
999 Bilaterally ctenophora platyhelminthes aschelminthes annelida B Platyhelminthes
symmetrical and are bilaterally
acoelomate symmetrical,
animals are triploblastic and
exemplified by acoelomate
animals with
organ level of
organisation.
1000 Which of the (D) and (C) (C) and (A) (A) and (B) (B) and (C) D In Urochordata,
following notochord is
statements are present only in
true for the larval tail.
Phylum Phylum
Chordata?(A) In Chordata is
Urochordata, divided into
notochord three subphyla :
extends from Urochordata or
head to tail and Tunicata,
it is present Cephalochordat
throughout their a and
life.(B) In Vertebrata.
Vertebrata,
notochord is
present during
the embryonic
period only.(C)
Central nervous
system is dorsal
and hollow.(D)
Chordata is
divided into 3
subphyla :
Hemichordata,
Tunicata and
Cephalochordat
a.